---
title: "Numbered Discourses: The Nines · Aṅguttara Nikāya · Navakanipāta"
author: "The Buddha"
translator: "Bhikkhu Sujato"
languages: [pi, en]
shelf: "Pali Canon"
url: https://scriptura.si/works/pali-anguttara-nikaya-9/
cite: "The Buddha, tr. Bhikkhu Sujato, Numbered Discourses: The Nines · Aṅguttara Nikāya · Navakanipāta. Scriptura (scriptura.si), https://scriptura.si/works/pali-anguttara-nikaya-9/"
---

# Numbered Discourses: The Nines · Aṅguttara Nikāya · Navakanipāta

*The Buddha, tr. Bhikkhu Sujato*

Teachings grouped in nines: nine meditative attainments, nine things a perfected one cannot do.

> Pali: the Mahāsaṅgīti Tipiṭaka (Buddha Jayanti edition, 2500), from SuttaCentral’s bilara-data, dedicated to the public domain (CC0).

> English: Bhikkhu Sujato, from SuttaCentral’s bilara-data, dedicated to the public domain (CC0). Notes are not included.

> Rows follow the segment numbers the two texts share, gathered into paragraphs; verse keeps its lines.

## Contents

1. [Awakening · AN 9.1–9.5](https://scriptura.si/works/pali-anguttara-nikaya-9/1.md)
2. [Awakening · AN 9.6–9.9](https://scriptura.si/works/pali-anguttara-nikaya-9/2.md)
3. [The Lion’s Roar · AN 9.11–9.18](https://scriptura.si/works/pali-anguttara-nikaya-9/3.md)
4. [The Lion’s Roar · AN 9.19–9.20](https://scriptura.si/works/pali-anguttara-nikaya-9/4.md)
5. [Abodes of Sentient Beings · AN 9.21–9.31](https://scriptura.si/works/pali-anguttara-nikaya-9/5.md)
6. [The Great Chapter · AN 9.32–9.35](https://scriptura.si/works/pali-anguttara-nikaya-9/6.md)
7. [The Great Chapter · AN 9.36–9.40](https://scriptura.si/works/pali-anguttara-nikaya-9/7.md)
8. [The Great Chapter · AN 9.41](https://scriptura.si/works/pali-anguttara-nikaya-9/8.md)
9. [Similarity · AN 9.42–9.51](https://scriptura.si/works/pali-anguttara-nikaya-9/9.md)
10. [A Safe Place · AN 9.52–9.62](https://scriptura.si/works/pali-anguttara-nikaya-9/10.md)
11. [Mindfulness Meditation · AN 9.63–9.72](https://scriptura.si/works/pali-anguttara-nikaya-9/11.md)
12. [Right Efforts · AN 9.73–9.82](https://scriptura.si/works/pali-anguttara-nikaya-9/12.md)
13. [Bases of Psychic Power · AN 9.83–9.92](https://scriptura.si/works/pali-anguttara-nikaya-9/13.md)
14. [Abbreviated Texts Beginning with Greed · AN 9.93–9.113–432](https://scriptura.si/works/pali-anguttara-nikaya-9/14.md)

## 1. Awakening · AN 9.1–9.5

Source: https://scriptura.si/works/pali-anguttara-nikaya-9/1/ · cite a paragraph as https://scriptura.si/works/pali-anguttara-nikaya-9/1/#p-N

[¶0] AN 9.1 · Awakening

> Pali: AN 9.1 · Sambodhisutta

[¶1] So I have heard. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. There the Buddha addressed the mendicants:

> Pali: Evaṁ me sutaṁ— ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tatra kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi:

[¶2] “Mendicants, if wanderers of other religions were to ask: ‘Reverends, what is the vital condition for the development of the qualities on the same side as awakening?’ How would you answer them?”

> Pali: “Sace, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyā paribbājakā evaṁ puccheyyuṁ: ‘sambodhipakkhikānaṁ, āvuso, dhammānaṁ kā upanisā bhāvanāyā’ti, evaṁ puṭṭhā tumhe, bhikkhave, tesaṁ aññatitthiyānaṁ paribbājakānaṁ kinti byākareyyāthā”ti?

[¶3] “Our teachings are rooted in the Buddha. … The mendicants will listen and remember it.”

> Pali: “Bhagavaṁmūlakā no, bhante, dhammā …pe… bhagavato sutvā bhikkhū dhāressantī”ti.

[¶4] “Well then, mendicants, listen and apply your mind well, I will speak.”

> Pali: “Tena hi, bhikkhave, suṇātha, sādhukaṁ manasi karotha; bhāsissāmī”ti.

[¶5] “Yes, sir,” they replied. The Buddha said this:

> Pali: “Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ. Bhagavā etadavoca:

[¶6] “Mendicants, if wanderers of other religions were to ask: ‘Reverends, what is the vital condition for the development of the qualities on the same side as awakening?’ You should answer them:

> Pali: “Sace, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyā paribbājakā evaṁ puccheyyuṁ: ‘sambodhipakkhikānaṁ, āvuso, dhammānaṁ kā upanisā bhāvanāyā’ti, evaṁ puṭṭhā tumhe, bhikkhave, tesaṁ aññatitthiyānaṁ paribbājakānaṁ evaṁ byākareyyātha:

[¶7] ‘It’s when a mendicant has good friends, companions, and associates. This is the first vital condition for the development of the awakening factors.

> Pali: ‘Idhāvuso, bhikkhu kalyāṇamitto hoti kalyāṇasahāyo kalyāṇasampavaṅko. Sambodhipakkhikānaṁ, āvuso, dhammānaṁ ayaṁ paṭhamā upanisā bhāvanāya.

[¶8] Furthermore, a mendicant is ethical, restrained in the monastic code, conducting themselves well and resorting for alms in suitable places. Seeing danger in the slightest fault, they keep the rules they’ve undertaken. This is the second vital condition for the development of the qualities on the same side as awakening.

> Pali: Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu sīlavā hoti, pātimokkhasaṁvarasaṁvuto viharati ācāragocarasampanno aṇumattesu vajjesu bhayadassāvī, samādāya sikkhati sikkhāpadesu. Sambodhipakkhikānaṁ, āvuso, dhammānaṁ ayaṁ dutiyā upanisā bhāvanāya.

[¶9] Furthermore, a mendicant gets to take part in talk about self-effacement that helps open the heart, when they want, without trouble or difficulty. That is, talk about fewness of wishes, contentment, seclusion, aloofness, arousing energy, ethics, immersion, wisdom, freedom, and the knowledge and vision of freedom. This is the third vital condition for the development of the qualities on the same side as awakening.

> Pali: Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu yāyaṁ kathā abhisallekhikā cetovivaraṇasappāyā, seyyathidaṁ—appicchakathā santuṭṭhikathā pavivekakathā asaṁsaggakathā vīriyārambhakathā sīlakathā samādhikathā paññākathā vimuttikathā vimuttiñāṇadassanakathā, evarūpiyā kathāya nikāmalābhī hoti akicchalābhī akasiralābhī. Sambodhipakkhikānaṁ, āvuso, dhammānaṁ ayaṁ tatiyā upanisā bhāvanāya.

[¶10] Furthermore, a mendicant lives with energy roused up for giving up unskillful qualities and embracing skillful qualities. They are strong, staunchly vigorous, not slacking off when it comes to developing skillful qualities. This is the fourth vital condition for the development of the qualities on the same side as awakening.

> Pali: Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu āraddhavīriyo viharati akusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ pahānāya, kusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ upasampadāya, thāmavā daḷhaparakkamo anikkhittadhuro kusalesu dhammesu. Sambodhipakkhikānaṁ, āvuso, dhammānaṁ ayaṁ catutthī upanisā bhāvanāya.

[¶11] Furthermore, a mendicant is wise. They have the wisdom of arising and passing away which is noble, penetrative, and leads to the complete ending of suffering. This is the fifth vital condition for the development of the qualities on the same side as awakening.’

> Pali: Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu paññavā hoti udayatthagāminiyā paññāya samannāgato ariyāya nibbedhikāya sammā dukkhakkhayagāminiyā. Sambodhipakkhikānaṁ, āvuso, dhammānaṁ ayaṁ pañcamī upanisā bhāvanāya’.

[¶12] A mendicant with good friends, companions, and associates can expect to be ethical …

> Pali: Kalyāṇamittassetaṁ, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno pāṭikaṅkhaṁ kalyāṇasahāyassa kalyāṇasampavaṅkassa— sīlavā bhavissati, pātimokkhasaṁvarasaṁvuto viharissati ācāragocarasampanno aṇumattesu vajjesu bhayadassāvī, samādāya sikkhissati sikkhāpadesu.

[¶13] A mendicant with good friends, companions, and associates can expect to take part in talk about self-effacement that helps open the heart …

> Pali: Kalyāṇamittassetaṁ, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno pāṭikaṅkhaṁ kalyāṇasahāyassa kalyāṇasampavaṅkassa— yāyaṁ kathā abhisallekhikā cetovivaraṇasappāyā, seyyathidaṁ—appicchakathā santuṭṭhikathā pavivekakathā asaṁsaggakathā vīriyārambhakathā sīlakathā samādhikathā paññākathā vimuttikathā vimuttiñāṇadassanakathā, evarūpiyā kathāya nikāmalābhī bhavissati akicchalābhī akasiralābhī.

[¶14] A mendicant with good friends, companions, and associates can expect to live with energy roused up …

> Pali: Kalyāṇamittassetaṁ, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno pāṭikaṅkhaṁ kalyāṇasahāyassa kalyāṇasampavaṅkassa— āraddhavīriyo viharissati akusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ pahānāya, kusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ upasampadāya, thāmavā daḷhaparakkamo anikkhittadhuro kusalesu dhammesu.

[¶15] A mendicant with good friends, companions, and associates can expect to be wise …

> Pali: Kalyāṇamittassetaṁ, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno pāṭikaṅkhaṁ kalyāṇasahāyassa kalyāṇasampavaṅkassa— paññavā bhavissati udayatthagāminiyā paññāya samannāgato ariyāya nibbedhikāya sammā dukkhakkhayagāminiyā.

[¶16] But then, a mendicant grounded on these five things should develop four further things. They should develop the perception of ugliness to give up greed, love to give up hate, mindfulness of breathing to cut off thinking, and perception of impermanence to uproot the conceit ‘I am’. When you perceive impermanence, the perception of not-self becomes stabilized. Perceiving not-self, you uproot the conceit ‘I am’ and attain extinguishment in this very life.”

> Pali: Tena ca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhunā imesu pañcasu dhammesu patiṭṭhāya cattāro dhammā uttari bhāvetabbā— asubhā bhāvetabbā rāgassa pahānāya, mettā bhāvetabbā byāpādassa pahānāya, ānāpānassati bhāvetabbā vitakkupacchedāya, aniccasaññā bhāvetabbā asmimānasamugghātāya. Aniccasaññino, bhikkhave, anattasaññā saṇṭhāti. Anattasaññī asmimānasamugghātaṁ pāpuṇāti diṭṭheva dhamme nibbānan”ti.

[¶17] > Pali: Paṭhamaṁ.

[¶18] AN 9.2 · Supported

> Pali: AN 9.2 · Nissayasutta

[¶19] Then a mendicant went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:

> Pali: Atha kho aññataro bhikkhu yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ …pe… ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:

[¶20] “Sir, they speak of being ‘supported’. How is a mendicant who is supported defined?”

> Pali: “‘nissayasampanno nissayasampanno’ti, bhante, vuccati. Kittāvatā nu kho, bhante, bhikkhu nissayasampanno hotī”ti?

[¶21] “Mendicant, if a mendicant supported by faith gives up the unskillful and develops the skillful, the unskillful is actually given up by them.

> Pali: “Saddhañce, bhikkhu, bhikkhu nissāya akusalaṁ pajahati kusalaṁ bhāveti, pahīnamevassa taṁ akusalaṁ hoti.

[¶22] If a mendicant supported by conscience …

> Pali: Hiriñce, bhikkhu, bhikkhu nissāya …pe…

[¶23] If a mendicant supported by prudence …

> Pali: ottappañce, bhikkhu, bhikkhu nissāya …pe…

[¶24] If a mendicant supported by energy …

> Pali: vīriyañce, bhikkhu, bhikkhu nissāya …pe…

[¶25] If a mendicant supported by wisdom gives up the unskillful and develops the skillful, the unskillful is actually given up by them. What’s been given up is completely given up when it has been given up by seeing with noble wisdom.

> Pali: paññañce, bhikkhu, bhikkhu nissāya akusalaṁ pajahati kusalaṁ bhāveti, pahīnamevassa taṁ akusalaṁ hoti. Taṁ hissa bhikkhuno akusalaṁ pahīnaṁ hoti suppahīnaṁ, yaṁsa ariyāya paññāya disvā pahīnaṁ.

[¶26] But then, a mendicant grounded on these five things should rely on four things. What four? After appraisal, a mendicant uses some things, endures some things, avoids some things, and dispels some things. That’s how a mendicant is supported.”

> Pali: Tena ca pana, bhikkhu, bhikkhunā imesu pañcasu dhammesu patiṭṭhāya cattāro upanissāya vihātabbā. Katame cattāro? Idha, bhikkhu, bhikkhu saṅkhāyekaṁ paṭisevati, saṅkhāyekaṁ adhivāseti, saṅkhāyekaṁ parivajjeti, saṅkhāyekaṁ vinodeti. Evaṁ kho, bhikkhu, bhikkhu nissayasampanno hotī”ti.

[¶27] > Pali: Dutiyaṁ.

[¶28] AN 9.3 · With Meghiya

> Pali: AN 9.3 · Meghiyasutta

[¶29] At one time the Buddha was staying near Cālikā, on the Cālikā mountain.

> Pali: Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā cālikāyaṁ viharati cālikāpabbate.

[¶30] Now, at that time Venerable Meghiya was the Buddha’s attendant. Then Venerable Meghiya went up to the Buddha, bowed, stood to one side, and said to him, “Sir, I’d like to enter Jantu village for alms.”

> Pali: Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā meghiyo bhagavato upaṭṭhāko hoti. Atha kho āyasmā meghiyo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṁ ṭhito kho āyasmā meghiyo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca: “icchāmahaṁ, bhante, jantugāmaṁ piṇḍāya pavisitun”ti.

[¶31] “Please, Meghiya, go at your convenience.”

> Pali: “Yassadāni tvaṁ, meghiya, kālaṁ maññasī”ti.

[¶32] Then Meghiya robed up in the morning and, taking his bowl and robe, entered Jantu village for alms. After the meal, on his return from almsround in Jantu village, he went to the shore of Kimikālā River. As he was going for a walk along the shore of the river he saw a lovely and delightful mango grove.

> Pali: Atha kho āyasmā meghiyo pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya jantugāmaṁ piṇḍāya pāvisi. Jantugāme piṇḍāya caritvā pacchābhattaṁ piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto yena kimikāḷāya nadiyā tīraṁ tenupasaṅkami. Addasā kho āyasmā meghiyo kimikāḷāya nadiyā tīre jaṅghāvihāraṁ anucaṅkamamāno anuvicaramāno ambavanaṁ pāsādikaṁ ramaṇīyaṁ.

[¶33] Seeing this, it occurred to him, “Oh, this mango grove is lovely and delightful! This is good enough for striving for a gentleman wanting to strive. If the Buddha allows me, I’ll come back to this mango grove to meditate.”

> Pali: Disvānassa etadahosi: “pāsādikaṁ vatidaṁ ambavanaṁ ramaṇīyaṁ, alaṁ vatidaṁ kulaputtassa padhānatthikassa padhānāya. Sace maṁ bhagavā anujāneyya, āgaccheyyāhaṁ imaṁ ambavanaṁ padhānāyā”ti.

[¶34] Then Venerable Meghiya went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and told him what had happened, adding, “If the Buddha allows me, I’ll go back to that mango grove to meditate.”

> Pali: Atha kho āyasmā meghiyo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā meghiyo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca: “Idhāhaṁ, bhante, pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya jantugāmaṁ piṇḍāya pāvisiṁ. Jantugāme piṇḍāya caritvā pacchābhattaṁ piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto yena kimikāḷāya nadiyā tīraṁ tenupasaṅkamiṁ. Addasaṁ kho ahaṁ, bhante, kimikāḷāya nadiyā tīre jaṅghāvihāraṁ anucaṅkamamāno anuvicaramāno ambavanaṁ pāsādikaṁ ramaṇīyaṁ. Disvāna me etadahosi: ‘pāsādikaṁ vatidaṁ ambavanaṁ ramaṇīyaṁ. Alaṁ vatidaṁ kulaputtassa padhānatthikassa padhānāya. Sace maṁ bhagavā anujāneyya, āgaccheyyāhaṁ imaṁ ambavanaṁ padhānāyā’ti. Sace maṁ bhagavā anujāneyya, gaccheyyāhaṁ taṁ ambavanaṁ padhānāyā”ti.

[¶35] “We’re alone, Meghiya. Wait until another mendicant comes.”

> Pali: “Āgamehi tāva, meghiya. Ekakamhi tāva yāva aññopi koci bhikkhu āgacchatī”ti.

[¶36] For a second time Meghiya said to the Buddha, “Sir, the Buddha has nothing more to do, and nothing that needs improvement. But I have. If you allow me, I’ll go back to that mango grove to meditate.”

> Pali: Dutiyampi kho āyasmā meghiyo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca: “bhagavato, bhante, natthi kiñci uttari karaṇīyaṁ, natthi katassa paṭicayo. Mayhaṁ kho pana, bhante, atthi uttari karaṇīyaṁ, atthi katassa paṭicayo. Sace maṁ bhagavā anujāneyya, gaccheyyāhaṁ taṁ ambavanaṁ padhānāyā”ti.

[¶37] “We’re alone, Meghiya. Wait until another mendicant comes.”

> Pali: “Āgamehi tāva, meghiya, ekakamhi tāva yāva aññopi koci bhikkhu āgacchatī”ti.

[¶38] For a third time Meghiya said to the Buddha, “Sir, the Buddha has nothing more to do, and nothing that needs improvement. But I have. If you allow me, I’ll go back to that mango grove to meditate.”

> Pali: Tatiyampi kho āyasmā meghiyo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca: “bhagavato, bhante, natthi kiñci uttari karaṇīyaṁ, natthi katassa paṭicayo. Mayhaṁ kho pana, bhante, atthi uttari karaṇīyaṁ, atthi katassa paṭicayo. Sace maṁ bhagavā anujāneyya, gaccheyyāhaṁ taṁ ambavanaṁ padhānāyā”ti.

[¶39] “Meghiya, since you speak of striving in meditation, what can I say? Please, Meghiya, go at your convenience.”

> Pali: “Padhānanti kho, meghiya, vadamānaṁ kinti vadeyyāma. Yassadāni tvaṁ, meghiya, kālaṁ maññasī”ti.

[¶40] Then Meghiya got up from his seat, bowed and respectfully circled the Buddha, keeping him on his right. Then he went to that mango grove, and, having plunged deep into it, sat at the root of a certain tree for the day’s meditation. But while Meghiya was meditating in that mango grove he was beset mostly by three kinds of bad, unskillful thoughts, namely, sensual, malicious, and cruel thoughts.

> Pali: Atha kho āyasmā meghiyo uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā yena taṁ ambavanaṁ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā taṁ ambavanaṁ ajjhogāhetvā aññatarasmiṁ rukkhamūle divāvihāraṁ nisīdi. Atha kho āyasmato meghiyassa tasmiṁ ambavane viharantassa yebhuyyena tayo pāpakā akusalā vitakkā samudācaranti, seyyathidaṁ— kāmavitakko, byāpādavitakko, vihiṁsāvitakko.

[¶41] Then he thought, “Oh lord, how incredible, how amazing! I’ve gone forth out of faith from the lay life to homelessness, but I’m still harassed by these three kinds of bad, unskillful thoughts: sensual, malicious, and cruel thoughts.”

> Pali: Atha kho āyasmato meghiyassa etadahosi: “acchariyaṁ vata bho, abbhutaṁ vata bho. Saddhāya ca vatamhā agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajitā; atha ca panimehi tīhi pāpakehi akusalehi vitakkehi anvāsattā— kāmavitakkena, byāpādavitakkena, vihiṁsāvitakkenā”ti.

[¶42] Then Venerable Meghiya went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and told him what had happened.

> Pali: Atha kho āyasmā meghiyo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā meghiyo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:

[¶43] > Pali: “Idha mayhaṁ, bhante, tasmiṁ ambavane viharantassa yebhuyyena tayo pāpakā akusalā vitakkā samudācaranti, seyyathidaṁ— kāmavitakko, byāpādavitakko, vihiṁsāvitakko. Tassa mayhaṁ, bhante, etadahosi: ‘acchariyaṁ vata bho, abbhutaṁ vata bho. Saddhāya ca vatamhā agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajitā; atha ca panimehi tīhi pāpakehi akusalehi vitakkehi anvāsattā— kāmavitakkena, byāpādavitakkena, vihiṁsāvitakkenā’”ti.

[¶44] “Meghiya, when the heart’s release is not ripe, five things help it ripen. What five?

> Pali: “Aparipakkāya, meghiya, cetovimuttiyā pañca dhammā paripakkāya saṁvattanti. Katame pañca?

[¶45] Firstly, a mendicant has good friends, companions, and associates. This is the first thing …

> Pali: Idha, meghiya, bhikkhu kalyāṇamitto hoti kalyāṇasahāyo kalyāṇasampavaṅko. Aparipakkāya, meghiya, cetovimuttiyā ayaṁ paṭhamo dhammo paripakkāya saṁvattati.

[¶46] Furthermore, a mendicant is ethical, restrained in the monastic code, conducting themselves well and resorting for alms in suitable places. Seeing danger in the slightest fault, they keep the rules they’ve undertaken. This is the second thing …

> Pali: Puna caparaṁ, meghiya, bhikkhu sīlavā hoti, pātimokkhasaṁvarasaṁvuto viharati ācāragocarasampanno aṇumattesu vajjesu bhayadassāvī, samādāya sikkhati sikkhāpadesu. Aparipakkāya, meghiya, cetovimuttiyā ayaṁ dutiyo dhammo paripakkāya saṁvattati.

[¶47] Furthermore, a mendicant gets to take part in talk about self-effacement that helps open the heart, when they want, without trouble or difficulty. That is, talk about fewness of wishes, contentment, seclusion, aloofness, arousing energy, ethics, immersion, wisdom, freedom, and the knowledge and vision of freedom. This is the third thing …

> Pali: Puna caparaṁ, meghiya, yāyaṁ kathā abhisallekhikā cetovivaraṇasappāyā, seyyathidaṁ—appicchakathā santuṭṭhikathā pavivekakathā asaṁsaggakathā vīriyārambhakathā sīlakathā samādhikathā paññākathā vimuttikathā vimuttiñāṇadassanakathā, evarūpiyā kathāya nikāmalābhī hoti akicchalābhī akasiralābhī. Aparipakkāya, meghiya, cetovimuttiyā ayaṁ tatiyo dhammo paripakkāya saṁvattati.

[¶48] Furthermore, a mendicant lives with energy roused up for giving up unskillful qualities and embracing skillful qualities. They are strong, staunchly vigorous, not slacking off when it comes to developing skillful qualities. This is the fourth thing …

> Pali: Puna caparaṁ, meghiya, bhikkhu āraddhavīriyo viharati akusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ pahānāya, kusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ upasampadāya, thāmavā daḷhaparakkamo anikkhittadhuro kusalesu dhammesu. Aparipakkāya, meghiya, cetovimuttiyā ayaṁ catuttho dhammo paripakkāya saṁvattati.

[¶49] Furthermore, a mendicant is wise. They have the wisdom of arising and passing away which is noble, penetrative, and leads to the complete ending of suffering. This is the fifth thing that, when the heart’s release is not ripe, helps it ripen.

> Pali: Puna caparaṁ, meghiya, bhikkhu paññavā hoti udayatthagāminiyā paññāya samannāgato ariyāya nibbedhikāya sammā dukkhakkhayagāminiyā. Aparipakkāya, meghiya, cetovimuttiyā ayaṁ pañcamo dhammo paripakkāya saṁvattati.

[¶50] A mendicant with good friends, companions, and associates can expect to be ethical …

> Pali: Kalyāṇamittassetaṁ, meghiya, bhikkhuno pāṭikaṅkhaṁ kalyāṇasahāyassa kalyāṇasampavaṅkassa: ‘sīlavā bhavissati …pe… samādāya sikkhissati sikkhāpadesu’.

[¶51] A mendicant with good friends, companions, and associates can expect to take part in talk about self-effacement that helps open the heart …

> Pali: Kalyāṇamittassetaṁ, meghiya, bhikkhuno pāṭikaṅkhaṁ kalyāṇasahāyassa kalyāṇasampavaṅkassa: ‘yāyaṁ kathā abhisallekhikā cetovivaraṇasappāyā, seyyathidaṁ—appicchakathā …pe… vimuttiñāṇadassanakathā, evarūpiyā kathāya nikāmalābhī bhavissati akicchalābhī akasiralābhī’.

[¶52] A mendicant with good friends, companions, and associates can expect to be energetic …

> Pali: Kalyāṇamittassetaṁ, meghiya, bhikkhuno pāṭikaṅkhaṁ kalyāṇasahāyassa kalyāṇasampavaṅkassa: ‘āraddhavīriyo viharissati …pe… anikkhittadhuro kusalesu dhammesu’.

[¶53] A mendicant with good friends, companions, and associates can expect to be wise …

> Pali: Kalyāṇamittassetaṁ, meghiya, bhikkhuno pāṭikaṅkhaṁ kalyāṇasahāyassa kalyāṇasampavaṅkassa: ‘paññavā bhavissati …pe… sammādukkhakkhayagāminiyā’.

[¶54] But then, a mendicant grounded on these five things should develop four further things. They should develop the perception of ugliness to give up greed, love to give up hate, mindfulness of breathing to cut off thinking, and perception of impermanence to uproot the conceit ‘I am’. When you perceive impermanence, the perception of not-self becomes stabilized. Perceiving not-self, you uproot the conceit ‘I am’ and attain extinguishment in this very life.”

> Pali: Tena ca pana, meghiya, bhikkhunā imesu pañcasu dhammesu patiṭṭhāya cattāro dhammā uttari bhāvetabbā— asubhā bhāvetabbā rāgassa pahānāya, mettā bhāvetabbā byāpādassa pahānāya, ānāpānassati bhāvetabbā vitakkupacchedāya, aniccasaññā bhāvetabbā asmimānasamugghātāya. Aniccasaññino, meghiya, anattasaññā saṇṭhāti. Anattasaññī asmimānasamugghātaṁ pāpuṇāti diṭṭheva dhamme nibbānan”ti.

[¶55] > Pali: Tatiyaṁ.

[¶56] AN 9.4 · With Nandaka

> Pali: AN 9.4 · Nandakasutta

[¶57] At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery.

> Pali: Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme.

[¶58] Now at that time Venerable Nandaka was educating, encouraging, firing up, and inspiring the mendicants in the assembly hall with a Dhamma talk. Then in the late afternoon, the Buddha came out of retreat and went to the assembly hall. He stood outside the door waiting for the talk to end. When he knew the talk had ended he cleared his throat and knocked on the door-panel. The mendicants opened the door for the Buddha, and he entered the assembly hall, where he sat down on the seat spread out.

> Pali: Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā nandako upaṭṭhānasālāyaṁ bhikkhū dhammiyā kathāya sandasseti samādapeti samuttejeti sampahaṁseti. Atha kho bhagavā sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yenupaṭṭhānasālā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bahidvārakoṭṭhake aṭṭhāsi kathāpariyosānaṁ āgamayamāno. Atha kho bhagavā kathāpariyosānaṁ viditvā ukkāsetvā aggaḷaṁ ākoṭesi. Vivariṁsu kho te bhikkhū bhagavato dvāraṁ. Atha kho bhagavā upaṭṭhānasālaṁ pavisitvā paññattāsane nisīdi.

[¶59] He said to Nandaka, “Nandaka, that was a long exposition of the teaching you gave to the mendicants. My back was aching while I stood outside the door waiting for the talk to end.”

> Pali: Nisajja kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ nandakaṁ etadavoca: “dīgho kho tyāyaṁ, nandaka, dhammapariyāyo bhikkhūnaṁ paṭibhāsi. Api me piṭṭhi āgilāyati bahidvārakoṭṭhake ṭhitassa kathāpariyosānaṁ āgamayamānassā”ti.

[¶60] When he said this, Nandaka felt embarrassed and said to the Buddha, “Sir, we didn’t know that the Buddha was standing outside the door. If we’d known, I wouldn’t have said so much.”

> Pali: Evaṁ vutte, āyasmā nandako sārajjamānarūpo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca: “na kho pana mayaṁ, bhante, jānāma ‘bhagavā bahidvārakoṭṭhake ṭhito’ti. Sace hi mayaṁ, bhante, jāneyyāma ‘bhagavā bahidvārakoṭṭhake ṭhito’ti, ettakampi (…) no nappaṭibhāseyyā”ti.

[¶61] Then the Buddha, knowing that Nandaka was embarrassed, said to him, “Good, good, Nandaka! It’s appropriate for gentlemen like you, who have gone forth out of faith from the lay life to homelessness, to sit together for a Dhamma talk. When you’re sitting together you should do one of two things: discuss the teachings or keep noble silence.

> Pali: Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ nandakaṁ sārajjamānarūpaṁ viditvā āyasmantaṁ nandakaṁ etadavoca: “sādhu sādhu, nandaka. Etaṁ kho, nandaka, tumhākaṁ patirūpaṁ kulaputtānaṁ saddhāya agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajitānaṁ, yaṁ tumhe dhammiyā kathāya sannisīdeyyātha. Sannipatitānaṁ vo, nandaka, dvayaṁ karaṇīyaṁ— dhammī vā kathā ariyo vā tuṇhībhāvo.

[¶62] Nandaka, a mendicant is faithful but not ethical. So they’re incomplete in that respect, and should fulfill it, thinking, ‘How can I become faithful and ethical?’ When a mendicant is faithful and ethical, they’re complete in that respect.

> Pali: Saddho ca, nandaka, bhikkhu hoti, no ca sīlavā. Evaṁ so tenaṅgena aparipūro hoti. Tena taṁ aṅgaṁ paripūretabbaṁ: ‘kintāhaṁ saddho ca assaṁ sīlavā cā’ti. Yato ca kho, nandaka, bhikkhu saddho ca hoti sīlavā ca, evaṁ so tenaṅgena paripūro hoti.

[¶63] A mendicant is faithful and ethical, but does not get internal serenity of heart. So they’re incomplete in that respect, and should fulfill it, thinking, ‘How can I become faithful and ethical and get internal serenity of heart?’ When a mendicant is faithful and ethical and gets internal serenity of heart, they’re complete in that respect.

> Pali: Saddho ca, nandaka, bhikkhu hoti sīlavā ca, no ca lābhī ajjhattaṁ cetosamādhissa. Evaṁ so tenaṅgena aparipūro hoti. Tena taṁ aṅgaṁ paripūretabbaṁ: ‘kintāhaṁ saddho ca assaṁ sīlavā ca lābhī ca ajjhattaṁ cetosamādhissā’ti. Yato ca kho, nandaka, bhikkhu saddho ca hoti sīlavā ca lābhī ca ajjhattaṁ cetosamādhissa, evaṁ so tenaṅgena paripūro hoti.

[¶64] A mendicant is faithful, ethical, and gets internal serenity of heart, but they don’t get the higher wisdom of discernment of principles. So they’re incomplete in that respect. Suppose, Nandaka, there was a four-footed animal that was lame and disabled. It would be incomplete in that respect. In the same way, a mendicant is faithful, ethical, and gets internal serenity of heart, but they don’t get the higher wisdom of discernment of principles. So they’re incomplete in that respect, and should fulfill it, thinking, ‘How can I become faithful and ethical and get internal serenity of heart and get the higher wisdom of discernment of principles?’

> Pali: Saddho ca, nandaka, bhikkhu hoti sīlavā ca lābhī ca ajjhattaṁ cetosamādhissa, na lābhī adhipaññādhammavipassanāya. Evaṁ so tenaṅgena aparipūro hoti. Seyyathāpi, nandaka, pāṇako catuppādako assa. Tassa eko pādo omako lāmako. Evaṁ so tenaṅgena aparipūro assa. Evamevaṁ kho, nandaka, bhikkhu saddho ca hoti sīlavā ca lābhī ca ajjhattaṁ cetosamādhissa, na lābhī adhipaññādhammavipassanāya. Evaṁ so tenaṅgena aparipūro hoti. Tena taṁ aṅgaṁ paripūretabbaṁ: ‘kintāhaṁ saddho ca assaṁ sīlavā ca lābhī ca ajjhattaṁ cetosamādhissa lābhī ca adhipaññādhammavipassanāyā’ti.

[¶65] When a mendicant is faithful and ethical and gets internal serenity of heart and gets the higher wisdom of discernment of principles, they’re complete in that respect.”

> Pali: Yato ca kho, nandaka, bhikkhu saddho ca hoti sīlavā ca lābhī ca ajjhattaṁ cetosamādhissa lābhī ca adhipaññādhammavipassanāya, evaṁ so tenaṅgena paripūro hotī”ti.

[¶66] That is what the Buddha said. When he had spoken, the Holy One rose from his seat and entered his dwelling.

> Pali: Idamavoca bhagavā. Idaṁ vatvāna sugato uṭṭhāyāsanā vihāraṁ pāvisi.

[¶67] Then, not long after the Buddha left, Venerable Nandaka said to the mendicants, “Just now, reverends, the Buddha revealed a spiritual practice that’s entirely full and pure in four statements, before getting up from his seat and entering his dwelling:

> Pali: Atha kho āyasmā nandako acirapakkantassa bhagavato bhikkhū āmantesi: “idāni, āvuso, bhagavā catūhi padehi kevalaparipuṇṇaṁ parisuddhaṁ brahmacariyaṁ pakāsetvā uṭṭhāyāsanā vihāraṁ paviṭṭho:

[¶68] ‘Nandaka, a mendicant is faithful but not ethical. So they’re incomplete in that respect, and should fulfill it, thinking, “How can I become faithful and ethical?” When a mendicant is faithful and ethical, they’re complete in that respect.

> Pali: ‘saddho ca, nandaka, bhikkhu hoti, no ca sīlavā. Evaṁ so tenaṅgena aparipūro hoti. Tena taṁ aṅgaṁ paripūretabbaṁ— kintāhaṁ saddho ca assaṁ sīlavā cā’ti. Yato ca kho, nandaka, bhikkhu saddho ca hoti sīlavā ca, evaṁ so tenaṅgena paripūro hoti.

[¶69] A mendicant is faithful and ethical, but does not get internal serenity of heart. …

> Pali: Saddho ca, nandaka, bhikkhu hoti sīlavā ca, no ca lābhī ajjhattaṁ cetosamādhissa …pe…

[¶70] They get internal serenity of heart, but they don’t get the higher wisdom of discernment of principles. So they’re incomplete in that respect. Suppose, Nandaka, there was a four-footed animal that was lame and disabled. It would be incomplete in that respect. In the same way, a mendicant is faithful, ethical, and gets internal serenity of heart, but they don’t get the higher wisdom of discernment of principles. So they’re incomplete in that respect, and should fulfill it, thinking: “How can I become faithful and ethical and get internal serenity of heart and get the higher wisdom of discernment of principles?” When a mendicant is faithful and ethical and gets internal serenity of heart and gets the higher wisdom of discernment of principles, they’re complete in that respect.’

> Pali: lābhī ca ajjhattaṁ cetosamādhissa, na lābhī adhipaññādhammavipassanāya, evaṁ so tenaṅgena aparipūro hoti. Seyyathāpi, nandaka, pāṇako catuppādako assa, tassa eko pādo omako lāmako, evaṁ so tenaṅgena aparipūro assa. Evamevaṁ kho, nandaka, bhikkhu saddho ca hoti sīlavā ca, lābhī ca ajjhattaṁ cetosamādhissa, na lābhī adhipaññādhammavipassanāya, evaṁ so tenaṅgena aparipūro hoti, tena taṁ aṅgaṁ paripūretabbaṁ ‘kintāhaṁ saddho ca assaṁ sīlavā ca, lābhī ca ajjhattaṁ cetosamādhissa, lābhī ca adhipaññādhammavipassanāyā’ti. Yato ca kho, nandaka, bhikkhu saddho ca hoti sīlavā ca lābhī ca ajjhattaṁ cetosamādhissa lābhī ca adhipaññādhammavipassanāya, evaṁ so tenaṅgena paripūro hotīti.

[¶71] Reverends, there are these five benefits of listening to the teachings at the right time and discussing the teachings at the right time. What five?

> Pali: Pañcime, āvuso, ānisaṁsā kālena dhammassavane kālena dhammasākacchāya. Katame pañca?

[¶72] Firstly, a mendicant teaches Dhamma to the mendicants that’s good in the beginning, good in the middle, and good in the end, meaningful and well-phrased. And they reveal a spiritual practice that’s entirely full and pure. Whenever they do this, they become liked and approved by the Teacher, respected and admired. This is the first benefit …

> Pali: Idhāvuso, bhikkhu bhikkhūnaṁ dhammaṁ deseti ādikalyāṇaṁ majjhekalyāṇaṁ pariyosānakalyāṇaṁ sātthaṁ sabyañjanaṁ, kevalaparipuṇṇaṁ parisuddhaṁ brahmacariyaṁ pakāseti. Yathā yathā, āvuso, bhikkhu bhikkhūnaṁ dhammaṁ deseti ādikalyāṇaṁ majjhekalyāṇaṁ pariyosānakalyāṇaṁ sātthaṁ sabyañjanaṁ, kevalaparipuṇṇaṁ parisuddhaṁ brahmacariyaṁ pakāseti tathā tathā so satthu piyo ca hoti manāpo ca garu ca bhāvanīyo ca. Ayaṁ, āvuso, paṭhamo ānisaṁso kālena dhammassavane kālena dhammasākacchāya.

[¶73] Furthermore, a mendicant teaches the mendicants the Dhamma … Whenever they do this, they feel inspired by the meaning and the teaching in that Dhamma. This is the second benefit …

> Pali: Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu bhikkhūnaṁ dhammaṁ deseti ādikalyāṇaṁ majjhekalyāṇaṁ pariyosānakalyāṇaṁ sātthaṁ sabyañjanaṁ, kevalaparipuṇṇaṁ parisuddhaṁ brahmacariyaṁ pakāseti. Yathā yathā, āvuso, bhikkhu bhikkhūnaṁ dhammaṁ deseti ādikalyāṇaṁ …pe… brahmacariyaṁ pakāseti tathā tathā so tasmiṁ dhamme atthappaṭisaṁvedī ca hoti dhammappaṭisaṁvedī ca. Ayaṁ, āvuso, dutiyo ānisaṁso kālena dhammassavane kālena dhammasākacchāya.

[¶74] Furthermore, a mendicant teaches the mendicants the Dhamma … Whenever they do this, they see the meaning of a deep saying in that Dhamma with penetrating wisdom. This is the third benefit …

> Pali: Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu bhikkhūnaṁ dhammaṁ deseti ādikalyāṇaṁ majjhekalyāṇaṁ pariyosānakalyāṇaṁ sātthaṁ sabyañjanaṁ, kevalaparipuṇṇaṁ parisuddhaṁ brahmacariyaṁ pakāseti. Yathā yathā, āvuso, bhikkhu bhikkhūnaṁ dhammaṁ deseti ādikalyāṇaṁ …pe… brahmacariyaṁ pakāseti tathā tathā so tasmiṁ dhamme gambhīraṁ atthapadaṁ paññāya ativijjha passati. Ayaṁ, āvuso, tatiyo ānisaṁso kālena dhammassavane kālena dhammasākacchāya.

[¶75] Furthermore, a mendicant teaches the mendicants the Dhamma … Whenever they do this, their spiritual companions esteem them more highly, thinking, ‘For sure this venerable has attained or will attain.’ This is the fourth benefit …

> Pali: Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu bhikkhūnaṁ dhammaṁ deseti ādikalyāṇaṁ …pe… brahmacariyaṁ pakāseti. Yathā yathā, āvuso, bhikkhu bhikkhūnaṁ dhammaṁ deseti ādikalyāṇaṁ …pe… brahmacariyaṁ pakāseti tathā tathā naṁ sabrahmacārī uttari sambhāventi: ‘addhā ayamāyasmā patto vā pajjati vā’. Ayaṁ, āvuso, catuttho ānisaṁso kālena dhammassavane kālena dhammasākacchāya.

[¶76] Furthermore, a mendicant teaches the mendicants the Dhamma … Whenever they do this, there may be trainee mendicants present, who haven’t achieved their heart’s desire, but live aspiring to the supreme sanctuary from the yoke. Hearing that teaching, they rouse energy for attaining the unattained, achieving the unachieved, and realizing the unrealized. There may be perfected mendicants present, who have ended the defilements, completed the spiritual journey, done what had to be done, laid down the burden, achieved their heart’s goal, utterly ended the fetter of continued existence, and are rightly freed through enlightenment. Hearing that teaching, they simply live happily in this life. This is the fifth benefit …

> Pali: Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu bhikkhūnaṁ dhammaṁ deseti ādikalyāṇaṁ majjhekalyāṇaṁ pariyosānakalyāṇaṁ sātthaṁ sabyañjanaṁ, kevalaparipuṇṇaṁ parisuddhaṁ brahmacariyaṁ pakāseti. Yathā yathā, āvuso, bhikkhu bhikkhūnaṁ dhammaṁ deseti ādikalyāṇaṁ majjhekalyāṇaṁ pariyosānakalyāṇaṁ sātthaṁ sabyañjanaṁ, kevalaparipuṇṇaṁ parisuddhaṁ brahmacariyaṁ pakāseti, tattha ye kho bhikkhū sekhā appattamānasā anuttaraṁ yogakkhemaṁ patthayamānā viharanti, te taṁ dhammaṁ sutvā vīriyaṁ ārabhanti appattassa pattiyā anadhigatassa adhigamāya asacchikatassa sacchikiriyāya. Ye pana tattha bhikkhū arahanto khīṇāsavā vusitavanto katakaraṇīyā ohitabhārā anuppattasadatthā parikkhīṇabhavasaṁyojanā sammadaññāvimuttā, te taṁ dhammaṁ sutvā diṭṭhadhammasukhavihāraṁyeva anuyuttā viharanti. Ayaṁ, āvuso, pañcamo ānisaṁso kālena dhammassavane kālena dhammasākacchāya.

[¶77] These are the five benefits of listening to the teachings at the right time and discussing the teachings at the right time.”

> Pali: Ime kho, āvuso, pañca ānisaṁsā kālena dhammassavane kālena dhammasākacchāyā”ti.

[¶78] > Pali: Catutthaṁ.

[¶79] AN 9.5 · Powers

> Pali: AN 9.5 · Balasutta

[¶80] “Mendicants, there are these four powers. What four? The powers of wisdom, energy, blamelessness, and inclusiveness.

> Pali: “Cattārimāni, bhikkhave, balāni. Katamāni cattāri? Paññābalaṁ, vīriyabalaṁ, anavajjabalaṁ, saṅgāhabalaṁ.

[¶81] And what is the power of wisdom? One has clearly seen and clearly contemplated with wisdom those qualities that are skillful and considered to be skillful; those that are unskillful … blameworthy … blameless … dark … bright … to be cultivated … not to be cultivated … not worthy of the noble ones … worthy of the noble ones and considered to be worthy of the noble ones. This is called the power of wisdom.

> Pali: Katamañca, bhikkhave, paññābalaṁ? Ye dhammā kusalā kusalasaṅkhātā ye dhammā akusalā akusalasaṅkhātā ye dhammā sāvajjā sāvajjasaṅkhātā ye dhammā anavajjā anavajjasaṅkhātā ye dhammā kaṇhā kaṇhasaṅkhātā ye dhammā sukkā sukkasaṅkhātā ye dhammā sevitabbā sevitabbasaṅkhātā ye dhammā asevitabbā asevitabbasaṅkhātā ye dhammā nālamariyā nālamariyasaṅkhātā ye dhammā alamariyā alamariyasaṅkhātā, tyassa dhammā paññāya vodiṭṭhā honti vocaritā. Idaṁ vuccati, bhikkhave, paññābalaṁ.

[¶82] And what is the power of energy? One generates enthusiasm, tries, makes an effort, exerts the mind, and strives to give up those qualities that are unskillful and considered to be unskillful; those that are blameworthy … dark … not to be cultivated … not worthy of the noble ones and considered to be not worthy of the noble ones. One generates enthusiasm, tries, makes an effort, exerts the mind, and strives to gain those qualities that are skillful and considered to be skillful; those that are blameless … bright … to be cultivated … worthy of the noble ones and considered to be worthy of the noble ones. This is called the power of energy.

> Pali: Katamañca, bhikkhave, vīriyabalaṁ? Ye dhammā akusalā akusalasaṅkhātā ye dhammā sāvajjā sāvajjasaṅkhātā ye dhammā kaṇhā kaṇhasaṅkhātā ye dhammā asevitabbā asevitabbasaṅkhātā ye dhammā nālamariyā nālamariyasaṅkhātā, tesaṁ dhammānaṁ pahānāya chandaṁ janeti vāyamati vīriyaṁ ārabhati cittaṁ paggaṇhāti padahati. Ye dhammā kusalā kusalasaṅkhātā ye dhammā anavajjā anavajjasaṅkhātā ye dhammā sukkā sukkasaṅkhātā ye dhammā sevitabbā sevitabbasaṅkhātā ye dhammā alamariyā alamariyasaṅkhātā, tesaṁ dhammānaṁ paṭilābhāya chandaṁ janeti vāyamati vīriyaṁ ārabhati cittaṁ paggaṇhāti padahati. Idaṁ vuccati, bhikkhave, vīriyabalaṁ.

[¶83] And what is the power of blamelessness? It’s when a noble disciple has blameless conduct by way of body, speech, and mind. This is called the power of blamelessness.

> Pali: Katamañca, bhikkhave, anavajjabalaṁ? Idha, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako anavajjena kāyakammena samannāgato hoti, anavajjena vacīkammena samannāgato hoti, anavajjena manokammena samannāgato hoti. Idaṁ vuccati, bhikkhave, anavajjabalaṁ.

[¶84] And what is the power of inclusiveness? There are these four ways of being inclusive. Giving, kindly words, taking care, and equality. The best of gifts is the gift of the teaching. The best sort of kindly speech is to teach the Dhamma again and again to someone who is engaged and who actively listens. The best way of taking care is to encourage, settle, and ground the unfaithful in faith, the unethical in ethics, the stingy in generosity, and the ignorant in wisdom. The best kind of equality is the equality of a stream-enterer with another stream-enterer, a once-returner with another once-returner, a non-returner with another non-returner, and a perfected one with another perfected one. This is called the power of inclusiveness. These are the four powers.

> Pali: Katamañca, bhikkhave, saṅgāhabalaṁ? Cattārimāni, bhikkhave, saṅgahavatthūni— dānaṁ, peyyavajjaṁ, atthacariyā, samānattatā. Etadaggaṁ, bhikkhave, dānānaṁ yadidaṁ dhammadānaṁ. Etadaggaṁ, bhikkhave, peyyavajjānaṁ yadidaṁ atthikassa ohitasotassa punappunaṁ dhammaṁ deseti. Etadaggaṁ, bhikkhave, atthacariyānaṁ yadidaṁ assaddhaṁ saddhāsampadāya samādapeti niveseti patiṭṭhāpeti, dussīlaṁ sīlasampadāya … macchariṁ cāgasampadāya … duppaññaṁ paññāsampadāya samādapeti niveseti patiṭṭhāpeti. Etadaggaṁ, bhikkhave, samānattatānaṁ yadidaṁ sotāpanno sotāpannassa samānatto, sakadāgāmī sakadāgāmissa samānatto, anāgāmī anāgāmissa samānatto, arahā arahato samānatto. Idaṁ vuccati, bhikkhave, saṅgāhabalaṁ. Imāni kho, bhikkhave, cattāri balāni.

[¶85] A noble disciple who has these four powers has got past five fears. What five? Fear regarding livelihood, disrepute, feeling insecure in an assembly, death, and bad rebirth.

> Pali: Imehi kho, bhikkhave, catūhi balehi samannāgato ariyasāvako pañca bhayāni samatikkanto hoti. Katamāni pañca? Ājīvikabhayaṁ, asilokabhayaṁ, parisasārajjabhayaṁ, maraṇabhayaṁ, duggatibhayaṁ.

[¶86] Then that noble disciple reflects: ‘I have no fear regarding livelihood. Why would I be afraid of that? I have these four powers: the powers of wisdom, energy, blamelessness, and inclusiveness. A witless person might fear for their livelihood. A lazy person might fear for their livelihood. Someone who does blameworthy things by way of body, speech, and mind might fear for their livelihood. Someone who does not include others might fear for their livelihood. I have no fear of disrepute … I have no fear about feeling insecure in an assembly … I have no fear of death … I have no fear of a bad rebirth. Why would I be afraid of that? I have these four powers: the powers of wisdom, energy, blamelessness, and inclusiveness. A witless person might be afraid of a bad rebirth. A lazy person might be afraid of a bad rebirth. Someone who does blameworthy things by way of body, speech, and mind might be afraid of a bad rebirth. Someone who does not include others might be afraid of a bad rebirth.’

> Pali: Sa kho so, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako iti paṭisañcikkhati: ‘nāhaṁ ājīvikabhayassa bhāyāmi. Kissāhaṁ ājīvikabhayassa bhāyissāmi? Atthi me cattāri balāni— paññābalaṁ, vīriyabalaṁ, anavajjabalaṁ, saṅgāhabalaṁ. Duppañño kho ājīvikabhayassa bhāyeyya. Kusīto ājīvikabhayassa bhāyeyya. Sāvajjakāyakammantavacīkammantamanokammanto ājīvikabhayassa bhāyeyya. Asaṅgāhako ājīvikabhayassa bhāyeyya. Nāhaṁ asilokabhayassa bhāyāmi …pe… nāhaṁ parisasārajjabhayassa bhāyāmi …pe… nāhaṁ maraṇabhayassa bhāyāmi …pe… nāhaṁ duggatibhayassa bhāyāmi. Kissāhaṁ duggatibhayassa bhāyissāmi? Atthi me cattāri balāni— paññābalaṁ, vīriyabalaṁ, anavajjabalaṁ, saṅgāhabalaṁ. Duppañño kho duggatibhayassa bhāyeyya. Kusīto duggatibhayassa bhāyeyya. Sāvajjakāyakammantavacīkammantamanokammanto duggatibhayassa bhāyeyya. Asaṅgāhako duggatibhayassa bhāyeyya’.

[¶87] A noble disciple who has these four powers has got past these five fears.”

> Pali: Imehi kho, bhikkhave, catūhi balehi samannāgato ariyasāvako imāni pañca bhayāni samatikkanto hotī”ti.

[¶88] > Pali: Pañcamaṁ.

## 2. Awakening · AN 9.6–9.9

Source: https://scriptura.si/works/pali-anguttara-nikaya-9/2/ · cite a paragraph as https://scriptura.si/works/pali-anguttara-nikaya-9/2/#p-N

[¶0] AN 9.6 · Association

> Pali: AN 9.6 · Sevanāsutta

[¶1] There Sāriputta addressed the mendicants:

> Pali: Tatra kho āyasmā sāriputto bhikkhū āmantesi …pe… āyasmā sāriputto etadavoca:

[¶2] “Reverends, you should distinguish two two kinds of individual: those you should associate with, and those you shouldn’t associate with. You should distinguish two kinds of robes: those you should wear, and those you shouldn’t wear. You should distinguish two kinds of almsfood: that which you should eat, and that which you shouldn’t eat. You should distinguish two kinds of lodging: those you should frequent, and those you shouldn’t frequent. You should distinguish two kinds of village or town: those you should frequent, and those you shouldn’t frequent. You should distinguish two kinds of country: those you should frequent, and those you shouldn’t frequent.

> Pali: “Puggalopi, āvuso, duvidhena veditabbo— sevitabbopi asevitabbopi. Cīvarampi, āvuso, duvidhena veditabbaṁ— sevitabbampi asevitabbampi. Piṇḍapātopi, āvuso, duvidhena veditabbo— sevitabbopi asevitabbopi. Senāsanampi, āvuso, duvidhena veditabbaṁ— sevitabbampi asevitabbampi. Gāmanigamopi, āvuso, duvidhena veditabbo— sevitabbopi asevitabbopi. Janapadapadesopi, āvuso, duvidhena veditabbo— sevitabbopi asevitabbopi.

[¶3] ‘You should distinguish two two kinds of individual: those you should associate with, and those you shouldn’t associate with.’ That’s what I said, but why did I say it? Well, should you know of an individual: ‘When I associate with this individual, unskillful qualities grow, and skillful qualities decline. And the necessities of life that a renunciate requires—robes, almsfood, lodgings, and medicines and supplies for the sick—are hard to come by. And the goal of the ascetic life for which I went forth from the lay life to homelessness is not being fully developed.’ In this case you should leave that individual at that very time of the day or night, without asking. You shouldn’t follow them.

> Pali: ‘Puggalopi, āvuso, duvidhena veditabbo— sevitabbopi asevitabbopī’ti, iti kho panetaṁ vuttaṁ. Kiñcetaṁ paṭicca vuttaṁ? Tattha yaṁ jaññā puggalaṁ: ‘imaṁ kho me puggalaṁ sevato akusalā dhammā abhivaḍḍhanti, kusalā dhammā parihāyanti; ye ca kho me pabbajitena jīvitaparikkhārā samudānetabbā cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhārā te ca kasirena samudāgacchanti; yassa camhi atthāya agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajito so ca me sāmaññattho na bhāvanāpāripūriṁ gacchatī’ti, tenāvuso, puggalena so puggalo rattibhāgaṁ vā divasabhāgaṁ vā saṅkhāpi anāpucchā pakkamitabbaṁ nānubandhitabbo.

[¶4] Whereas, should you know of an individual: ‘When I associate with this individual, unskillful qualities grow, and skillful qualities decline. But the necessities of life that a renunciate requires—robes, almsfood, lodgings, and medicines and supplies for the sick—are easy to come by. However, the goal of the ascetic life for which I went forth from the lay life to homelessness is not being fully developed.’ In this case you should leave that individual after reflecting, without asking. You shouldn’t follow them.

> Pali: Tattha yaṁ jaññā puggalaṁ: ‘imaṁ kho me puggalaṁ sevato akusalā dhammā abhivaḍḍhanti, kusalā dhammā parihāyanti; ye ca kho me pabbajitena jīvitaparikkhārā samudānetabbā cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhārā te ca appakasirena samudāgacchanti; yassa camhi atthāya agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajito so ca me sāmaññattho na bhāvanāpāripūriṁ gacchatī’ti, tenāvuso, puggalena so puggalo saṅkhāpi anāpucchā pakkamitabbaṁ nānubandhitabbo.

[¶5] Well, should you know of an individual: ‘When I associate with this individual, unskillful qualities decline, and skillful qualities grow. And the necessities of life that a renunciate requires—robes, almsfood, lodgings, and medicines and supplies for the sick—are hard to come by. But the goal of the ascetic life for which I went forth from the lay life to homelessness is being fully developed.’ In this case you should follow that individual after appraisal. You shouldn’t leave them.

> Pali: Tattha yaṁ jaññā puggalaṁ: ‘imaṁ kho me puggalaṁ sevato akusalā dhammā parihāyanti, kusalā dhammā abhivaḍḍhanti; ye ca kho me pabbajitena jīvitaparikkhārā samudānetabbā cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhārā te ca kasirena samudāgacchanti; yassa camhi atthāya agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajito so ca me sāmaññattho bhāvanāpāripūriṁ gacchatī’ti, tenāvuso, puggalena so puggalo saṅkhāpi anubandhitabbo na pakkamitabbaṁ.

[¶6] Whereas, should you know of an individual: ‘When I associate with this individual, unskillful qualities decline, and skillful qualities grow. And the necessities of life that a renunciate requires—robes, almsfood, lodgings, and medicines and supplies for the sick—are easy to come by. And the goal of the ascetic life for which I went forth from the lay life to homelessness is being fully developed.’ In this case you should follow that individual. You shouldn’t leave them, even if they send you away. ‘You should distinguish two kinds of individual: those you should associate with, and those you shouldn’t associate with.’ That’s what I said, and this is why I said it.

> Pali: Tattha yaṁ jaññā puggalaṁ: ‘imaṁ kho me puggalaṁ sevato akusalā dhammā parihāyanti, kusalā dhammā abhivaḍḍhanti; ye ca kho me pabbajitena jīvitaparikkhārā samudānetabbā cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhārā te ca appakasirena samudāgacchanti; yassa camhi atthāya agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajito so ca me sāmaññattho bhāvanāpāripūriṁ gacchatī’ti, tenāvuso, puggalena so puggalo yāvajīvaṁ anubandhitabbo na pakkamitabbaṁ api panujjamānena. ‘Puggalopi, āvuso, duvidhena veditabbo— sevitabbopi asevitabbopī’ti, iti yaṁ taṁ vuttaṁ, idametaṁ paṭicca vuttaṁ.

[¶7] ‘You should distinguish two kinds of robes: those you should wear, and those you shouldn’t wear.’ That’s what I said, but why did I say it? Well, should you know of a robe: ‘When I wear this robe, unskillful qualities grow, and skillful qualities decline.’ You should not wear that kind of robe. Whereas, should you know of a robe: ‘When I wear this robe, unskillful qualities decline, and skillful qualities grow.’ You should wear that kind of robe. ‘You should distinguish two kinds of robes: those you should wear, and those you shouldn’t wear.’ That’s what I said, and this is why I said it.

> Pali: ‘Cīvarampi, āvuso, duvidhena veditabbaṁ— sevitabbampi asevitabbampī’ti, iti kho panetaṁ vuttaṁ. Kiñcetaṁ paṭicca vuttaṁ? Tattha yaṁ jaññā cīvaraṁ: ‘idaṁ kho me cīvaraṁ sevato akusalā dhammā abhivaḍḍhanti, kusalā dhammā parihāyantī’ti, evarūpaṁ cīvaraṁ na sevitabbaṁ. Tattha yaṁ jaññā cīvaraṁ: ‘idaṁ kho me cīvaraṁ sevato akusalā dhammā parihāyanti, kusalā dhammā abhivaḍḍhantī’ti, evarūpaṁ cīvaraṁ sevitabbaṁ. ‘Cīvarampi, āvuso, duvidhena veditabbaṁ— sevitabbampi asevitabbampī’ti, iti yaṁ taṁ vuttaṁ, idametaṁ paṭicca vuttaṁ.

[¶8] ‘You should distinguish two kinds of almsfood: that which you should eat, and that which you shouldn’t eat.’ That’s what I said, but why did I say it? Well, should you know of almsfood: ‘When I eat this almsfood, unskillful qualities grow, and skillful qualities decline.’ You should not eat that kind of almsfood. Whereas, should you know of almsfood: ‘When I eat this almsfood, unskillful qualities decline, and skillful qualities grow.’ You should eat that kind of almsfood. ‘You should distinguish two kinds of almsfood: that which you should eat, and that which you shouldn’t eat.’ That’s what I said, and this is why I said it.

> Pali: ‘Piṇḍapātopi, āvuso, duvidhena veditabbo— sevitabbopi asevitabbopī’ti, iti kho panetaṁ vuttaṁ. Kiñcetaṁ paṭicca vuttaṁ? Tattha yaṁ jaññā piṇḍapātaṁ: ‘imaṁ kho me piṇḍapātaṁ sevato akusalā dhammā abhivaḍḍhanti, kusalā dhammā parihāyantī’ti, evarūpo piṇḍapāto na sevitabbo. Tattha yaṁ jaññā piṇḍapātaṁ: ‘imaṁ kho me piṇḍapātaṁ sevato akusalā dhammā parihāyanti, kusalā dhammā abhivaḍḍhantī’ti, evarūpo piṇḍapāto sevitabbo. ‘Piṇḍapātopi, āvuso, duvidhena veditabbo— sevitabbopi asevitabbopī’ti, iti yaṁ taṁ vuttaṁ, idametaṁ paṭicca vuttaṁ.

[¶9] ‘You should distinguish two kinds of lodging: those you should frequent, and those you shouldn’t frequent.’ That’s what I said, but why did I say it? Well, should you know of a lodging: ‘When I frequent this lodging, unskillful qualities grow, and skillful qualities decline.’ You should not frequent that kind of lodging. Whereas, should you know of a lodging: ‘When I frequent this lodging, unskillful qualities decline, and skillful qualities grow.’ You should frequent that kind of lodging. ‘You should distinguish two kinds of lodging: those you should frequent, and those you shouldn’t frequent.’ That’s what I said, and this is why I said it.

> Pali: ‘Senāsanampi, āvuso, duvidhena veditabbaṁ— sevitabbampi asevitabbampī’ti, iti kho panetaṁ vuttaṁ. Kiñcetaṁ paṭicca vuttaṁ? Tattha yaṁ jaññā senāsanaṁ: ‘idaṁ kho me senāsanaṁ sevato akusalā dhammā abhivaḍḍhanti, kusalā dhammā parihāyantī’ti, evarūpaṁ senāsanaṁ na sevitabbaṁ. Tattha yaṁ jaññā senāsanaṁ: ‘idaṁ kho me senāsanaṁ sevato akusalā dhammā parihāyanti, kusalā dhammā abhivaḍḍhantī’ti, evarūpaṁ senāsanaṁ sevitabbaṁ. ‘Senāsanampi, āvuso, duvidhena veditabbaṁ— sevitabbampi asevitabbampī’ti, iti yaṁ taṁ vuttaṁ, idametaṁ paṭicca vuttaṁ.

[¶10] ‘You should distinguish two kinds of village or town: those you should frequent, and those you shouldn’t frequent.’ That’s what I said, but why did I say it? Well, should you know of a village or town: ‘When I frequent this village or town, unskillful qualities grow, and skillful qualities decline.’ You should not frequent that kind of village or town. Whereas, should you know of a village or town: ‘When I frequent this village or town, unskillful qualities decline, and skillful qualities grow.’ You should frequent that kind of village or town. ‘You should distinguish two kinds of village or town: those you should frequent, and those you shouldn’t frequent.’ That’s what I said, and this is why I said it.

> Pali: ‘Gāmanigamopi, āvuso, duvidhena veditabbo— sevitabbopi asevitabbopī’ti, iti kho panetaṁ vuttaṁ. Kiñcetaṁ paṭicca vuttaṁ? Tattha yaṁ jaññā gāmanigamaṁ: ‘imaṁ kho me gāmanigamaṁ sevato akusalā dhammā abhivaḍḍhanti, kusalā dhammā parihāyantī’ti, evarūpo gāmanigamo na sevitabbo. Tattha yaṁ jaññā gāmanigamaṁ: ‘imaṁ kho me gāmanigamaṁ sevato akusalā dhammā parihāyanti, kusalā dhammā abhivaḍḍhantī’ti, evarūpo gāmanigamo sevitabbo. ‘Gāmanigamopi, āvuso, duvidhena veditabbo— sevitabbopi asevitabbopī’ti, iti yaṁ taṁ vuttaṁ, idametaṁ paṭicca vuttaṁ.

[¶11] ‘You should distinguish two kinds of country: those you should frequent, and those you shouldn’t frequent.’ That’s what I said, but why did I say it? Well, should you know of a country: ‘When I frequent this country, unskillful qualities grow, and skillful qualities decline.’ You should not frequent that kind of country. Whereas, should you know of a country: ‘When I frequent this country, unskillful qualities decline, and skillful qualities grow.’ You should frequent that kind of country. ‘You should distinguish two kinds of country: those you should frequent, and those you shouldn’t frequent.’ That’s what I said, and this is why I said it.”

> Pali: ‘Janapadapadesopi, āvuso, duvidhena veditabbo— sevitabbopi asevitabbopī’ti, iti kho panetaṁ vuttaṁ. Kiñcetaṁ paṭicca vuttaṁ? Tattha yaṁ jaññā janapadapadesaṁ: ‘imaṁ kho me janapadapadesaṁ sevato akusalā dhammā abhivaḍḍhanti, kusalā dhammā parihāyantī’ti, evarūpo janapadapadeso na sevitabbo. Tattha yaṁ jaññā janapadapadesaṁ: ‘imaṁ kho me janapadapadesaṁ sevato akusalā dhammā parihāyanti, kusalā dhammā abhivaḍḍhantī’ti, evarūpo janapadapadeso sevitabbo. ‘Janapadapadesopi, āvuso, duvidhena veditabbo— sevitabbopi asevitabbopī’ti, iti yaṁ taṁ vuttaṁ, idametaṁ paṭicca vuttan”ti.

[¶12] > Pali: Chaṭṭhaṁ.

[¶13] AN 9.7 · With Sutavā the Wanderer

> Pali: AN 9.7 · Sutavāsutta

[¶14] At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha, on the Vulture’s Peak Mountain. Then the wanderer Sutavā went up to the Buddha, and exchanged greetings with him. When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side and said to the Buddha:

> Pali: Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati gijjhakūṭe pabbate. Atha kho sutavā paribbājako yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṁ sammodi. Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho sutavā paribbājako bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:

[¶15] “Sir, this one time the Buddha was staying right here in Rājagaha, the Mountainfold. There I heard and learned this in the presence of the Buddha: ‘A mendicant who is perfected—with defilements ended, who has completed the spiritual journey, done what had to be done, laid down the burden, achieved their heart’s goal, utterly ended the fetter of continued existence, and is rightly freed through enlightenment—can’t transgress in five respects. A mendicant with defilements ended can’t deliberately take the life of a living creature, take something with the intention to steal, have sex, tell a deliberate lie, or store up goods for their own enjoyment like they used to as a lay person.’ I trust I properly heard, learned, applied the mind, and remembered that from the Buddha?”

> Pali: “Ekamidāhaṁ, bhante, samayaṁ bhagavā idheva rājagahe viharāmi giribbaje. Tatra me, bhante, bhagavato sammukhā sutaṁ sammukhā paṭiggahitaṁ: ‘yo so, sutavā, bhikkhu arahaṁ khīṇāsavo vusitavā katakaraṇīyo ohitabhāro anuppattasadattho parikkhīṇabhavasaṁyojano sammadaññāvimutto, abhabbo so pañca ṭhānāni ajjhācarituṁ— abhabbo khīṇāsavo bhikkhu sañcicca pāṇaṁ jīvitā voropetuṁ, abhabbo khīṇāsavo bhikkhu adinnaṁ theyyasaṅkhātaṁ ādātuṁ, abhabbo khīṇāsavo bhikkhu methunaṁ dhammaṁ paṭisevituṁ, abhabbo khīṇāsavo bhikkhu sampajānamusā bhāsituṁ, abhabbo khīṇāsavo bhikkhu sannidhikārakaṁ kāme paribhuñjituṁ seyyathāpi pubbe agāriyabhūto’ti. Kacci metaṁ, bhante, bhagavato sussutaṁ suggahitaṁ sumanasikataṁ sūpadhāritan”ti?

[¶16] “Indeed, Sutavā, you properly heard, learned, applied the mind, and remembered that. In the past, as today, I say this: ‘A mendicant who is perfected—with defilements ended, who has completed the spiritual journey, done what had to be done, laid down the burden, achieved their heart’s goal, utterly ended the fetter of continued existence, and is rightly freed through enlightenment—can’t transgress in nine respects. A mendicant with defilements ended can’t deliberately take the life of a living creature, take something with the intention to steal, have sex, tell a deliberate lie, or store up goods for their own enjoyment like they used to as a lay person. And they can’t make decisions prejudiced by favoritism, hostility, stupidity, or cowardice.’ In the past, as today, I say this: ‘A mendicant who is perfected—with defilements ended, who has completed the spiritual journey, done what had to be done, laid down the burden, achieved their heart’s goal, utterly ended the fetter of continued existence, and is rightly freed through enlightenment—can’t transgress in these nine respects.’”

> Pali: “Taggha te etaṁ, sutavā, sussutaṁ suggahitaṁ sumanasikataṁ sūpadhāritaṁ. Pubbe cāhaṁ, sutavā, etarahi ca evaṁ vadāmi: ‘yo so bhikkhu arahaṁ khīṇāsavo vusitavā katakaraṇīyo ohitabhāro anuppattasadattho parikkhīṇabhavasaṁyojano sammadaññāvimutto, abhabbo so nava ṭhānāni ajjhācarituṁ— abhabbo khīṇāsavo bhikkhu sañcicca pāṇaṁ jīvitā voropetuṁ, abhabbo khīṇāsavo bhikkhu adinnaṁ theyyasaṅkhātaṁ ādātuṁ, abhabbo khīṇāsavo bhikkhu methunaṁ dhammaṁ paṭisevituṁ, abhabbo khīṇāsavo bhikkhu sampajānamusā bhāsituṁ, abhabbo khīṇāsavo bhikkhu sannidhikārakaṁ kāme paribhuñjituṁ seyyathāpi pubbe agāriyabhūto, abhabbo khīṇāsavo bhikkhu chandāgatiṁ gantuṁ, abhabbo khīṇāsavo bhikkhu dosāgatiṁ gantuṁ, abhabbo khīṇāsavo bhikkhu mohāgatiṁ gantuṁ, abhabbo khīṇāsavo bhikkhu bhayāgatiṁ gantuṁ’. Pubbe cāhaṁ, sutavā, etarahi ca evaṁ vadāmi: ‘yo so bhikkhu arahaṁ khīṇāsavo vusitavā katakaraṇīyo ohitabhāro anuppattasadattho parikkhīṇabhavasaṁyojano sammadaññāvimutto, abhabbo so imāni nava ṭhānāni ajjhācaritun’”ti.

[¶17] > Pali: Sattamaṁ.

[¶18] AN 9.8 · With the Wanderer Sajjha

> Pali: AN 9.8 · Sajjhasutta

[¶19] At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha, on the Vulture’s Peak Mountain. Then the wanderer Sajjha went up to the Buddha, and exchanged greetings with him. When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side and said to the Buddha:

> Pali: Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati gijjhakūṭe pabbate. Atha kho sajjho paribbājako yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṁ sammodi. Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho sajjho paribbājako bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:

[¶20] “Sir, this one time the Buddha was staying right here in Rājagaha, the Mountainfold. There I heard and learned this in the presence of the Buddha: ‘A mendicant who is perfected—with defilements ended, who has completed the spiritual journey, done what had to be done, laid down the burden, achieved their heart’s goal, utterly ended the fetter of continued existence, and is rightly freed through enlightenment—can’t transgress in five respects. A mendicant with defilements ended can’t deliberately take the life of a living creature, take something with the intention to steal, have sex, tell a deliberate lie, or store up goods for their own enjoyment like they used to as a lay person.’ I trust I properly heard, learned, applied the mind, and remembered that from the Buddha?”

> Pali: “Ekamidāhaṁ, bhante, samayaṁ bhagavā idheva rājagahe viharāmi giribbaje. Tatra me, bhante, bhagavato sammukhā sutaṁ sammukhā paṭiggahitaṁ: ‘yo so, sajjha, bhikkhu arahaṁ khīṇāsavo vusitavā katakaraṇīyo ohitabhāro anuppattasadattho parikkhīṇabhavasaṁyojano sammadaññāvimutto, abhabbo so pañca ṭhānāni ajjhācarituṁ— abhabbo khīṇāsavo bhikkhu sañcicca pāṇaṁ jīvitā voropetuṁ, abhabbo khīṇāsavo bhikkhu adinnaṁ theyyasaṅkhātaṁ ādātuṁ, abhabbo khīṇāsavo bhikkhu methunaṁ dhammaṁ paṭisevituṁ, abhabbo khīṇāsavo bhikkhu sampajānamusā bhāsituṁ, abhabbo khīṇāsavo bhikkhu sannidhikārakaṁ kāme paribhuñjituṁ seyyathāpi pubbe agāriyabhūto’ti. Kacci metaṁ, bhante, bhagavato sussutaṁ suggahitaṁ sumanasikataṁ sūpadhāritan”ti?

[¶21] “Indeed, Sajjha, you properly heard, learned, applied the mind, and remembered that. In the past, as today, I say this: ‘A mendicant who is perfected—with defilements ended, who has completed the spiritual journey, done what had to be done, laid down the burden, achieved their heart’s goal, utterly ended the fetter of continued existence, and is rightly freed through enlightenment—can’t transgress in nine respects. A mendicant with defilements ended can’t deliberately take the life of a living creature, take something with the intention to steal, have sex, tell a deliberate lie, or store up goods for their own enjoyment like they used to as a lay person. And they can’t abandon the Buddha, the teaching, the Saṅgha, or the training.’ In the past, as today, I say this: ‘A mendicant who is perfected—with defilements ended, who has completed the spiritual journey, done what had to be done, laid down the burden, achieved their heart’s goal, utterly ended the fetter of continued existence, and is rightly freed through enlightenment—can’t transgress in these nine respects.’”

> Pali: “Taggha te etaṁ, sajjha, sussutaṁ suggahitaṁ sumanasikataṁ sūpadhāritaṁ. Pubbe cāhaṁ, sajjha, etarahi ca evaṁ vadāmi: ‘yo so bhikkhu arahaṁ khīṇāsavo vusitavā katakaraṇīyo ohitabhāro anuppattasadattho parikkhīṇabhavasaṁyojano sammadaññāvimutto, abhabbo so nava ṭhānāni ajjhācarituṁ— abhabbo khīṇāsavo bhikkhu sañcicca pāṇaṁ jīvitā voropetuṁ …pe… abhabbo khīṇāsavo bhikkhu sannidhikārakaṁ kāme paribhuñjituṁ seyyathāpi pubbe agāriyabhūto, abhabbo khīṇāsavo bhikkhu buddhaṁ paccakkhātuṁ, abhabbo khīṇāsavo bhikkhu dhammaṁ paccakkhātuṁ, abhabbo khīṇāsavo bhikkhu saṅghaṁ paccakkhātuṁ, abhabbo khīṇāsavo bhikkhu sikkhaṁ paccakkhātuṁ’. Pubbe cāhaṁ, sajjha, etarahi ca evaṁ vadāmi: ‘yo so bhikkhu arahaṁ khīṇāsavo vusitavā katakaraṇīyo ohitabhāro anuppattasadattho parikkhīṇabhavasaṁyojano sammadaññāvimutto, abhabbo so imāni nava ṭhānāni ajjhācaritun’”ti.

[¶22] > Pali: Aṭṭhamaṁ.

[¶23] AN 9.9 · Individuals

> Pali: AN 9.9 · Puggalasutta

[¶24] “Mendicants, these nine individuals are found in the world. What nine? The perfected one and the one practicing for perfection. The non-returner and the one practicing to realize the fruit of non-return. The once-returner and the one practicing to realize the fruit of once-return. The stream-enterer and the one practicing to realize the fruit of stream-entry. And the ordinary person. These are the nine individuals found in the world.”

> Pali: “Navayime, bhikkhave, puggalā santo saṁvijjamānā lokasmiṁ. Katame nava? Arahā, arahattāya paṭipanno, anāgāmī, anāgāmiphalasacchikiriyāya paṭipanno, sakadāgāmī, sakadāgāmiphalasacchikiriyāya paṭipanno, sotāpanno, sotāpattiphalasacchikiriyāya paṭipanno, puthujjano— ime kho, bhikkhave, nava puggalā santo saṁvijjamānā lokasmin”ti.

[¶25] > Pali: Navamaṁ.

## 3. The Lion’s Roar · AN 9.11–9.18

Source: https://scriptura.si/works/pali-anguttara-nikaya-9/3/ · cite a paragraph as https://scriptura.si/works/pali-anguttara-nikaya-9/3/#p-N

[¶0] AN 9.11 · Sāriputta’s Lion’s Roar

> Pali: AN 9.11 · Sīhanādasutta

[¶1] At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery.

> Pali: Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme.

[¶2] Then Venerable Sāriputta went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him, “Sir, I have completed the rainy season residence at Sāvatthī. I wish to leave to wander the countryside.”

> Pali: Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā sāriputto bhagavantaṁ etadavoca: “vuttho me, bhante, sāvatthiyaṁ vassāvāso. Icchāmahaṁ, bhante, janapadacārikaṁ pakkamitun”ti.

[¶3] “Please, Sāriputta, go at your convenience.” Then Sāriputta rose from his seat, bowed, and respectfully circled the Buddha, keeping him on his right, before leaving.

> Pali: “Yassadāni tvaṁ, sāriputta, kālaṁ maññasī”ti. Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā pakkāmi.

[¶4] And then, not long after Sāriputta had left, a certain monk said to the Buddha, “Sir, Venerable Sāriputta attacked me and left without saying sorry.”

> Pali: Atha kho aññataro bhikkhu acirapakkante āyasmante sāriputte bhagavantaṁ etadavoca: “āyasmā maṁ, bhante, sāriputto āsajja appaṭinissajja cārikaṁ pakkanto”ti.

[¶5] So the Buddha addressed one of the monks, “Please, monk, in my name tell Sāriputta that the Teacher summons him.”

> Pali: Atha kho bhagavā aññataraṁ bhikkhuṁ āmantesi: “ehi tvaṁ, bhikkhu, mama vacanena sāriputtaṁ āmantehi: ‘satthā taṁ, āvuso sāriputta, āmantetī’”ti.

[¶6] “Yes, sir,” that monk replied. He went to Sāriputta and said to him, “Reverend Sāriputta, the Teacher summons you.”

> Pali: “Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho so bhikkhu bhagavato paṭissutvā yenāyasmā sāriputto tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ sāriputtaṁ etadavoca: “satthā taṁ, āvuso sāriputta, āmantetī”ti.

[¶7] “Yes, reverend,” Sāriputta replied.

> Pali: “Evamāvuso”ti kho āyasmā sāriputto tassa bhikkhuno paccassosi.

[¶8] Now at that time the venerables Mahāmoggallāna and Ānanda, taking a latchkey, went from dwelling to dwelling, saying: “Come forth, venerables! Come forth, venerables! Now Venerable Sāriputta will roar his lion’s roar in the presence of the Buddha!”

> Pali: Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā ca mahāmoggallāno āyasmā ca ānando avāpuraṇaṁ ādāya vihāre āhiṇḍanti: “abhikkamathāyasmanto, abhikkamathāyasmanto. Idānāyasmā sāriputto bhagavato sammukhā sīhanādaṁ nadissatī”ti.

[¶9] Then Venerable Sāriputta went up to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to him:

> Pali: Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho āyasmantaṁ sāriputtaṁ bhagavā etadavoca:

[¶10] “Sāriputta, one of your spiritual companions has made this complaint: ‘Venerable Sāriputta attacked me and left without saying sorry.’”

> Pali: “idha te, sāriputta, aññataro sabrahmacārī khīyanadhammaṁ āpanno: ‘āyasmā maṁ, bhante, sāriputto āsajja appaṭinissajjacārikaṁ pakkanto’”ti.

[¶11] “Sir, someone who had not established mindfulness of the body might well attack one of their spiritual companions and leave without saying sorry.

> Pali: “Yassa nūna, bhante, kāye kāyagatāsati anupaṭṭhitā assa, so idha aññataraṁ sabrahmacāriṁ āsajja appaṭinissajja cārikaṁ pakkameyya.

[¶12] Suppose they were to toss both clean and unclean things on the earth, like feces, urine, spit, pus, and blood. The earth isn’t horrified, repelled, and disgusted because of this. In the same way, I live with a heart like the earth, abundant, expansive, limitless, free of enmity and ill will. Someone who had not established mindfulness of the body might well attack one of their spiritual companions and leave without saying sorry.

> Pali: Seyyathāpi, bhante, pathaviyaṁ sucimpi nikkhipanti asucimpi nikkhipanti gūthagatampi nikkhipanti muttagatampi nikkhipanti kheḷagatampi nikkhipanti pubbagatampi nikkhipanti lohitagatampi nikkhipanti, na ca tena pathavī aṭṭīyati vā harāyati vā jigucchati vā; evamevaṁ kho ahaṁ, bhante, pathavīsamena cetasā viharāmi vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyāpajjena. Yassa nūna, bhante, kāye kāyagatāsati anupaṭṭhitā assa, so idha aññataraṁ sabrahmacāriṁ āsajja appaṭinissajja cārikaṁ pakkameyya.

[¶13] Suppose they were to wash both clean and unclean things in water, like feces, urine, spit, pus, and blood. The water isn’t horrified, repelled, and disgusted because of this. In the same way, I live with a heart like water, abundant, expansive, limitless, free of enmity and ill will. Someone who had not established mindfulness of the body might well attack one of their spiritual companions and leave without saying sorry.

> Pali: Seyyathāpi, bhante, āpasmiṁ sucimpi dhovanti asucimpi dhovanti gūthagatampi … muttagatampi … kheḷagatampi … pubbagatampi … lohitagatampi dhovanti, na ca tena āpo aṭṭīyati vā harāyati vā jigucchati vā; evamevaṁ kho ahaṁ, bhante, āposamena cetasā viharāmi vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyāpajjena. Yassa nūna, bhante, kāye kāyagatāsati anupaṭṭhitā assa, so idha aññataraṁ sabrahmacāriṁ āsajja appaṭinissajja cārikaṁ pakkameyya.

[¶14] Suppose a fire were to burn both clean and unclean things, like feces, urine, spit, pus, and blood. The fire isn’t horrified, repelled, and disgusted because of this. In the same way, I live with a heart like fire, abundant, expansive, limitless, free of enmity and ill will. Someone who had not established mindfulness of the body might well attack one of their spiritual companions and leave without saying sorry.

> Pali: Seyyathāpi, bhante, tejo sucimpi ḍahati asucimpi ḍahati gūthagatampi … muttagatampi … kheḷagatampi … pubbagatampi … lohitagatampi ḍahati, na ca tena tejo aṭṭīyati vā harāyati vā jigucchati vā; evamevaṁ kho ahaṁ, bhante, tejosamena cetasā viharāmi vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyāpajjena. Yassa nūna, bhante, kāye kāyagatāsati anupaṭṭhitā assa, so idha aññataraṁ sabrahmacāriṁ āsajja appaṭinissajja cārikaṁ pakkameyya.

[¶15] Suppose the wind was to blow on both clean and unclean things, like feces, urine, spit, pus, and blood. The wind isn’t horrified, repelled, and disgusted because of this. In the same way, I live with a heart like the wind, abundant, expansive, limitless, free of enmity and ill will. Someone who had not established mindfulness of the body might well attack one of their spiritual companions and leave without saying sorry.

> Pali: Seyyathāpi, bhante, vāyo sucimpi upavāyati asucimpi upavāyati gūthagatampi … muttagatampi … kheḷagatampi … pubbagatampi … lohitagatampi upavāyati, na ca tena vāyo aṭṭīyati vā harāyati vā jigucchati vā; evamevaṁ kho ahaṁ, bhante, vāyosamena cetasā viharāmi vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyāpajjena. Yassa nūna, bhante, kāye kāyagatāsati anupaṭṭhitā assa, so idha aññataraṁ sabrahmacāriṁ āsajja appaṭinissajja cārikaṁ pakkameyya.

[¶16] Suppose a rag was to wipe up both clean and unclean things, like feces, urine, spit, pus, and blood. The rag isn’t horrified, repelled, and disgusted because of this. In the same way, I live with a heart like a rag, abundant, expansive, limitless, free of enmity and ill will. Someone who had not established mindfulness of the body might well attack one of their spiritual companions and leave without saying sorry.

> Pali: Seyyathāpi, bhante, rajoharaṇaṁ sucimpi puñchati asucimpi puñchati gūthagatampi … muttagatampi … kheḷagatampi … pubbagatampi … lohitagatampi puñchati, na ca tena rajoharaṇaṁ aṭṭīyati vā harāyati vā jigucchati vā; evamevaṁ kho ahaṁ, bhante, rajoharaṇasamena cetasā viharāmi vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyāpajjena. Yassa nūna, bhante, kāye kāyagatāsati anupaṭṭhitā assa, so idha aññataraṁ sabrahmacāriṁ āsajja appaṭinissajja cārikaṁ pakkameyya.

[¶17] Suppose a boy or girl of a corpse-worker tribe, holding a pot and clad in rags, were to enter a town or village. They’d enter with a humble mind. In the same way, I live with a heart like a boy or girl of a corpse-worker tribe, abundant, expansive, limitless, free of enmity and ill will. Someone who had not established mindfulness of the body might well attack one of their spiritual companions and leave without saying sorry.

> Pali: Seyyathāpi, bhante, caṇḍālakumārako vā caṇḍālakumārikā vā kaḷopihattho nantakavāsī gāmaṁ vā nigamaṁ vā pavisanto nīcacittaṁyeva upaṭṭhapetvā pavisati; evamevaṁ kho ahaṁ, bhante, caṇḍālakumārakacaṇḍālakumārikāsamena cetasā viharāmi vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyāpajjena. Yassa nūna, bhante, kāye kāyagatāsati anupaṭṭhitā assa, so idha aññataraṁ sabrahmacāriṁ āsajja appaṭinissajja cārikaṁ pakkameyya.

[¶18] Suppose there was a bull with his horns cut, gentle, well tamed and well trained. He’d wander from street to street and square to square without hurting anyone with his feet or horns. In the same way, I live with a heart like a bull with horns cut, abundant, expansive, limitless, free of enmity and ill will. Someone who had not established mindfulness of the body might well attack one of their spiritual companions and leave without saying sorry.

> Pali: Seyyathāpi, bhante, usabho chinnavisāṇo sūrato sudanto suvinīto rathiyāya rathiyaṁ siṅghāṭakena siṅghāṭakaṁ anvāhiṇḍanto na kiñci hiṁsati pādena vā visāṇena vā; evamevaṁ kho ahaṁ, bhante, usabhachinnavisāṇasamena cetasā viharāmi vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyāpajjena. Yassa nūna, bhante, kāye kāyagatāsati anupaṭṭhitā assa, so idha aññataraṁ sabrahmacāriṁ āsajja appaṭinissajja cārikaṁ pakkameyya.

[¶19] Suppose there was a woman or man who was young, youthful, and fond of adornments, and had bathed their head. If the carcass of a snake or a dog or a human were hung around their neck, they’d be horrified, repelled, and disgusted. In the same way, I’m horrified, repelled, and disgusted by this rotting body. Someone who had not established mindfulness of the body might well attack one of their spiritual companions and leave without saying sorry.

> Pali: Seyyathāpi, bhante, itthī vā puriso vā daharo yuvā maṇḍanakajātiko sīsaṁnhāto ahikuṇapena vā kukkurakuṇapena vā manussakuṇapena vā kaṇṭhe āsattena aṭṭīyeyya harāyeyya jiguccheyya; evamevaṁ kho ahaṁ, bhante, iminā pūtikāyena aṭṭīyāmi harāyāmi jigucchāmi. Yassa nūna, bhante, kāye kāyagatāsati anupaṭṭhitā assa, so idha aññataraṁ sabrahmacāriṁ āsajja appaṭinissajja cārikaṁ pakkameyya.

[¶20] Suppose someone was to carry around a bowl of fat that was leaking and oozing from holes and cracks. In the same way, I carry around this body that’s leaking and oozing from holes and cracks. Someone who had not established mindfulness of the body might well attack one of their spiritual companions and leave without saying sorry.”

> Pali: Seyyathāpi, bhante, puriso medakathālikaṁ parihareyya chiddāvachiddaṁ uggharantaṁ paggharantaṁ; evamevaṁ kho ahaṁ, bhante, imaṁ kāyaṁ pariharāmi chiddāvachiddaṁ uggharantaṁ paggharantaṁ. Yassa nūna, bhante, kāye kāyagatāsati anupaṭṭhitā assa, so idha aññataraṁ sabrahmacāriṁ āsajja appaṭinissajja cārikaṁ pakkameyyā”ti.

[¶21] Then that monk rose from his seat, placed his robe over one shoulder, bowed with his head to the Buddha’s feet, and said, “I made a mistake, sir. It was foolish, stupid, and unskillful of me to speak ill of Venerable Sāriputta with an incorrect, hollow, false, untruthful claim. Please, sir, accept my mistake for what it is, so I will restrain myself in future.”

> Pali: Atha kho so bhikkhu uṭṭhāyāsanā ekaṁsaṁ uttarāsaṅgaṁ karitvā bhagavato pādesu sirasā nipatitvā bhagavantaṁ etadavoca: “accayo maṁ, bhante, accagamā yathābālaṁ yathāmūḷhaṁ yathāakusalaṁ, yo ahaṁ āyasmantaṁ sāriputtaṁ asatā tucchā musā abhūtena abbhācikkhiṁ. Tassa me, bhante, bhagavā accayaṁ accayato paṭiggaṇhatu āyatiṁ saṁvarāyā”ti.

[¶22] “Indeed, monk, you made a mistake. It was foolish, stupid, and unskillful of you to act in that way. But since you have recognized your mistake for what it is, and have dealt with it properly, I accept it. For it is growth in the training of the Noble One to recognize a mistake for what it is, deal with it properly, and commit to restraint in the future.”

> Pali: “Taggha taṁ, bhikkhu, accayo accagamā yathābālaṁ yathāmūḷhaṁ yathāakusalaṁ, yo tvaṁ sāriputtaṁ asatā tucchā musā abhūtena abbhācikkhi. Yato ca kho tvaṁ, bhikkhu, accayaṁ accayato disvā yathādhammaṁ paṭikarosi, taṁ te mayaṁ paṭiggaṇhāma. Vuḍḍhihesā, bhikkhu, ariyassa vinaye yo accayaṁ accayato disvā yathādhammaṁ paṭikaroti āyatiṁ saṁvaraṁ āpajjatī”ti.

[¶23] Then the Buddha said to Venerable Sāriputta, “Sāriputta, forgive that futile man before his head explodes into seven pieces right here.”

> Pali: Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ sāriputtaṁ āmantesi: “khama, sāriputta, imassa moghapurisassa, purā tassa tattheva sattadhā muddhā phalatī”ti.

[¶24] “I will pardon that venerable if he asks me: ‘May the venerable please pardon me too.’”

> Pali: “Khamāmahaṁ, bhante, tassa āyasmato sace maṁ so āyasmā evamāha: ‘khamatu ca me so āyasmā’”ti.

[¶25] > Pali: Paṭhamaṁ.

[¶26] AN 9.12 · With Residue

> Pali: AN 9.12 · Saupādisesasutta

[¶27] At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery.

> Pali: Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme.

[¶28] Then Venerable Sāriputta robed up in the morning and, taking his bowl and robe, entered Sāvatthī for alms. Then it occurred to him, “It’s too early to wander for alms in Sāvatthī. Why don’t I visit the monastery for the wanderers of other religions?” Then he went to the monastery for the wanderers of other religions and exchanged greetings with the wanderers there. When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side.

> Pali: Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya sāvatthiṁ piṇḍāya pāvisi. Atha kho āyasmato sāriputtassa etadahosi: “atippago kho tāva sāvatthiyaṁ piṇḍāya carituṁ, yannūnāhaṁ yena aññatitthiyānaṁ paribbājakānaṁ ārāmo tenupasaṅkameyyan”ti. Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto yena aññatitthiyānaṁ paribbājakānaṁ ārāmo tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā tehi aññatitthiyehi paribbājakehi saddhiṁ sammodi. Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi.

[¶29] Now at that time while those wanderers of other religions were sitting together this discussion came up among them:

> Pali: Tena kho pana samayena tesaṁ aññatitthiyānaṁ paribbājakānaṁ sannisinnānaṁ sannipatitānaṁ ayamantarākathā udapādi:

[¶30] “Reverends, no one who dies with residue is exempt from hell, the animal realm, or the ghost realm. They’re not exempt from places of loss, bad places, the underworld.”

> Pali: “yo hi koci, āvuso, saupādiseso kālaṁ karoti, sabbo so aparimutto nirayā aparimutto tiracchānayoniyā aparimutto pettivisayā aparimutto apāyaduggativinipātā”ti.

[¶31] Sāriputta neither approved nor rejected that statement of the wanderers of other religions. He rose from his seat, thinking, “I will learn the meaning of this statement from the Buddha himself.”

> Pali: Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto tesaṁ aññatitthiyānaṁ paribbājakānaṁ bhāsitaṁ neva abhinandi nappaṭikkosi. Anabhinanditvā appaṭikkositvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkāmi: “bhagavato santike etassa bhāsitassa atthaṁ ājānissāmī”ti.

[¶32] Then Sāriputta wandered for alms in Sāvatthī. After the meal, on his return from almsround, he went to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and told him what had happened.

> Pali: Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto sāvatthiyaṁ piṇḍāya caritvā pacchābhattaṁ piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā sāriputto bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:

[¶33] > Pali: “Idhāhaṁ, bhante, pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya sāvatthiṁ piṇḍāya pāvisiṁ. Tassa mayhaṁ, bhante, etadahosi: ‘atippago kho tāva sāvatthiyaṁ piṇḍāya carituṁ; yannūnāhaṁ yena aññatitthiyānaṁ paribbājakānaṁ ārāmo tenupasaṅkameyyan’ti. Atha kho ahaṁ, bhante, yena aññatitthiyānaṁ paribbājakānaṁ ārāmo tenupasaṅkamiṁ; upasaṅkamitvā tehi aññatitthiyehi paribbājakehi saddhiṁ sammodiṁ. Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁ. Tena kho pana samayena tesaṁ aññatitthiyānaṁ paribbājakānaṁ sannisinnānaṁ sannipatitānaṁ ayamantarākathā udapādi: ‘yo hi koci, āvuso, saupādiseso kālaṁ karoti, sabbo so aparimutto nirayā aparimutto tiracchānayoniyā aparimutto pettivisayā aparimutto apāyaduggativinipātā’ti. Atha kho ahaṁ, bhante, tesaṁ aññatitthiyānaṁ paribbājakānaṁ bhāsitaṁ neva abhinandiṁ nappaṭikkosiṁ. Anabhinanditvā appaṭikkositvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkamiṁ: ‘bhagavato santike etassa bhāsitassa atthaṁ ājānissāmī’”ti.

[¶34] “Sāriputta, these foolish, incompetent wanderers following other religions: who are they to know whether someone has residue or not?

> Pali: “Ke ca, sāriputta, aññatitthiyā paribbājakā bālā abyattā, ke ca saupādisesaṁ vā ‘saupādiseso’ti jānissanti, anupādisesaṁ vā ‘anupādiseso’ti jānissanti.

[¶35] There are these nine individuals who, dying with residue, are exempt from hell, the animal realm, and the ghost realm. They’re exempt from places of loss, bad places, the underworld. What nine?

> Pali: Navayime, sāriputta, puggalā saupādisesā kālaṁ kurumānā parimuttā nirayā parimuttā tiracchānayoniyā parimuttā pettivisayā parimuttā apāyaduggativinipātā. Katame nava?

[¶36] There’s an individual who has fulfilled ethics and immersion, but has limited wisdom. With the ending of the five lower fetters they’re extinguished between one life and the next. This is the first individual …

> Pali: Idha, sāriputta, ekacco puggalo sīlesu paripūrakārī hoti, samādhismiṁ paripūrakārī, paññāya mattaso kārī. So pañcannaṁ orambhāgiyānaṁ saṁyojanānaṁ parikkhayā antarāparinibbāyī hoti. Ayaṁ, sāriputta, paṭhamo puggalo saupādiseso kālaṁ kurumāno parimutto nirayā parimutto tiracchānayoniyā parimutto pettivisayā parimutto apāyaduggativinipātā.

[¶37] Furthermore, there’s an individual who has fulfilled ethics and immersion, but has limited wisdom. With the ending of the five lower fetters they’re extinguished upon landing. This is the second individual …

> Pali: Puna caparaṁ, sāriputta, idhekacco puggalo sīlesu paripūrakārī hoti, samādhismiṁ paripūrakārī, paññāya mattaso kārī. So pañcannaṁ orambhāgiyānaṁ saṁyojanānaṁ parikkhayā upahaccaparinibbāyī hoti …pe…

[¶38] With the ending of the five lower fetters they’re extinguished without extra effort. This is the third individual …

> Pali: asaṅkhāraparinibbāyī hoti …pe…

[¶39] With the ending of the five lower fetters they’re extinguished with extra effort. This is the fourth individual …

> Pali: sasaṅkhāraparinibbāyī hoti …pe…

[¶40] With the ending of the five lower fetters they head upstream, going to the Akaniṭṭha realm. This is the fifth individual …

> Pali: uddhaṁsoto hoti akaniṭṭhagāmī. Ayaṁ, sāriputta, pañcamo puggalo saupādiseso kālaṁ kurumāno parimutto nirayā parimutto tiracchānayoniyā parimutto pettivisayā parimutto apāyaduggativinipātā.

[¶41] Furthermore, there’s an individual who has fulfilled ethics, but has limited immersion and wisdom. With the ending of three fetters, and the weakening of greed, hate, and delusion, they’re a once-returner. They come back to this world once only, then make an end of suffering. This is the sixth individual …

> Pali: Puna caparaṁ, sāriputta, idhekacco puggalo sīlesu paripūrakārī hoti, samādhismiṁ mattaso kārī, paññāya mattaso kārī. So tiṇṇaṁ saṁyojanānaṁ parikkhayā rāgadosamohānaṁ tanuttā sakadāgāmī hoti, sakideva imaṁ lokaṁ āgantvā dukkhassantaṁ karoti. Ayaṁ, sāriputta, chaṭṭho puggalo saupādiseso kālaṁ kurumāno parimutto nirayā …pe… parimutto apāyaduggativinipātā.

[¶42] Furthermore, there’s an individual who has fulfilled ethics, but has limited immersion and wisdom. With the ending of three fetters, they’re a one-seeder. They will be reborn just one time in a human existence, then make an end of suffering. This is the seventh individual …

> Pali: Puna caparaṁ, sāriputta, idhekacco puggalo sīlesu paripūrakārī hoti, samādhismiṁ mattaso kārī, paññāya mattaso kārī. So tiṇṇaṁ saṁyojanānaṁ parikkhayā ekabījī hoti, ekaṁyeva mānusakaṁ bhavaṁ nibbattetvā dukkhassantaṁ karoti. Ayaṁ, sāriputta, sattamo puggalo saupādiseso kālaṁ kurumāno parimutto nirayā …pe… parimutto apāyaduggativinipātā.

[¶43] Furthermore, there’s an individual who has fulfilled ethics, but has limited immersion and wisdom. With the ending of three fetters, they go from family to family. They will transmigrate between two or three families and then make an end of suffering. This is the eighth individual …

> Pali: Puna caparaṁ, sāriputta, idhekacco puggalo sīlesu paripūrakārī hoti, samādhismiṁ mattaso kārī, paññāya mattaso kārī. So tiṇṇaṁ saṁyojanānaṁ parikkhayā kolaṅkolo hoti, dve vā tīṇi vā kulāni sandhāvitvā saṁsaritvā dukkhassantaṁ karoti. Ayaṁ, sāriputta, aṭṭhamo puggalo saupādiseso kālaṁ kurumāno parimutto nirayā …pe… parimutto apāyaduggativinipātā.

[¶44] Furthermore, there’s an individual who has fulfilled ethics, but has limited immersion and wisdom. With the ending of three fetters, they have at most seven rebirths. They will transmigrate at most seven times among gods and humans and then make an end of suffering. This is the ninth individual …

> Pali: Puna caparaṁ, sāriputta, idhekacco puggalo sīlesu paripūrakārī hoti, samādhismiṁ mattaso kārī, paññāya mattaso kārī. So tiṇṇaṁ saṁyojanānaṁ parikkhayā sattakkhattuparamo hoti, sattakkhattuparamaṁ deve ca manusse ca sandhāvitvā saṁsaritvā dukkhassantaṁ karoti. Ayaṁ, sāriputta, navamo puggalo saupādiseso kālaṁ kurumāno parimutto nirayā parimutto tiracchānayoniyā parimutto pettivisayā parimutto apāyaduggativinipātā.

[¶45] These foolish, incompetent wanderers following other religions: who are they to know whether someone has residue or not? These are the nine individuals who, dying with residue, are exempt from hell, the animal realm, and the ghost realm. They’re exempt from places of loss, bad places, the underworld.

> Pali: Ke ca, sāriputta, aññatitthiyā paribbājakā bālā abyattā, ke ca saupādisesaṁ vā ‘saupādiseso’ti jānissanti, anupādisesaṁ vā ‘anupādiseso’ti jānissanti. Ime kho, sāriputta, nava puggalā saupādisesā kālaṁ kurumānā parimuttā nirayā parimuttā tiracchānayoniyā parimuttā pettivisayā parimuttā apāyaduggativinipātā.

[¶46] Up until now, Sāriputta, I have not felt the need to give this exposition of the teaching to the monks, nuns, laymen, and laywomen. Why is that? For I didn’t want those who heard it to introduce negligence. However, I have spoken it in order to answer your question.”

> Pali: Na tāvāyaṁ, sāriputta, dhammapariyāyo paṭibhāsi bhikkhūnaṁ bhikkhunīnaṁ upāsakānaṁ upāsikānaṁ. Taṁ kissa hetu? Māyimaṁ dhammapariyāyaṁ sutvā pamādaṁ āhariṁsūti. Api ca mayā, sāriputta, dhammapariyāyo pañhādhippāyena bhāsito”ti.

[¶47] > Pali: Dutiyaṁ.

[¶48] AN 9.13 · With Koṭṭhita

> Pali: AN 9.13 · Koṭṭhikasutta

[¶49] Then Venerable Mahākoṭṭhita went up to Venerable Sāriputta, and exchanged greetings with him. When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side and said to Sāriputta:

> Pali: Atha kho āyasmā mahākoṭṭhiko yenāyasmā sāriputto tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmatā sāriputtena saddhiṁ sammodi. Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā mahākoṭṭhiko āyasmantaṁ sāriputtaṁ etadavoca:

[¶50] “Reverend Sāriputta, is the spiritual life led under the Buddha for this goal: ‘May deeds to be experienced in this life be experienced by me in lives to come’?”

> Pali: “kiṁ nu kho, āvuso sāriputta, ‘yaṁ kammaṁ diṭṭhadhammavedanīyaṁ, taṁ me kammaṁ samparāyavedanīyaṁ hotū’ti, etassa atthāya bhagavati brahmacariyaṁ vussatī”ti?

[¶51] “Certainly not, reverend.”

> Pali: “No hidaṁ, āvuso”.

[¶52] “Then is the spiritual life led under the Buddha for this goal: ‘May deeds to be experienced in lives to come be experienced by me in this life’?”

> Pali: “Kiṁ panāvuso sāriputta, ‘yaṁ kammaṁ samparāyavedanīyaṁ taṁ me kammaṁ diṭṭhadhammavedanīyaṁ hotū’ti, etassa atthāya bhagavati brahmacariyaṁ vussatī”ti?

[¶53] “Certainly not.”

> Pali: “No hidaṁ, āvuso”.

[¶54] “Is the spiritual life led under the Buddha for this goal: ‘May deeds to be experienced as pleasant be experienced by me as painful’?”

> Pali: “Kiṁ nu kho, āvuso sāriputta, ‘yaṁ kammaṁ sukhavedanīyaṁ, taṁ me kammaṁ dukkhavedanīyaṁ hotū’ti, etassa atthāya bhagavati brahmacariyaṁ vussatī”ti?

[¶55] “Certainly not.”

> Pali: “No hidaṁ, āvuso”.

[¶56] “Then is the spiritual life led under the Buddha for this goal: ‘May deeds to be experienced as painful be experienced by me as pleasant’?”

> Pali: “Kiṁ panāvuso, sāriputta, ‘yaṁ kammaṁ dukkhavedanīyaṁ, taṁ me kammaṁ sukhavedanīyaṁ hotū’ti, etassa atthāya bhagavati brahmacariyaṁ vussatī”ti?

[¶57] “Certainly not.”

> Pali: “No hidaṁ, āvuso”.

[¶58] “Is the spiritual life led under the Buddha for this goal: ‘May deeds to be experienced when ripe be experienced by me when unripe’?”

> Pali: “Kiṁ nu kho, āvuso sāriputta, ‘yaṁ kammaṁ paripakkavedanīyaṁ, taṁ me kammaṁ aparipakkavedanīyaṁ hotū’ti, etassa atthāya bhagavati brahmacariyaṁ vussatī”ti?

[¶59] “Certainly not.”

> Pali: “No hidaṁ, āvuso”.

[¶60] “Then is the spiritual life led under the Buddha for this goal: ‘May deeds to be experienced when unripe be experienced by me when ripe’?”

> Pali: “Kiṁ panāvuso sāriputta, ‘yaṁ kammaṁ aparipakkavedanīyaṁ, taṁ me kammaṁ paripakkavedanīyaṁ hotū’ti, etassa atthāya bhagavati brahmacariyaṁ vussatī”ti?

[¶61] “Certainly not.”

> Pali: “No hidaṁ, āvuso”.

[¶62] “Is the spiritual life led under the Buddha for this goal: ‘May deeds to be experienced a lot be experienced by me a little’?”

> Pali: “Kiṁ nu kho, āvuso sāriputta, ‘yaṁ kammaṁ bahuvedanīyaṁ, taṁ me kammaṁ appavedanīyaṁ hotū’ti, etassa atthāya bhagavati brahmacariyaṁ vussatī”ti?

[¶63] “Certainly not.”

> Pali: “No hidaṁ, āvuso”.

[¶64] “Then is the spiritual life led under the Buddha for this goal: ‘May deeds to be experienced a little be experienced by me a lot’?”

> Pali: “Kiṁ panāvuso sāriputta, ‘yaṁ kammaṁ appavedanīyaṁ, taṁ me kammaṁ bahuvedanīyaṁ hotū’ti, etassa atthāya bhagavati brahmacariyaṁ vussatī”ti?

[¶65] “Certainly not.”

> Pali: “No hidaṁ, āvuso”.

[¶66] “Is the spiritual life led under the Buddha for this goal: ‘May deeds to be experienced by me be not experienced’?”

> Pali: “Kiṁ nu kho, āvuso sāriputta, ‘yaṁ kammaṁ vedanīyaṁ, taṁ me kammaṁ avedanīyaṁ hotū’ti, etassa atthāya bhagavati brahmacariyaṁ vussatī”ti?

[¶67] “Certainly not.”

> Pali: “No hidaṁ, āvuso”.

[¶68] “Then is the spiritual life led under the Buddha for this goal: ‘May deeds not to be experienced be experienced’?”

> Pali: “Kiṁ panāvuso sāriputta, ‘yaṁ kammaṁ avedanīyaṁ, taṁ me kammaṁ vedanīyaṁ hotū’ti, etassa atthāya bhagavati brahmacariyaṁ vussatī”ti?

[¶69] “Certainly not.”

> Pali: “No hidaṁ, āvuso”.

[¶70] “Reverend Sāriputta, when you were asked whether the spiritual life was lived under the Buddha so that deeds to be experienced in this life are experienced in lives to come, you said, ‘Certainly not’.

> Pali: “‘Kiṁ nu kho, āvuso sāriputta, yaṁ kammaṁ diṭṭhadhammavedanīyaṁ taṁ me kammaṁ samparāyavedanīyaṁ hotūti, etassa atthāya bhagavati brahmacariyaṁ vussatī’ti, iti puṭṭho samāno ‘no hidaṁ, āvuso’ti vadesi.

[¶71] When you were asked whether the spiritual life was lived under the Buddha so that deeds to be experienced in lives to come are experienced in this life …

> Pali: ‘Kiṁ panāvuso sāriputta, yaṁ kammaṁ samparāyavedanīyaṁ taṁ me kammaṁ diṭṭhadhammavedanīyaṁ hotūti, etassa atthāya bhagavati brahmacariyaṁ vussatī’ti, iti puṭṭho samāno ‘no hidaṁ, āvuso’ti vadesi.

[¶72] deeds to be experienced as pleasant are experienced as painful …

> Pali: ‘Kiṁ nu kho, āvuso sāriputta, yaṁ kammaṁ sukhavedanīyaṁ taṁ me kammaṁ dukkhavedanīyaṁ hotūti, etassa atthāya bhagavati brahmacariyaṁ vussatī’ti, iti puṭṭho samāno ‘no hidaṁ, āvuso’ti vadesi.

[¶73] deeds to be experienced as painful are experienced as pleasant …

> Pali: ‘Kiṁ panāvuso sāriputta, yaṁ kammaṁ dukkhavedanīyaṁ taṁ me kammaṁ sukhavedanīyaṁ hotūti, etassa atthāya bhagavati brahmacariyaṁ vussatī’ti, iti puṭṭho samāno ‘no hidaṁ, āvuso’ti vadesi.

[¶74] deeds to be experienced when ripe are experienced when unripe …

> Pali: ‘Kiṁ nu kho, āvuso sāriputta, yaṁ kammaṁ paripakkavedanīyaṁ taṁ me kammaṁ aparipakkavedanīyaṁ hotūti, etassa atthāya bhagavati brahmacariyaṁ vussatī’ti, iti puṭṭho samāno ‘no hidaṁ, āvuso’ti vadesi.

[¶75] deeds to be experienced when unripe are experienced when ripe …

> Pali: ‘Kiṁ panāvuso sāriputta, yaṁ kammaṁ aparipakkavedanīyaṁ taṁ me kammaṁ paripakkavedanīyaṁ hotūti, etassa atthāya bhagavati brahmacariyaṁ vussatī’ti, iti puṭṭho samāno ‘no hidaṁ, āvuso’ti vadesi.

[¶76] deeds to be experienced a lot are experienced a little …

> Pali: ‘Kiṁ nu kho, āvuso sāriputta, yaṁ kammaṁ bahuvedanīyaṁ taṁ me kammaṁ appavedanīyaṁ hotūti, etassa atthāya bhagavati brahmacariyaṁ vussatī’ti, iti puṭṭho samāno ‘no hidaṁ, āvuso’ti vadesi.

[¶77] deeds to be experienced a little are experienced a lot …

> Pali: ‘Kiṁ panāvuso sāriputta, yaṁ kammaṁ appavedanīyaṁ taṁ me kammaṁ bahuvedanīyaṁ hotūti, etassa atthāya bhagavati brahmacariyaṁ vussatī’ti, iti puṭṭho samāno ‘no hidaṁ, āvuso’ti vadesi.

[¶78] deeds to be experienced are not experienced …

> Pali: ‘Kiṁ nu kho, āvuso sāriputta, yaṁ kammaṁ vedanīyaṁ taṁ me kammaṁ avedanīyaṁ hotūti, etassa atthāya bhagavati brahmacariyaṁ vussatī’ti, iti puṭṭho samāno ‘no hidaṁ, āvuso’ti vadesi.

[¶79] When you were asked whether the spiritual life was lived under the Buddha so that deeds not to be experienced are experienced, you said, ‘Certainly not.’ Then what exactly is the goal of leading the spiritual life under the Buddha?”

> Pali: ‘Kiṁ panāvuso sāriputta, yaṁ kammaṁ avedanīyaṁ taṁ me kammaṁ vedanīyaṁ hotūti, etassa atthāya bhagavati brahmacariyaṁ vussatī’ti, iti puṭṭho samāno ‘no hidaṁ, āvuso’ti vadesi. Atha kimatthaṁ carahāvuso, bhagavati brahmacariyaṁ vussatī”ti?

[¶80] “Reverend, the spiritual life is lived under the Buddha to know, see, attain, realize, and comprehend that which is unknown, unseen, unattained, unrealized, and uncomprehended.”

> Pali: “Yaṁ khvassa, āvuso, aññātaṁ adiṭṭhaṁ appattaṁ asacchikataṁ anabhisametaṁ, tassa ñāṇāya dassanāya pattiyā sacchikiriyāya abhisamayāya bhagavati brahmacariyaṁ vussatīti.

[¶81] “But what is the unknown, unseen, unattained, unrealized, and uncomprehended?”

> Pali: Kiṁ panassāvuso, aññātaṁ adiṭṭhaṁ appattaṁ asacchikataṁ anabhisametaṁ, yassa ñāṇāya dassanāya pattiyā sacchikiriyāya abhisamayāya bhagavati brahmacariyaṁ vussatīti?

[¶82] “‘This is suffering.’ … ‘This is the origin of suffering.’ … ‘This is the cessation of suffering.’ … ‘This is the practice that leads to the cessation of suffering.’ … This is the unknown, unseen, unattained, unrealized, and uncomprehended. The spiritual life is lived under the Buddha to know, see, attain, realize, and comprehend this.”

> Pali: ‘Idaṁ dukkhan’ti khvassa, āvuso, aññātaṁ adiṭṭhaṁ appattaṁ asacchikataṁ anabhisametaṁ. Tassa ñāṇāya dassanāya pattiyā sacchikiriyāya abhisamayāya bhagavati brahmacariyaṁ vussati. ‘Ayaṁ dukkhasamudayo’ti khvassa, āvuso …pe… ‘ayaṁ dukkhanirodho’ti khvassa, āvuso …pe… ‘ayaṁ dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā’ti khvassa, āvuso, aññātaṁ adiṭṭhaṁ appattaṁ asacchikataṁ anabhisametaṁ. Tassa ñāṇāya dassanāya pattiyā sacchikiriyāya abhisamayāya bhagavati brahmacariyaṁ vussati. Idaṁ khvassa, āvuso, aññātaṁ adiṭṭhaṁ appattaṁ asacchikataṁ anabhisametaṁ. Tassa ñāṇāya dassanāya pattiyā sacchikiriyāya abhisamayāya bhagavati brahmacariyaṁ vussatī”ti.

[¶83] > Pali: Tatiyaṁ.

[¶84] AN 9.14 · With Samiddhi

> Pali: AN 9.14 · Samiddhisutta

[¶85] Then Venerable Samiddhi went up to Venerable Sāriputta, bowed, and sat to one side. Venerable Sāriputta said to him:

> Pali: Atha kho āyasmā samiddhi yenāyasmā sāriputto tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ sāriputtaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho āyasmantaṁ samiddhiṁ āyasmā sāriputto etadavoca:

[¶86] “Samiddhi, based on what do thoughts arise in a person?”

> Pali: “Kimārammaṇā, samiddhi, purisassa saṅkappavitakkā uppajjantī”ti?

[¶87] “Based on name and form, sir.”

> Pali: “Nāmarūpārammaṇā, bhante”ti.

[¶88] “Where do they become diversified?”

> Pali: “Te pana, samiddhi, kva nānattaṁ gacchantī”ti?

[¶89] “In the elements.”

> Pali: “Dhātūsu, bhante”ti.

[¶90] “What is their origin?”

> Pali: “Te pana, samiddhi, kiṁsamudayā”ti?

[¶91] “Contact is their origin.”

> Pali: “Phassasamudayā, bhante”ti.

[¶92] “What is their meeting place?”

> Pali: “Te pana, samiddhi, kiṁsamosaraṇā”ti?

[¶93] “Feeling is their meeting place.”

> Pali: “Vedanāsamosaraṇā, bhante”ti.

[¶94] “What is their chief?”

> Pali: “Te pana, samiddhi, kiṁpamukhā”ti?

[¶95] “Immersion is their chief.”

> Pali: “Samādhippamukhā, bhante”ti.

[¶96] “What is their ruler?”

> Pali: “Te pana, samiddhi, kiṁadhipateyyā”ti?

[¶97] “Mindfulness is their ruler.”

> Pali: “Satādhipateyyā, bhante”ti.

[¶98] “What is their overseer?”

> Pali: “Te pana, samiddhi, kiṁuttarā”ti?

[¶99] “Wisdom is their overseer.”

> Pali: “Paññuttarā, bhante”ti.

[¶100] “What is their core?”

> Pali: “Te pana, samiddhi, kiṁsārā”ti?

[¶101] “Freedom is their core.”

> Pali: “Vimuttisārā, bhante”ti.

[¶102] “What is their objective?”

> Pali: “Te pana, samiddhi, kiṁogadhā”ti?

[¶103] “Their objective is freedom from death.”

> Pali: “Amatogadhā, bhante”ti.

[¶104] “Samiddhi, when you were asked what is the basis on which thoughts arise in a person, you answered ‘name and form’. When you were asked … what is their objective, you answered ‘freedom from death’. Good, good, Samiddhi! It’s good that you answered each question. But don’t get conceited because of that.”

> Pali: “‘Kimārammaṇā, samiddhi, purisassa saṅkappavitakkā uppajjantī’ti, iti puṭṭho samāno ‘nāmarūpārammaṇā, bhante’ti vadesi. ‘Te pana, samiddhi, kva nānattaṁ gacchantī’ti, iti puṭṭho samāno ‘dhātūsu, bhante’ti vadesi. ‘Te pana, samiddhi, kiṁsamudayā’ti, iti puṭṭho samāno ‘phassasamudayā, bhante’ti vadesi. ‘Te pana, samiddhi, kiṁsamosaraṇā’ti, iti puṭṭho samāno ‘vedanāsamosaraṇā, bhante’ti vadesi. ‘Te pana, samiddhi, kiṁpamukhā’ti, iti puṭṭho samāno ‘samādhippamukhā, bhante’ti vadesi. ‘Te pana, samiddhi, kiṁadhipateyyā’ti, iti puṭṭho samāno ‘satādhipateyyā, bhante’ti vadesi. ‘Te pana, samiddhi, kiṁuttarā’ti, iti puṭṭho samāno ‘paññuttarā, bhante’ti vadesi. ‘Te pana, samiddhi, kiṁsārā’ti, iti puṭṭho samāno ‘vimuttisārā, bhante’ti vadesi. ‘Te pana, samiddhi, kiṁogadhā’ti, iti puṭṭho samāno ‘amatogadhā, bhante’ti vadesi. Sādhu sādhu, samiddhi. Sādhu kho tvaṁ, samiddhi, puṭṭho puṭṭho vissajjesi, tena ca mā maññī”ti.

[¶105] > Pali: Catutthaṁ.

[¶106] AN 9.15 · The Simile of the Boil

> Pali: AN 9.15 · Gaṇḍasutta

[¶107] “Mendicants, suppose there was a boil that was many years old. And that boil had nine orifices that were continually open wounds. Whatever oozed out of them would be filthy, stinking, and disgusting. Whatever exuded from them would be filthy, stinking, and disgusting.

> Pali: “Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, gaṇḍo anekavassagaṇiko. Tassassu gaṇḍassa nava vaṇamukhāni nava abhedanamukhāni. Tato yaṁ kiñci pagghareyya— asuciyeva pagghareyya, duggandhaṁyeva pagghareyya, jegucchiyaṁyeva pagghareyya; yaṁ kiñci pasaveyya— asuciyeva pasaveyya, duggandhaṁyeva pasaveyya, jegucchiyaṁyeva pasaveyya.

[¶108] ‘Boil’ is a term for this body made up of the four principal states, produced by mother and father, built up from rice and porridge, liable to impermanence, to wearing away and erosion, to breaking up and destruction. And that boil has nine orifices that are continually open wounds. Whatever oozes out of them is filthy, stinking, and disgusting. Whatever exudes from them is filthy, stinking, and disgusting. So, mendicants, have no illusion about this body.”

> Pali: Gaṇḍoti kho, bhikkhave, imassetaṁ cātumahābhūtikassa kāyassa adhivacanaṁ mātāpettikasambhavassa odanakummāsūpacayassa aniccucchādanaparimaddanabhedanaviddhaṁsanadhammassa. Tassassu gaṇḍassa nava vaṇamukhāni nava abhedanamukhāni. Tato yaṁ kiñci paggharati— asuciyeva paggharati, duggandhaṁyeva paggharati, jegucchiyaṁyeva paggharati; yaṁ kiñci pasavati— asuciyeva pasavati, duggandhaṁyeva pasavati, jegucchiyaṁyeva pasavati. Tasmātiha, bhikkhave, imasmiṁ kāye nibbindathā”ti.

[¶109] > Pali: Pañcamaṁ.

[¶110] AN 9.16 · Perceptions

> Pali: AN 9.16 · Saññāsutta

[¶111] “Mendicants, these nine perceptions, when developed and cultivated, are very fruitful and beneficial. Their objective and culmination is freedom from death. What nine? The perceptions of ugliness, death, repulsiveness of food, dissatisfaction with the whole world, impermanence, suffering in impermanence, not-self in suffering, giving up, and fading away. These nine perceptions, when developed and cultivated, are very fruitful and beneficial. Their objective and culmination is freedom from death.”

> Pali: “Navayimā, bhikkhave, saññā bhāvitā bahulīkatā mahapphalā honti mahānisaṁsā amatogadhā amatapariyosānā. Katamā nava? Asubhasaññā, maraṇasaññā, āhāre paṭikūlasaññā, sabbaloke anabhiratasaññā, aniccasaññā, anicce dukkhasaññā, dukkhe anattasaññā, pahānasaññā, virāgasaññā— imā kho, bhikkhave, nava saññā, bhāvitā bahulīkatā mahapphalā honti mahānisaṁsā amatogadhā amatapariyosānā”ti.

[¶112] > Pali: Chaṭṭhaṁ.

[¶113] AN 9.17 · Families

> Pali: AN 9.17 · Kulasutta

[¶114] “Mendicants, visiting a family with nine factors is not worthwhile, or if you’ve already arrived, sitting down is not worthwhile. What nine? They don’t politely rise, bow, or offer a seat. They hide what they have. Even when they have much they give little. Even when they have fine things they give coarse things. They give carelessly, not carefully. They don’t sit nearby to listen to the teachings. When you’re speaking, they don’t listen well. Visiting a family with these nine factors is not worthwhile, or if you’ve already arrived, sitting down is not worthwhile.

> Pali: “Navahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgataṁ kulaṁ anupagantvā vā nālaṁ upagantuṁ, upagantvā vā nālaṁ nisīdituṁ. Katamehi navahi? Na manāpena paccuṭṭhenti, na manāpena abhivādenti, na manāpena āsanaṁ denti, santamassa pariguhanti, bahukampi thokaṁ denti, paṇītampi lūkhaṁ denti, asakkaccaṁ denti no sakkaccaṁ, na upanisīdanti dhammassavanāya, bhāsitamassa na sussūsanti. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, navahaṅgehi samannāgataṁ kulaṁ anupagantvā vā nālaṁ upagantuṁ upagantvā vā nālaṁ nisīdituṁ.

[¶115] Visiting a family with nine factors is worthwhile, or if you’ve already arrived, sitting down is worthwhile. What nine? They politely rise, bow, and offer a seat. They don’t hide what they have. When they have much they give much. When they have refined things they give refined things. They give carefully, not carelessly. They sit nearby to listen to the teachings. When you’re speaking, they listen well. Visiting a family with these nine factors is worthwhile, or if you’ve already arrived, sitting down is worthwhile.”

> Pali: Navahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgataṁ kulaṁ anupagantvā vā alaṁ upagantuṁ, upagantvā vā alaṁ nisīdituṁ. Katamehi navahi? Manāpena paccuṭṭhenti, manāpena abhivādenti, manāpena āsanaṁ denti, santamassa na pariguhanti, bahukampi bahukaṁ denti, paṇītampi paṇītaṁ denti, sakkaccaṁ denti no asakkaccaṁ, upanisīdanti dhammassavanāya, bhāsitamassa sussūsanti. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, navahaṅgehi samannāgataṁ kulaṁ anupagantvā vā alaṁ upagantuṁ, upagantvā vā alaṁ nisīditun”ti.

[¶116] > Pali: Sattamaṁ.

[¶117] AN 9.18 · The Sabbath with Nine Factors

> Pali: AN 9.18 · Navaṅguposathasutta

[¶118] “Mendicants, the observance of the sabbath with its nine factors is very fruitful and beneficial and brilliant and bountiful. And how should it be observed?

> Pali: “Navahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgato uposatho upavuttho mahapphalo hoti mahānisaṁso mahājutiko mahāvipphāro. Kathaṁ upavuttho ca, bhikkhave, navahaṅgehi samannāgato uposatho mahapphalo hoti mahānisaṁso mahājutiko mahāvipphāro?

[¶119] It’s when a noble disciple reflects: ‘As long as they live, the perfected ones give up killing living creatures, renouncing the rod and the sword. They are scrupulous and kind, and live full of sympathy for all living beings. I, too, for this day and night will give up killing living creatures, renouncing the rod and the sword. I’ll be scrupulous and kind, and live full of sympathy for all living beings. I will observe the sabbath by doing as the perfected ones do in this respect.’ This is its first factor. …

> Pali: Idha, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako iti paṭisañcikkhati: ‘yāvajīvaṁ arahanto pāṇātipātaṁ pahāya pāṇātipātā paṭiviratā nihitadaṇḍā nihitasatthā lajjī dayāpannā sabbapāṇabhūtahitānukampino viharanti; ahampajja imañca rattiṁ imañca divasaṁ pāṇātipātaṁ pahāya pāṇātipātā paṭivirato nihitadaṇḍo nihitasattho lajjī dayāpanno sabbapāṇabhūtahitānukampī viharāmi. Imināpaṅgena arahataṁ anukaromi; uposatho ca me upavuttho bhavissatī’ti. Iminā paṭhamena aṅgena samannāgato hoti …pe….

[¶120] ‘As long as they live, the perfected ones give up high and luxurious beds. They sleep in a low place, either a cot or a grass mat. I, too, for this day and night will give up high and luxurious beds. I’ll sleep in a low place, either a cot or a grass mat. I will observe the sabbath by doing as the perfected ones do in this respect.’ This is its eighth factor.

> Pali: ‘Yāvajīvaṁ arahanto uccāsayanamahāsayanaṁ pahāya uccāsayanamahāsayanā paṭiviratā nīcaseyyaṁ kappenti—mañcake vā tiṇasanthārake vā; ahampajja imañca rattiṁ imañca divasaṁ uccāsayanamahāsayanaṁ pahāya uccāsayanamahāsayanā paṭivirato nīcaseyyaṁ kappemi—mañcake vā tiṇasanthārake vā. Imināpaṅgena arahataṁ anukaromi; uposatho ca me upavuttho bhavissatī’ti. Iminā aṭṭhamena aṅgena samannāgato hoti.

[¶121] They meditate spreading a heart full of love to one direction, and to the second, and to the third, and to the fourth. In the same way above, below, across, everywhere, all around, they spread a heart full of love to the whole world—abundant, expansive, limitless, free of enmity and ill will. This is its ninth factor.

> Pali: Mettāsahagatena cetasā ekaṁ disaṁ pharitvā viharati, tathā dutiyaṁ tathā tatiyaṁ tathā catutthaṁ. Iti uddhamadho tiriyaṁ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṁ lokaṁ mettāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyāpajjena pharitvā viharati. Iminā navamena aṅgena samannāgato hoti.

[¶122] The observance of the sabbath with its nine factors in this way is very fruitful and beneficial and brilliant and bountiful.”

> Pali: Evaṁ upavuttho kho, bhikkhave, navahaṅgehi samannāgato uposatho mahapphalo hoti mahānisaṁso mahājutiko mahāvipphāro”ti.

[¶123] > Pali: Aṭṭhamaṁ.

## 4. The Lion’s Roar · AN 9.19–9.20

Source: https://scriptura.si/works/pali-anguttara-nikaya-9/4/ · cite a paragraph as https://scriptura.si/works/pali-anguttara-nikaya-9/4/#p-N

[¶0] AN 9.19 · A Deity

> Pali: AN 9.19 · Devatāsutta

[¶1] “Mendicants, tonight, several glorious deities, lighting up the entire Jeta’s Grove, came to me, bowed, stood to one side, and said to me: ‘Sir, formerly when we were human beings, renunciates came to our homes. We politely rose for them, but we didn’t bow. And so, having not fulfilled our duty, full of remorse and regret, we were reborn in a lesser realm.’

> Pali: “Imañca, bhikkhave, rattiṁ sambahulā devatā abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇā kevalakappaṁ jetavanaṁ obhāsetvā yenāhaṁ tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā maṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhaṁsu. Ekamantaṁ ṭhitā kho, bhikkhave, tā devatā maṁ etadavocuṁ: ‘upasaṅkamiṁsu no, bhante, pubbe manussabhūtānaṁ pabbajitā agārāni. Te mayaṁ, bhante, paccuṭṭhimha, no ca kho abhivādimha. Tā mayaṁ, bhante, aparipuṇṇakammantā vippaṭisāriniyo paccānutāpiniyo hīnaṁ kāyaṁ upapannā’ti.

[¶2] Then several other deities came to me and said: ‘Sir, formerly when we were human beings, renunciates came to our homes. We politely rose for them and bowed, but we didn’t offer a seat. And so, having not fulfilled our duty, full of remorse and regret, we were reborn in a lesser realm.’

> Pali: Aparāpi maṁ, bhikkhave, sambahulā devatā upasaṅkamitvā etadavocuṁ: ‘upasaṅkamiṁsu no, bhante, pubbe manussabhūtānaṁ pabbajitā agārāni. Te mayaṁ, bhante, paccuṭṭhimha abhivādimha, no ca tesaṁ āsanaṁ adamha. Tā mayaṁ, bhante, aparipuṇṇakammantā vippaṭisāriniyo paccānutāpiniyo hīnaṁ kāyaṁ upapannā’ti.

[¶3] Then several other deities came to me and said: ‘Sir, formerly when we were human beings, renunciates came to our homes. We politely rose for them, bowed, and offered a seat, but we didn’t share as best we could. …’

> Pali: Aparāpi maṁ, bhikkhave, sambahulā devatā upasaṅkamitvā etadavocuṁ: ‘upasaṅkamiṁsu no, bhante, pubbe manussabhūtānaṁ pabbajitā agārāni. Te mayaṁ, bhante, paccuṭṭhimha abhivādimha āsanaṁ adamha, no ca kho yathāsatti yathābalaṁ saṁvibhajimha …pe…

[¶4] ‘… we didn’t sit nearby to listen to the teachings. …’

> Pali: yathāsatti yathābalaṁ saṁvibhajimha, no ca kho upanisīdimha dhammassavanāya …pe…

[¶5] ‘… we didn’t actively listen to the teachings. …’

> Pali: upanisīdimha dhammassavanāya, no ca kho ohitasotā dhammaṁ suṇimha …pe…

[¶6] ‘… we didn’t memorize the teachings. …’

> Pali: ohitasotā ca dhammaṁ suṇimha, no ca kho sutvā dhammaṁ dhārayimha …pe…

[¶7] ‘… we didn’t examine the meaning of teachings we’d memorized. …’

> Pali: sutvā ca dhammaṁ dhārayimha, no ca kho dhātānaṁ dhammānaṁ atthaṁ upaparikkhimha …pe…

[¶8] ‘… not having understood the meaning and the teaching, we didn’t practice in line with the teaching. And so, having not fulfilled our duty, full of remorse and regret, we were reborn in a lesser realm.’

> Pali: dhātānañca dhammānaṁ atthaṁ upaparikkhimha, no ca kho atthamaññāya dhammamaññāya dhammānudhammaṁ paṭipajjimha. Tā mayaṁ, bhante, aparipuṇṇakammantā vippaṭisāriniyo paccānutāpiniyo hīnaṁ kāyaṁ upapannā’ti.

[¶9] Then several other deities came to me and said: ‘Sir, formerly when we were human beings, renunciates came to our homes. We politely rose, bowed, and offered them a seat. We shared as best we could. We sat nearby to listen to the teachings, lent an ear, memorized them, and examined their meaning. Understanding the teaching and the meaning we practiced in line with the teaching. And so, having fulfilled our duty, free of remorse and regret, we were reborn in a superior realm.’

> Pali: Aparāpi maṁ, bhikkhave, sambahulā devatā upasaṅkamitvā etadavocuṁ: ‘upasaṅkamiṁsu no, bhante, pubbe manussabhūtānaṁ pabbajitā agārāni. Te mayaṁ, bhante, paccuṭṭhimha abhivādimha, āsanaṁ adamha, yathāsatti yathābalaṁ saṁvibhajimha, upanisīdimha dhammassavanāya, ohitasotā ca dhammaṁ suṇimha, sutvā ca dhammaṁ dhārayimha, dhātānañca dhammānaṁ atthaṁ upaparikkhimha, atthamaññāya dhammamaññāya dhammānudhammaṁ paṭipajjimha. Tā mayaṁ, bhante, paripuṇṇakammantā avippaṭisāriniyo apaccānutāpiniyo paṇītaṁ kāyaṁ upapannā’ti.

[¶10] Here, mendicants, are these roots of trees, and here are these empty huts. Practice absorption, mendicants! Don’t be negligent! Don’t regret it later, like those former deities.”

> Pali: Etāni, bhikkhave, rukkhamūlāni etāni suññāgārāni. Jhāyatha, bhikkhave, mā pamādattha, mā pacchā vippaṭisārino ahuvattha seyyathāpi tā purimikā devatā”ti.

[¶11] > Pali: Navamaṁ.

[¶12] AN 9.20 · About Velāma

> Pali: AN 9.20 · Velāmasutta

[¶13] At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. Then the householder Anāthapiṇḍika went up to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to him, “Householder, I wonder whether your family gives gifts?”

> Pali: Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Atha kho anāthapiṇḍiko gahapati yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho anāthapiṇḍikaṁ gahapatiṁ bhagavā etadavoca: “Api nu te, gahapati, kule dānaṁ dīyatī”ti?

[¶14] “It does, sir. But only coarse sour gruel with false black pepper.”

> Pali: “Dīyati me, bhante, kule dānaṁ; tañca kho lūkhaṁ kaṇājakaṁ biḷaṅgadutiyan”ti.

[¶15] “Householder, someone might give a gift that’s either coarse or fine. But they give it carelessly, thoughtlessly, not with their own hand. They give the dregs, and they give without consideration for consequences. Then wherever the result of any such gift manifests, their mind doesn’t incline toward enjoyment of nice food, clothes, vehicles, or the five refined kinds of sensual stimulation. And their children, wives, bondservants, servants, and workers don’t want to listen to them. They don’t actively listen or try to understand. Why is that? Because that is the result of deeds done carelessly.

> Pali: “Lūkhañcepi, gahapati, dānaṁ deti paṇītaṁ vā; tañca asakkaccaṁ deti, acittīkatvā deti, asahatthā deti, apaviddhaṁ deti, anāgamanadiṭṭhiko deti. Yattha yattha tassa tassa dānassa vipāko nibbattati, na uḷārāya bhattabhogāya cittaṁ namati, na uḷārāya vatthabhogāya cittaṁ namati, na uḷārāya yānabhogāya cittaṁ namati, na uḷāresu pañcasu kāmaguṇesu bhogāya cittaṁ namati. Yepissa te honti puttāti vā dārāti vā dāsāti vā pessāti vā kammakarāti vā, tepi na sussūsanti na sotaṁ odahanti na aññā cittaṁ upaṭṭhapenti. Taṁ kissa hetu? Evañhetaṁ, gahapati, hoti asakkaccaṁ katānaṁ kammānaṁ vipāko.

[¶16] Someone might give a gift that’s either coarse or fine. And they give it carefully, thoughtfully, with their own hand. They don’t give the dregs, and they give with consideration for consequences. Then wherever the result of any such gift manifests, their mind inclines toward enjoyment of nice food, clothes, vehicles, or the five refined kinds of sensual stimulation. And their children, wives, bondservants, servants, and workers want to listen. They actively listen and try to understand. Why is that? Because that is the result of deeds done carefully.

> Pali: Lūkhañcepi, gahapati, dānaṁ deti paṇītaṁ vā; tañca sakkaccaṁ deti, cittīkatvā deti, sahatthā deti, anapaviddhaṁ deti, āgamanadiṭṭhiko deti. Yattha yattha tassa tassa dānassa vipāko nibbattati, uḷārāya bhattabhogāya cittaṁ namati, uḷārāya vatthabhogāya cittaṁ namati, uḷārāya yānabhogāya cittaṁ namati, uḷāresu pañcasu kāmaguṇesu bhogāya cittaṁ namati. Yepissa te honti puttāti vā dārāti vā dāsāti vā pessāti vā kammakarāti vā, tepi sussūsanti sotaṁ odahanti aññā cittaṁ upaṭṭhapenti. Taṁ kissa hetu? Evañhetaṁ, gahapati, hoti sakkaccaṁ katānaṁ kammānaṁ vipāko.

[¶17] Once upon a time, householder, there was a brahmin named Velāma. He gave the following gift, a great offering. 84,000 gold cups filled with silver. 84,000 silver cups filled with gold. 84,000 bronze cups filled with gold coins. 84,000 elephants with gold adornments and banners, covered with snow gold netting. 84,000 chariots upholstered with the hide of lions, tigers, and leopards, and cream rugs, with gold adornments and banners, covered with snow gold netting. 84,000 milk cows with muslin halter and bronze pails. 84,000 maidens bedecked with jeweled earrings. 84,000 couches spread with woolen covers—shag-piled, pure white, or embroidered with flowers—and spread with a fine deer hide, with canopies above and red pillows at both ends. 8,400,000,000 cloths of delicate linen, cotton, silk, and wool. And who can say how much food, drink, snacks, meals, refreshments, and beverages? It seemed like an overflowing river.

> Pali: Bhūtapubbaṁ, gahapati, velāmo nāma brāhmaṇo ahosi. So evarūpaṁ dānaṁ adāsi mahādānaṁ. Caturāsīti suvaṇṇapātisahassāni adāsi rūpiyapūrāni, caturāsīti rūpiyapātisahassāni adāsi suvaṇṇapūrāni, caturāsīti kaṁsapātisahassāni adāsi hiraññapūrāni, caturāsīti hatthisahassāni adāsi sovaṇṇālaṅkārāni sovaṇṇadhajāni hemajālappaṭicchannāni, caturāsīti rathasahassāni adāsi sīhacammaparivārāni byagghacammaparivārāni dīpicammaparivārāni paṇḍukambalaparivārāni sovaṇṇālaṅkārāni sovaṇṇadhajāni hemajālappaṭicchannāni, caturāsīti dhenusahassāni adāsi dukūlasandhanāni kaṁsūpadhāraṇāni, caturāsīti kaññāsahassāni adāsi āmuttamaṇikuṇḍalāyo, caturāsīti pallaṅkasahassāni adāsi gonakatthatāni paṭikatthatāni paṭalikatthatāni kadalimigapavarapaccattharaṇāni sauttaracchadāni ubhatolohitakūpadhānāni, caturāsīti vatthakoṭisahassāni adāsi khomasukhumānaṁ koseyyasukhumānaṁ kambalasukhumānaṁ kappāsikasukhumānaṁ, ko pana vādo annassa pānassa khajjassa bhojjassa leyyassa peyyassa, najjo maññe vissandanti.

[¶18] Householder, you might think: ‘Surely the brahmin Velāma must have been someone else at that time?’ But you should not see it like this. I myself was the brahmin Velāma at that time. I gave that gift, a great offering. But at that event there was no one worthy of a religious donation, and no one to purify the religious donation.

> Pali: Siyā kho pana te, gahapati, evamassa: ‘añño nūna tena samayena velāmo brāhmaṇo ahosi, so taṁ dānaṁ adāsi mahādānan’ti. Na kho panetaṁ, gahapati, evaṁ daṭṭhabbaṁ. Ahaṁ tena samayena velāmo brāhmaṇo ahosiṁ. Ahaṁ taṁ dānaṁ adāsiṁ mahādānaṁ. Tasmiṁ kho pana, gahapati, dāne na koci dakkhiṇeyyo ahosi, na taṁ koci dakkhiṇaṁ visodheti.

[¶19] It would be more fruitful to feed one individual accomplished in view than that great offering of Velāma.

> Pali: Yaṁ, gahapati, velāmo brāhmaṇo dānaṁ adāsi mahādānaṁ, yo cekaṁ diṭṭhisampannaṁ bhojeyya, idaṁ tato mahapphalataraṁ.

[¶20] It would be more fruitful to feed one once-returner than a hundred of those accomplished in view.

> Pali: (…) Yo ca sataṁ diṭṭhisampannānaṁ bhojeyya, yo cekaṁ sakadāgāmiṁ bhojeyya, idaṁ tato mahapphalataraṁ.

[¶21] It would be more fruitful to feed one non-returner than a hundred once-returners.

> Pali: (…) Yo ca sataṁ sakadāgāmīnaṁ bhojeyya, yo cekaṁ anāgāmiṁ bhojeyya …pe…

[¶22] It would be more fruitful to feed one perfected one than a hundred non-returners.

> Pali: yo ca sataṁ anāgāmīnaṁ bhojeyya, yo cekaṁ arahantaṁ bhojeyya …pe…

[¶23] It would be more fruitful to feed one independent Buddha than a hundred perfected ones.

> Pali: yo ca sataṁ arahantānaṁ bhojeyya, yo cekaṁ paccekabuddhaṁ bhojeyya …pe…

[¶24] It would be more fruitful to feed one Realized One, a perfected one, a fully awakened Buddha than a hundred independent Buddhas.

> Pali: yo ca sataṁ paccekabuddhānaṁ bhojeyya, yo ca tathāgataṁ arahantaṁ sammāsambuddhaṁ bhojeyya …pe…

[¶25] It would be more fruitful to feed the mendicant Saṅgha headed by the Buddha than to feed one Realized One, a perfected one, a fully awakened Buddha.

> Pali: yo ca buddhappamukhaṁ bhikkhusaṅghaṁ bhojeyya …pe…

[¶26] It would be more fruitful to build a dwelling especially for the Saṅgha of the four quarters than to feed the mendicant Saṅgha headed by the Buddha.

> Pali: yo ca cātuddisaṁ saṅghaṁ uddissa vihāraṁ kārāpeyya …pe…

[¶27] It would be more fruitful to go for refuge to the Buddha, the teaching, and the Saṅgha with a confident heart than to build a dwelling for the Saṅgha of the four quarters.

> Pali: yo ca pasannacitto buddhañca dhammañca saṅghañca saraṇaṁ gaccheyya …pe…

[¶28] It would be more fruitful to undertake the training rules—not to kill living creatures, steal, commit sexual misconduct, lie, or consume intoxicants of beer, wine, and liquor—than to go for refuge to the Buddha, the teaching, and the Saṅgha with a confident heart.

> Pali: yo ca pasannacitto sikkhāpadāni samādiyeyya—

[¶29] It would be more fruitful to develop a heart of love—even just as long as it takes to pull a cow’s udder—than to undertake the training rules.

> Pali: pāṇātipātā veramaṇiṁ, adinnādānā veramaṇiṁ, kāmesumicchācārā veramaṇiṁ, musāvādā veramaṇiṁ, surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhānā veramaṇiṁ, yo ca antamaso gandhohanamattampi mettacittaṁ bhāveyya, (…) idaṁ tato mahapphalataraṁ.

[¶30] It would be more fruitful to develop the perception of impermanence—even as long as a finger-snap—than to do all of these things, including developing a heart of love for as long as it takes to pull a cow’s udder.”

> Pali: Yañca, gahapati, velāmo brāhmaṇo dānaṁ adāsi mahādānaṁ, yo cekaṁ diṭṭhisampannaṁ bhojeyya … yo ca sataṁ diṭṭhisampannānaṁ bhojeyya, yo cekaṁ sakadāgāmiṁ bhojeyya … yo ca sataṁ sakadāgāmīnaṁ bhojeyya, yo cekaṁ anāgāmiṁ bhojeyya … yo ca sataṁ anāgāmīnaṁ bhojeyya, yo cekaṁ arahantaṁ bhojeyya … yo ca sataṁ arahantānaṁ bhojeyya, yo cekaṁ paccekabuddhaṁ bhojeyya … yo ca sataṁ paccekabuddhānaṁ bhojeyya, yo ca tathāgataṁ arahantaṁ sammāsambuddhaṁ bhojeyya … yo ca buddhappamukhaṁ bhikkhusaṅghaṁ bhojeyya, yo ca cātuddisaṁ saṅghaṁ uddissa vihāraṁ kārāpeyya … yo ca pasannacitto buddhañca dhammañca saṅghañca saraṇaṁ gaccheyya, yo ca pasannacitto sikkhāpadāni samādiyeyya— pāṇātipātā veramaṇiṁ …pe… surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhānā veramaṇiṁ, yo ca antamaso gandhohanamattampi mettacittaṁ bhāveyya, yo ca accharāsaṅghātamattampi aniccasaññaṁ bhāveyya, idaṁ tato mahapphalataran”ti.

[¶31] > Pali: Dasamaṁ.

[¶32] > Pali: Sīhanādavaggo dutiyo.

[¶33] > Pali: Tassuddānaṁ

[¶34] > Pali: Nādo saupādiseso ca,
koṭṭhikena samiddhinā;
Gaṇḍasaññā kulaṁ mettā,
devatā velāmena cāti.

## 5. Abodes of Sentient Beings · AN 9.21–9.31

Source: https://scriptura.si/works/pali-anguttara-nikaya-9/5/ · cite a paragraph as https://scriptura.si/works/pali-anguttara-nikaya-9/5/#p-N

[¶0] AN 9.21 · In Three Particulars

> Pali: AN 9.21 · Tiṭhānasutta

[¶1] “The humans of the land north of Kuru surpass the gods of the thirty-three and the humans of the Black Plum Tree Land in three particulars. What three? They’re selfless and not possessive. They have a fixed lifespan. They have a distinctive nature. The humans of the land north of Kuru surpass the gods of the thirty-three and the humans of the Black Plum Tree Land in these three particulars.

> Pali: “Tīhi, bhikkhave, ṭhānehi uttarakurukā manussā deve ca tāvatiṁse adhiggaṇhanti jambudīpake ca manusse. Katamehi tīhi? Amamā, apariggahā, niyatāyukā, visesaguṇā— imehi kho, bhikkhave, tīhi ṭhānehi uttarakurukā manussā deve ca tāvatiṁse adhiggaṇhanti jambudīpake ca manusse.

[¶2] The gods of the thirty-three surpass the humans of the land north of Kuru and the Black Plum Tree Land in three particulars. What three? Heavenly lifespan, beauty, and happiness. The gods of the thirty-three surpass the humans of the land north of Kuru and the Black Plum Tree Land in these three particulars.

> Pali: Tīhi, bhikkhave, ṭhānehi devā tāvatiṁsā uttarakuruke ca manusse adhiggaṇhanti jambudīpake ca manusse. Katamehi tīhi? Dibbena āyunā, dibbena vaṇṇena, dibbena sukhena— imehi kho, bhikkhave, tīhi ṭhānehi devā tāvatiṁsā uttarakuruke ca manusse adhiggaṇhanti jambudīpake ca manusse.

[¶3] The humans of the Black Plum Tree Land surpass the humans of the land north of Kuru and the gods of the thirty-three in three particulars. What three? Bravery, mindfulness, and the spiritual life is lived here. The humans of the Black Plum Tree Land surpass the humans of the land north of Kuru and the gods of the thirty-three in these three particulars.”

> Pali: Tīhi, bhikkhave, ṭhānehi jambudīpakā manussā uttarakuruke ca manusse adhiggaṇhanti deve ca tāvatiṁse. Katamehi tīhi? Sūrā, satimanto, idha brahmacariyavāso— imehi kho, bhikkhave, tīhi ṭhānehi jambudīpakā manussā uttarakuruke ca manusse adhiggaṇhanti deve ca tāvatiṁse”ti.

[¶4] > Pali: Paṭhamaṁ.

[¶5] AN 9.22 · A Wild Colt

> Pali: AN 9.22 · Assakhaḷuṅkasutta

[¶6] “Mendicants, I will teach you about three wild colts and three wild people; three excellent horses and three excellent people; and three fine thoroughbred horses and three fine thoroughbred people. Listen and apply your mind well, I will speak.

> Pali: “Tayo ca, bhikkhave, assakhaḷuṅke desessāmi tayo ca purisakhaḷuṅke tayo ca assaparasse tayo ca purisaparasse tayo ca bhadde assājānīye tayo ca bhadde purisājānīye. Taṁ suṇātha. (…)

[¶7] And what are the three wild colts? One wild colt is fast, but not beautiful or well proportioned. Another wild colt is fast and beautiful, but not well proportioned. While another wild colt is fast, beautiful, and well proportioned. These are the three wild colts.

> Pali: Katame ca, bhikkhave, tayo assakhaḷuṅkā? Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco assakhaḷuṅko javasampanno hoti, na vaṇṇasampanno, na ārohapariṇāhasampanno. Idha pana, bhikkhave, ekacco assakhaḷuṅko javasampanno ca hoti vaṇṇasampanno ca, na ārohapariṇāhasampanno. Idha pana, bhikkhave, ekacco assakhaḷuṅko javasampanno ca hoti vaṇṇasampanno ca ārohapariṇāhasampanno ca. Ime kho, bhikkhave, tayo assakhaḷuṅkā.

[¶8] And what are the three wild people? One wild person is fast, but not beautiful or well proportioned. Another wild person is fast and beautiful, but not well proportioned. While another wild person is fast, beautiful, and well proportioned.

> Pali: Katame ca, bhikkhave, tayo purisakhaḷuṅkā? Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco purisakhaḷuṅko javasampanno hoti, na vaṇṇasampanno, na ārohapariṇāhasampanno. Idha pana, bhikkhave, ekacco purisakhaḷuṅko javasampanno ca hoti vaṇṇasampanno ca, na ārohapariṇāhasampanno. Idha pana, bhikkhave, ekacco purisakhaḷuṅko javasampanno ca hoti vaṇṇasampanno ca ārohapariṇāhasampanno ca.

[¶9] And how is a wild person fast, but not beautiful or well proportioned? It’s when a mendicant truly understands: ‘This is suffering’ … ‘This is the origin of suffering’ … ‘This is the cessation of suffering’ … ‘This is the practice that leads to the cessation of suffering’. This is how they’re fast, I say. But when asked a question about the teaching or training, they falter without answering. This is how they’re not beautiful, I say. And they don’t receive robes, almsfood, lodgings, and medicines and supplies for the sick. This is how they’re not well proportioned, I say. This is how a wild person is fast, but not beautiful or well proportioned.

> Pali: Kathañca, bhikkhave, purisakhaḷuṅko javasampanno hoti, na vaṇṇasampanno na ārohapariṇāhasampanno? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu ‘idaṁ dukkhan’ti yathābhūtaṁ pajānāti, ‘ayaṁ dukkhasamudayo’ti yathābhūtaṁ pajānāti, ‘ayaṁ dukkhanirodho’ti yathābhūtaṁ pajānāti, ‘ayaṁ dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā’ti yathābhūtaṁ pajānāti. Idamassa javasmiṁ vadāmi. Abhidhamme kho pana abhivinaye pañhaṁ puṭṭho saṁsādeti, no vissajjeti. Idamassa na vaṇṇasmiṁ vadāmi. Na kho pana lābhī hoti cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhārānaṁ. Idamassa na ārohapariṇāhasmiṁ vadāmi. Evaṁ kho, bhikkhave, purisakhaḷuṅko javasampanno hoti, na vaṇṇasampanno na ārohapariṇāhasampanno.

[¶10] And how is a wild person fast and beautiful, but not well proportioned? They truly understand: ‘This is suffering’ … ‘This is the origin of suffering’ … ‘This is the cessation of suffering’ … ‘This is the practice that leads to the cessation of suffering’. This is how they’re fast, I say. When asked a question about the teaching or training, they answer without faltering. This is how they’re beautiful, I say. But they don’t receive robes, almsfood, lodgings, and medicines and supplies for the sick. This is how they’re not well proportioned, I say. This is how a wild person is fast and beautiful, but not well proportioned.

> Pali: Kathañca, bhikkhave, purisakhaḷuṅko javasampanno ca hoti vaṇṇasampanno ca, na ārohapariṇāhasampanno? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu ‘idaṁ dukkhan’ti yathābhūtaṁ pajānāti …pe… ‘ayaṁ dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā’ti yathābhūtaṁ pajānāti. Idamassa javasmiṁ vadāmi. Abhidhamme kho pana abhivinaye pañhaṁ puṭṭho vissajjeti, no saṁsādeti. Idamassa vaṇṇasmiṁ vadāmi. Na kho pana lābhī hoti cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhārānaṁ. Idamassa na ārohapariṇāhasmiṁ vadāmi. Evaṁ kho, bhikkhave, purisakhaḷuṅko javasampanno ca hoti vaṇṇasampanno ca, na ārohapariṇāhasampanno.

[¶11] And how is a wild person fast, beautiful, and well proportioned? They truly understand: ‘This is suffering’ … ‘This is the origin of suffering’ … ‘This is the cessation of suffering’ … ‘This is the practice that leads to the cessation of suffering’. This is how they’re fast, I say. When asked a question about the teaching or training, they answer without faltering. This is how they’re beautiful, I say. They receive robes, almsfood, lodgings, and medicines and supplies for the sick. This is how they’re well proportioned, I say. This is how a wild person is fast, beautiful, and well proportioned. These are the three wild people.

> Pali: Kathañca, bhikkhave, purisakhaḷuṅko javasampanno ca hoti vaṇṇasampanno ca ārohapariṇāhasampanno ca? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu ‘idaṁ dukkhan’ti yathābhūtaṁ pajānāti …pe… ‘ayaṁ dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā’ti yathābhūtaṁ pajānāti. Idamassa javasmiṁ vadāmi. Abhidhamme kho pana abhivinaye pañhaṁ puṭṭho vissajjeti, no saṁsādeti. Idamassa vaṇṇasmiṁ vadāmi. Lābhī kho pana hoti cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhārānaṁ. Idamassa ārohapariṇāhasmiṁ vadāmi. Evaṁ kho, bhikkhave, purisakhaḷuṅko javasampanno ca hoti vaṇṇasampanno ca ārohapariṇāhasampanno ca. Ime kho, bhikkhave, tayo purisakhaḷuṅkā.

[¶12] And what are the three excellent horses? One excellent horse … is fast, beautiful, and well proportioned. These are the three excellent horses.

> Pali: Katame ca, bhikkhave, tayo assaparassā? Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco assaparasso …pe… javasampanno ca hoti vaṇṇasampanno ca ārohapariṇāhasampanno ca. Ime kho, bhikkhave, tayo assaparassā.

[¶13] What are the three excellent people? One excellent person … is fast, beautiful, and well proportioned.

> Pali: Katame ca, bhikkhave, tayo purisaparassā? Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco purisaparasso …pe… javasampanno ca hoti vaṇṇasampanno ca ārohapariṇāhasampanno ca.

[¶14] And how is an excellent person … fast, beautiful, and well proportioned? It’s when a mendicant, with the ending of the five lower fetters, is reborn spontaneously. They’re extinguished there, and are not liable to return from that world. This is how they’re fast, I say. When asked a question about the teaching or training, they answer without faltering. This is how they’re beautiful, I say. They receive robes, almsfood, lodgings, and medicines and supplies for the sick. This is how they’re well proportioned, I say. This is how an excellent person is fast, beautiful, and well proportioned. These are the three excellent people.

> Pali: Kathañca, bhikkhave, purisaparasso …pe… javasampanno ca hoti vaṇṇasampanno ca ārohapariṇāhasampanno ca? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu pañcannaṁ orambhāgiyānaṁ saṁyojanānaṁ parikkhayā opapātiko hoti, tattha parinibbāyī anāvattidhammo tasmā lokā. Idamassa javasmiṁ vadāmi. Abhidhamme kho pana abhivinaye pañhaṁ puṭṭho vissajjeti, no saṁsādeti. Idamassa vaṇṇasmiṁ vadāmi. Lābhī kho pana hoti cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhārānaṁ. Idamassa ārohapariṇāhasmiṁ vadāmi. Evaṁ kho, bhikkhave, purisaparasso javasampanno ca hoti vaṇṇasampanno ca ārohapariṇāhasampanno ca. Ime kho, bhikkhave, tayo purisaparassā.

[¶15] And what are the three fine thoroughbred horses? One fine thoroughbred horse … is fast, beautiful, and well proportioned. These are the three fine thoroughbred horses.

> Pali: Katame ca, bhikkhave, tayo bhaddā assājānīyā? Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco bhaddo assājānīyo …pe… javasampanno ca hoti vaṇṇasampanno ca ārohapariṇāhasampanno ca. Ime kho, bhikkhave, tayo bhaddā assājānīyā.

[¶16] And what are the three fine thoroughbred people? One fine thoroughbred person … is fast, beautiful, and well proportioned.

> Pali: Katame ca, bhikkhave, tayo bhaddā purisājānīyā? Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco bhaddo purisājānīyo …pe… javasampanno ca hoti vaṇṇasampanno ca ārohapariṇāhasampanno ca.

[¶17] And how is a fine thoroughbred person … fast, beautiful, and well proportioned? It’s a mendicant who realizes the undefiled freedom of heart and freedom by wisdom. And they live having realized it with their own insight in this very life due to the ending of defilements. This is how they’re fast, I say. When asked a question about the teaching or training, they answer without faltering. This is how they’re beautiful, I say. They receive robes, almsfood, lodgings, and medicines and supplies for the sick. This is how they’re well proportioned, I say. This is how a fine thoroughbred person is fast, beautiful, and well proportioned. These are the three fine thoroughbred people.”

> Pali: Kathañca, bhikkhave, bhaddo purisājānīyo …pe… javasampanno ca hoti vaṇṇasampanno ca ārohapariṇāhasampanno ca? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu āsavānaṁ khayā anāsavaṁ cetovimuttiṁ paññāvimuttiṁ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati. Idamassa javasmiṁ vadāmi. Abhidhamme kho pana abhivinaye pañhaṁ puṭṭho vissajjeti, no saṁsādeti. Idamassa vaṇṇasmiṁ vadāmi. Lābhī kho pana hoti cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhārānaṁ. Idamassa ārohapariṇāhasmiṁ vadāmi. Evaṁ kho, bhikkhave, bhaddo purisājānīyo javasampanno ca hoti vaṇṇasampanno ca ārohapariṇāhasampanno ca. Ime kho, bhikkhave, tayo bhaddā purisājānīyā”ti.

[¶18] > Pali: Dutiyaṁ.

[¶19] AN 9.23 · Rooted in Craving

> Pali: AN 9.23 · Taṇhāmūlakasutta

[¶20] “Mendicants, I will teach you about nine things rooted in craving. And what are the nine things rooted in craving? Craving gives rise to searching. Searching gives rise to gaining material things. Gaining material things gives rise to evaluation. Evaluation gives rise to desire and lust. Desire and lust gives rise to attachment. Attachment gives rise to ownership. Ownership gives rise to stinginess. Stinginess gives rise to safeguarding. Owing to safeguarding, many bad, unskillful things come to be: taking up the rod and the sword, quarrels, arguments, and disputes, accusations, backbiting, and lies. These are the nine things rooted in craving.”

> Pali: “Nava, bhikkhave, taṇhāmūlake dhamme desessāmi, taṁ suṇātha. Katame ca, bhikkhave, nava taṇhāmūlakā dhammā? Taṇhaṁ paṭicca pariyesanā, pariyesanaṁ paṭicca lābho, lābhaṁ paṭicca vinicchayo, vinicchayaṁ paṭicca chandarāgo, chandarāgaṁ paṭicca ajjhosānaṁ, ajjhosānaṁ paṭicca pariggaho, pariggahaṁ paṭicca macchariyaṁ, macchariyaṁ paṭicca ārakkho, ārakkhādhikaraṇaṁ daṇḍādānaṁ satthādānaṁ kalahaviggahavivādatuvaṁtuvaṁpesuññamusāvādā aneke pāpakā akusalā dhammā sambhavanti. Ime kho, bhikkhave, nava taṇhāmūlakā dhammā”ti.

[¶21] > Pali: Tatiyaṁ.

[¶22] AN 9.24 · Abodes of Sentient Beings

> Pali: AN 9.24 · Sattāvāsasutta

[¶23] “Mendicants, there are nine abodes of sentient beings. What nine?

> Pali: “Navayime, bhikkhave, sattāvāsā. Katame nava?

[¶24] There are sentient beings that are diverse in body and diverse in perception, such as human beings, some gods, and some beings in the underworld. This is the first abode of sentient beings.

> Pali: Santi, bhikkhave, sattā nānattakāyā nānattasaññino, seyyathāpi manussā, ekacce ca devā, ekacce ca vinipātikā. Ayaṁ paṭhamo sattāvāso.

[¶25] There are sentient beings that are diverse in body and unified in perception, such as the gods reborn in the Divinity’s host through the first absorption. This is the second abode of sentient beings.

> Pali: Santi, bhikkhave, sattā nānattakāyā ekattasaññino, seyyathāpi devā brahmakāyikā paṭhamābhinibbattā. Ayaṁ dutiyo sattāvāso.

[¶26] There are sentient beings that are unified in body and diverse in perception, such as the gods of sublime luminosity. This is the third abode of sentient beings.

> Pali: Santi, bhikkhave, sattā ekattakāyā nānattasaññino, seyyathāpi devā ābhassarā. Ayaṁ tatiyo sattāvāso.

[¶27] There are sentient beings that are unified in body and unified in perception, such as the gods of universal beauty. This is the fourth abode of sentient beings.

> Pali: Santi, bhikkhave, sattā ekattakāyā ekattasaññino, seyyathāpi devā subhakiṇhā. Ayaṁ catuttho sattāvāso.

[¶28] There are sentient beings that are non-percipient and do not experience anything, such as the gods who are non-percipient beings. This is the fifth abode of sentient beings.

> Pali: Santi, bhikkhave, sattā asaññino appaṭisaṁvedino, seyyathāpi devā asaññasattā. Ayaṁ pañcamo sattāvāso.

[¶29] There are sentient beings that have gone totally beyond perceptions of form. With the disappearance of perceptions of impingement, not focusing on perceptions of diversity, aware that ‘space is infinite’, they have been reborn in the dimension of infinite space. This is the sixth abode of sentient beings.

> Pali: Santi, bhikkhave, sattā sabbaso rūpasaññānaṁ samatikkamā paṭighasaññānaṁ atthaṅgamā nānattasaññānaṁ amanasikārā ‘ananto ākāso’ti ākāsānañcāyatanūpagā. Ayaṁ chaṭṭho sattāvāso.

[¶30] There are sentient beings that have gone totally beyond the dimension of infinite space. Aware that ‘consciousness is infinite’, they have been reborn in the dimension of infinite consciousness. This is the seventh abode of sentient beings.

> Pali: Santi, bhikkhave, sattā sabbaso ākāsānañcāyatanaṁ samatikkamma ‘anantaṁ viññāṇan’ti viññāṇañcāyatanūpagā. Ayaṁ sattamo sattāvāso.

[¶31] There are sentient beings that have gone totally beyond the dimension of infinite consciousness. Aware that ‘there is nothing at all’, they have been reborn in the dimension of nothingness. This is the eighth abode of sentient beings.

> Pali: Santi, bhikkhave, sattā sabbaso viññāṇañcāyatanaṁ samatikkamma ‘natthi kiñcī’ti ākiñcaññāyatanūpagā. Ayaṁ aṭṭhamo sattāvāso.

[¶32] There are sentient beings that have gone totally beyond the dimension of nothingness. They have been reborn in the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception. This is the ninth abode of sentient beings.

> Pali: Santi, bhikkhave, sattā sabbaso ākiñcaññāyatanaṁ samatikkamma nevasaññānāsaññāyatanūpagā. Ayaṁ navamo sattāvāso.

[¶33] These are the nine abodes of sentient beings.”

> Pali: Ime kho, bhikkhave, nava sattāvāsā”ti.

[¶34] > Pali: Catutthaṁ.

[¶35] AN 9.25 · Consolidated by Wisdom

> Pali: AN 9.25 · Paññāsutta

[¶36] “Mendicants, when a mendicant’s mind has been well consolidated with wisdom it’s appropriate for them to say: ‘I understand: “Rebirth is ended, the spiritual journey has been completed, what had to be done has been done, there is nothing further for this place.”’

> Pali: “Yato kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno paññāya cittaṁ suparicitaṁ hoti, tassetaṁ, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno kallaṁ vacanāya: ‘khīṇā jāti, vusitaṁ brahmacariyaṁ, kataṁ karaṇīyaṁ, nāparaṁ itthattāyāti pajānāmī’ti.

[¶37] And how is a mendicant’s mind well consolidated with wisdom? The mind is well consolidated with wisdom when they know: ‘My mind is without greed.’ … ‘My mind is without hate.’ … ‘My mind is without delusion.’ … ‘My mind is not liable to become greedy.’ … ‘My mind is not liable to become hateful.’ … ‘My mind is not liable to become deluded.’ … ‘My mind is not liable to return to rebirth in the sensual realm.’ … ‘My mind is not liable to return to rebirth in the realm of luminous form.’ … ‘My mind is not liable to return to rebirth in the formless realm.’ When a mendicant’s mind has been well consolidated with wisdom it’s appropriate for them to say: ‘I understand: “Rebirth is ended, the spiritual journey has been completed, what had to be done has been done, there is nothing further for this place.”’”

> Pali: Kathañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno paññāya cittaṁ suparicitaṁ hoti? ‘Vītarāgaṁ me cittan’ti paññāya cittaṁ suparicitaṁ hoti; ‘vītadosaṁ me cittan’ti paññāya cittaṁ suparicitaṁ hoti; ‘vītamohaṁ me cittan’ti paññāya cittaṁ suparicitaṁ hoti; ‘asarāgadhammaṁ me cittan’ti paññāya cittaṁ suparicitaṁ hoti; ‘asadosadhammaṁ me cittan’ti paññāya cittaṁ suparicitaṁ hoti; ‘asamohadhammaṁ me cittan’ti paññāya cittaṁ suparicitaṁ hoti; ‘anāvattidhammaṁ me cittaṁ kāmabhavāyā’ti paññāya cittaṁ suparicitaṁ hoti; ‘anāvattidhammaṁ me cittaṁ rūpabhavāyā’ti paññāya cittaṁ suparicitaṁ hoti; ‘anāvattidhammaṁ me cittaṁ arūpabhavāyā’ti paññāya cittaṁ suparicitaṁ hoti. Yato kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno paññāya cittaṁ suparicitaṁ hoti, tassetaṁ, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno kallaṁ vacanāya: ‘khīṇā jāti, vusitaṁ brahmacariyaṁ, kataṁ karaṇīyaṁ, nāparaṁ itthattāyāti pajānāmī’”ti.

[¶38] > Pali: Pañcamaṁ.

[¶39] AN 9.26 · The Simile of the Stone Post

> Pali: AN 9.26 · Silāyūpasutta

[¶40] So I have heard. At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha in the Bamboo Grove, the squirrels’ feeding ground.

> Pali: (…) Ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā ca sāriputto āyasmā ca candikāputto rājagahe viharanti veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe.

[¶41] There Venerable Candikāputta addressed the mendicants, “Reverends, Devadatta teaches the mendicants like this: ‘When a mendicant’s mind is solidified by heart, it’s appropriate for them to say: “I understand: ‘Rebirth is ended, the spiritual journey has been completed, what had to be done has been done, there is nothing further for this place.’”’”

> Pali: Tatra kho āyasmā candikāputto bhikkhū āmantesi (…): “devadatto, āvuso, bhikkhūnaṁ evaṁ dhammaṁ deseti: ‘yato kho, āvuso, bhikkhuno cetasā citaṁ hoti, tassetaṁ bhikkhuno kallaṁ veyyākaraṇāya— khīṇā jāti, vusitaṁ brahmacariyaṁ, kataṁ karaṇīyaṁ, nāparaṁ itthattāyāti pajānāmī’”ti.

[¶42] When he said this, Venerable Sāriputta said to him, “Reverend Candikāputta, Devadatta does not teach the mendicants like that. He teaches like this: ‘When a mendicant’s mind is well consolidated by heart, it’s appropriate for them to say: “I understand: ‘Rebirth is ended, the spiritual journey has been completed, what had to be done has been done, there is nothing further for this place.’”’”

> Pali: Evaṁ vutte, āyasmā sāriputto āyasmantaṁ candikāputtaṁ etadavoca: “na kho, āvuso candikāputta, devadatto bhikkhūnaṁ evaṁ dhammaṁ deseti: ‘yato kho, āvuso, bhikkhuno cetasā citaṁ hoti, tassetaṁ bhikkhuno kallaṁ veyyākaraṇāya— khīṇā jāti, vusitaṁ brahmacariyaṁ, kataṁ karaṇīyaṁ, nāparaṁ itthattāyāti pajānāmī’ti. Evañca kho, āvuso, candikāputta, devadatto bhikkhūnaṁ dhammaṁ deseti: ‘yato kho, āvuso, bhikkhuno cetasā cittaṁ suparicitaṁ hoti, tassetaṁ bhikkhuno kallaṁ veyyākaraṇāya— khīṇā jāti, vusitaṁ brahmacariyaṁ, kataṁ karaṇīyaṁ, nāparaṁ itthattāyāti pajānāmī’”ti.

[¶43] For a second time …

> Pali: Dutiyampi kho āyasmā candikāputto bhikkhū āmantesi: “devadatto, āvuso, bhikkhūnaṁ evaṁ dhammaṁ deseti: ‘yato kho, āvuso, bhikkhuno cetasā citaṁ hoti, tassetaṁ bhikkhuno kallaṁ veyyākaraṇāya— khīṇā jāti, vusitaṁ brahmacariyaṁ, kataṁ karaṇīyaṁ, nāparaṁ itthattāyāti pajānāmī’”ti. Dutiyampi kho āyasmā sāriputto āyasmantaṁ candikāputtaṁ etadavoca: “na kho, āvuso candikāputta, devadatto bhikkhūnaṁ evaṁ dhammaṁ deseti: ‘yato kho, āvuso, bhikkhuno cetasā citaṁ hoti, tassetaṁ bhikkhuno kallaṁ veyyākaraṇāya— khīṇā jāti, vusitaṁ brahmacariyaṁ, kataṁ karaṇīyaṁ, nāparaṁ itthattāyāti pajānāmī’ti. Evañca kho, āvuso candikāputta, devadatto bhikkhūnaṁ dhammaṁ deseti: ‘yato kho, āvuso, bhikkhuno cetasā cittaṁ suparicitaṁ hoti, tassetaṁ bhikkhuno kallaṁ veyyākaraṇāya— khīṇā jāti, vusitaṁ brahmacariyaṁ, kataṁ karaṇīyaṁ, nāparaṁ itthattāyāti pajānāmī’”ti.

[¶44] And for a third time Venerable Candikāputta addressed the mendicants …

> Pali: Tatiyampi kho āyasmā candikāputto bhikkhū āmantesi: “devadatto, āvuso, bhikkhūnaṁ evaṁ dhammaṁ deseti: ‘yato kho, āvuso, bhikkhuno cetasā citaṁ hoti, tassetaṁ bhikkhuno kallaṁ veyyākaraṇāya— khīṇā jāti, vusitaṁ brahmacariyaṁ, kataṁ karaṇīyaṁ, nāparaṁ itthattāyāti pajānāmī’”ti.

[¶45] And for a third time, Sāriputta said to him, “Reverend Candikāputta, Devadatta does not teach the mendicants like that. He teaches like this: ‘When a mendicant’s mind is well consolidated by heart, it’s appropriate for them to say: “I understand: ‘Rebirth is ended, the spiritual journey has been completed, what had to be done has been done, there is nothing further for this place.’”’

> Pali: Tatiyampi kho āyasmā sāriputto āyasmantaṁ candikāputtaṁ etadavoca: “na kho, āvuso candikāputta, devadatto bhikkhūnaṁ evaṁ dhammaṁ deseti: ‘yato kho, āvuso, bhikkhuno cetasā citaṁ hoti, tassetaṁ bhikkhuno kallaṁ veyyākaraṇāya— khīṇā jāti, vusitaṁ brahmacariyaṁ, kataṁ karaṇīyaṁ, nāparaṁ itthattāyāti pajānāmī’ti. Evañca kho, āvuso candikāputta, devadatto bhikkhūnaṁ dhammaṁ deseti: ‘yato kho, āvuso, bhikkhuno cetasā cittaṁ suparicitaṁ hoti, tassetaṁ bhikkhuno kallaṁ veyyākaraṇāya— khīṇā jāti, vusitaṁ brahmacariyaṁ, kataṁ karaṇīyaṁ, nāparaṁ itthattāyāti pajānāmī’ti.

[¶46] And how is a mendicant’s mind well consolidated by heart? The mind is well consolidated by heart when they know: ‘My mind is without greed.’ … ‘My mind is without hate.’ … ‘My mind is without delusion.’ … ‘My mind is not liable to become greedy.’ … ‘My mind is not liable to become hateful.’ … ‘My mind is not liable to become deluded.’ … ‘My mind is not liable to return to rebirth in the sensual realm.’ … ‘My mind is not liable to return to rebirth in the realm of luminous form.’ … ‘My mind is not liable to return to rebirth in the formless realm.’

> Pali: Kathañca, āvuso, bhikkhuno cetasā cittaṁ suparicitaṁ hoti? ‘Vītarāgaṁ me cittan’ti cetasā cittaṁ suparicitaṁ hoti; ‘vītadosaṁ me cittan’ti cetasā cittaṁ suparicitaṁ hoti; ‘vītamohaṁ me cittan’ti cetasā cittaṁ suparicitaṁ hoti; ‘asarāgadhammaṁ me cittan’ti cetasā cittaṁ suparicitaṁ hoti; ‘asadosadhammaṁ me cittan’ti cetasā cittaṁ suparicitaṁ hoti; ‘asamohadhammaṁ me cittan’ti cetasā cittaṁ suparicitaṁ hoti; ‘anāvattidhammaṁ me cittaṁ kāmabhavāyā’ti cetasā cittaṁ suparicitaṁ hoti; ‘anāvattidhammaṁ me cittaṁ rūpabhavāyā’ti cetasā cittaṁ suparicitaṁ hoti; ‘anāvattidhammaṁ me cittaṁ arūpabhavāyā’ti cetasā cittaṁ suparicitaṁ hoti.

[¶47] When a mendicant’s mind is rightly freed like this, even if compelling sights come into the range of vision they don’t occupy their mind. Their mind is quite untainted. It is steady, imperturbable, observing disappearance.

> Pali: Evaṁ sammā vimuttacittassa kho, āvuso, bhikkhuno bhusā cepi cakkhuviññeyyā rūpā cakkhussa āpāthaṁ āgacchanti, nevassa cittaṁ pariyādiyanti; amissīkatamevassa cittaṁ hoti ṭhitaṁ āneñjappattaṁ, vayaṁ cassānupassati.

[¶48] Suppose there was a stone post, sixteen feet long. Eight feet were buried underground, and eight above ground. And violent storms were to blow up out of the east, the west, the north, and the south. They couldn’t make it tremor and tremble and quake. Why is that? It’s because that stone post is firmly embedded, with deep foundations. In the same way, when a mendicant’s mind is rightly freed like this, even if compelling sights come into the range of vision they don’t occupy their mind. Their mind is quite untainted. It is steady, imperturbable, observing disappearance.

> Pali: Seyyathāpi, āvuso, silāyūpo soḷasakukkuko. Tassassu aṭṭha kukkū heṭṭhā nemaṅgamā, aṭṭha kukkū upari nemassa. Atha puratthimāya cepi disāya āgaccheyya bhusā vātavuṭṭhi, neva naṁ saṅkampeyya na sampavedheyya; atha pacchimāya … atha uttarāya … atha dakkhiṇāya cepi disāya āgaccheyya bhusā vātavuṭṭhi, neva naṁ saṅkampeyya na sampavedheyya. Taṁ kissa hetu? Gambhīrattā, āvuso, nemassa, sunikhātattā silāyūpassa. Evamevaṁ kho, āvuso, sammā vimuttacittassa bhikkhuno bhusā cepi cakkhuviññeyyā rūpā cakkhussa āpāthaṁ āgacchanti, nevassa cittaṁ pariyādiyanti; amissīkatamevassa cittaṁ hoti ṭhitaṁ āneñjappattaṁ, vayaṁ cassānupassati.

[¶49] If even compelling sounds … smells … tastes … touches … and ideas come into the range of the mind they don’t occupy the mind. Their mind is quite untainted. It is steady, imperturbable, observing disappearance.”

> Pali: Bhusā cepi sotaviññeyyā saddā … ghānaviññeyyā gandhā … jivhāviññeyyā rasā … kāyaviññeyyā phoṭṭhabbā … manoviññeyyā dhammā manassa āpāthaṁ āgacchanti, nevassa cittaṁ pariyādiyanti; amissīkatamevassa cittaṁ hoti ṭhitaṁ āneñjappattaṁ, vayaṁ cassānupassatī”ti.

[¶50] > Pali: Chaṭṭhaṁ.

[¶51] AN 9.27 · Fears and Enmities (1st)

> Pali: AN 9.27 · Paṭhamaverasutta

[¶52] Then the householder Anāthapiṇḍika went up to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to him:

> Pali: Atha kho anāthapiṇḍiko gahapati yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho anāthapiṇḍikaṁ gahapatiṁ bhagavā etadavoca:

[¶53] “Householder, when a noble disciple has quelled five fears and enmities, and possesses the four factors of stream-entry, they may, if they wish, declare of themselves: ‘I’ve finished with rebirth in hell, the animal realm, and the ghost realm. I’ve finished with all places of loss, bad places, the underworld. I am a stream-enterer! I’m not liable to be reborn in the underworld, and am assured, destined for awakening.’

> Pali: “Yato kho, gahapati, ariyasāvakassa pañca bhayāni verāni vūpasantāni honti, catūhi ca sotāpattiyaṅgehi samannāgato hoti, so ākaṅkhamāno attanāva attānaṁ byākareyya: ‘khīṇanirayomhi khīṇatiracchānayoni khīṇapettivisayo khīṇāpāyaduggativinipāto, sotāpannohamasmi avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyaṇo’ti.

[¶54] What are the five fears and enmities they have quelled? Anyone who kills living creatures brims with fear and enmity both in this life and in lives to come, and experiences mental pain and sadness. Anyone who refrains from killing living creatures does not brim with fear and enmity either in this life or in lives to come, and doesn’t experience mental pain and sadness. So that fear and enmity is quelled for anyone who refrains from killing living creatures.

> Pali: Katamāni pañca bhayāni verāni vūpasantāni honti? Yaṁ, gahapati, pāṇātipātī pāṇātipātapaccayā diṭṭhadhammikampi bhayaṁ veraṁ pasavati, samparāyikampi bhayaṁ veraṁ pasavati, cetasikampi dukkhaṁ domanassaṁ paṭisaṁvedeti, pāṇātipātā paṭivirato neva diṭṭhadhammikampi bhayaṁ veraṁ pasavati, na samparāyikampi bhayaṁ veraṁ pasavati, na cetasikampi dukkhaṁ domanassaṁ paṭisaṁvedeti. Pāṇātipātā paṭiviratassa evaṁ taṁ bhayaṁ veraṁ vūpasantaṁ hoti.

[¶55] Anyone who steals …

> Pali: Yaṁ, gahapati, adinnādāyī …pe…

[¶56] Anyone who commits sexual misconduct …

> Pali: kāmesumicchācārī …

[¶57] Anyone who lies …

> Pali: musāvādī …

[¶58] Anyone who consumes beer, wine, and liquor intoxicants brims with fear and enmity both in this life and in lives to come, and experiences mental pain and sadness. Anyone who refrains from beer, wine, and liquor intoxicants does not brim with fear and enmity either in this life or in lives to come, and doesn’t experience mental pain and sadness. So that fear and enmity is quelled for anyone who refrains from beer, wine, and liquor intoxicants.

> Pali: surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhāyī surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhānapaccayā diṭṭhadhammikampi bhayaṁ veraṁ pasavati, samparāyikampi bhayaṁ veraṁ pasavati, cetasikampi dukkhaṁ domanassaṁ paṭisaṁvedeti, surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhānā paṭivirato neva diṭṭhadhammikampi bhayaṁ veraṁ pasavati, na samparāyikampi bhayaṁ veraṁ pasavati, na cetasikampi dukkhaṁ domanassaṁ paṭisaṁvedeti. Surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhānā paṭiviratassa evaṁ taṁ bhayaṁ veraṁ vūpasantaṁ hoti.

[¶59] These are the five fears and enmities they have quelled.

> Pali: Imāni pañca bhayāni verāni vūpasantāni honti.

[¶60] What are the four factors of stream-entry that they possess? It’s when a noble disciple has experiential confidence in the Buddha: ‘That Blessed One is perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those fit for training, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed.’

> Pali: “Katamehi catūhi sotāpattiyaṅgehi samannāgato hoti? Idha, gahapati, ariyasāvako buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti: ‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavā’ti.

[¶61] They have experiential confidence in the teaching: ‘The teaching is well explained by the Buddha—apparent in the present life, immediately effective, inviting inspection, relevant, so that sensible people can know it for themselves.’

> Pali: Dhamme aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti: ‘svākkhāto bhagavatā dhammo sandiṭṭhiko akāliko ehipassiko opaneyyiko paccattaṁ veditabbo viññūhī’ti.

[¶62] They have experiential confidence in the Saṅgha: ‘The Saṅgha of the Buddha’s disciples is practicing the way that’s good, direct, systematic, and proper. It consists of the four pairs, the eight individual persons. This is the Saṅgha of the Buddha’s disciples that is worthy of offerings dedicated to the gods, worthy of hospitality, worthy of a religious donation, worthy of greeting with cupped palms, and is the supreme field of merit for the world.’

> Pali: Saṅghe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti: ‘suppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho ujuppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho ñāyappaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho sāmīcippaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho; yadidaṁ cattāri purisayugāni aṭṭha purisapuggalā esa bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho āhuneyyo pāhuneyyo dakkhiṇeyyo añjalikaraṇīyo anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassā’ti.

[¶63] And a noble disciple’s ethical conduct is loved by the noble ones, unbroken, impeccable, spotless, and unmarred, liberating, praised by sensible people, not mistaken, and leading to immersion. These are the four factors of stream-entry that they possess.

> Pali: Ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgato hoti akhaṇḍehi acchiddehi asabalehi akammāsehi bhujissehi viññuppasatthehi aparāmaṭṭhehi samādhisaṁvattanikehi. Imehi catūhi sotāpattiyaṅgehi samannāgato hoti.

[¶64] When a noble disciple has quelled these five fears and enmities, and possesses these four factors of stream-entry, they may, if they wish, declare of themselves: ‘I’ve finished with rebirth in hell, the animal realm, and the ghost realm. I’ve finished with all places of loss, bad places, the underworld. I am a stream-enterer! I’m not liable to be reborn in the underworld, and am assured, destined for awakening.’”

> Pali: Yato kho, gahapati, ariyasāvakassa imāni pañca bhayāni verāni vūpasantāni honti, imehi ca catūhi sotāpattiyaṅgehi samannāgato hoti, so ākaṅkhamāno attanāva attānaṁ byākareyya: ‘khīṇanirayomhi khīṇatiracchānayoni khīṇapettivisayo khīṇāpāyaduggativinipāto; sotāpannohamasmi avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyaṇo’”ti.

[¶65] > Pali: Sattamaṁ.

[¶66] AN 9.28 · Fears and Enmities (2nd)

> Pali: AN 9.28 · Dutiyaverasutta

[¶67] “Mendicants, when a noble disciple has quelled five fears and enmities, and possesses the four factors of stream-entry, they may, if they wish, declare of themselves: ‘I’ve finished with rebirth in hell, the animal realm, and the ghost realm. I’ve finished with all places of loss, bad places, the underworld. I am a stream-enterer! I’m not liable to be reborn in the underworld, and am assured, destined for awakening.’

> Pali: “Yato kho, bhikkhave, ariyasāvakassa pañca bhayāni verāni vūpasantāni honti, catūhi ca sotāpattiyaṅgehi samannāgato hoti, so ākaṅkhamāno attanāva attānaṁ byākareyya: ‘khīṇanirayomhi khīṇatiracchānayoni khīṇapettivisayo khīṇāpāyaduggativinipāto; sotāpannohamasmi avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyaṇo’”ti.

[¶68] What are the five fears and enmities they have quelled? Anyone who kills living creatures brims with fear and enmity both in this life and in lives to come, and experiences mental pain and sadness. Anyone who refrains from killing living creatures does not brim with fear and enmity either in this life or in lives to come, and doesn’t experience mental pain and sadness. So that fear and enmity is quelled for anyone who refrains from killing living creatures.

> Pali: Katamāni pañca bhayāni verāni vūpasantāni honti? Yaṁ, bhikkhave, pāṇātipātī pāṇātipātapaccayā diṭṭhadhammikampi bhayaṁ veraṁ pasavati, samparāyikampi bhayaṁ veraṁ pasavati, cetasikampi dukkhaṁ domanassaṁ paṭisaṁvedeti, pāṇātipātā paṭivirato …pe… evaṁ taṁ bhayaṁ veraṁ vūpasantaṁ hoti.

[¶69] Anyone who steals … commits sexual misconduct … lies … Anyone who consumes beer, wine, and liquor intoxicants brims with fear and enmity both in this life and in lives to come, and experiences mental pain and sadness. Anyone who refrains from beer, wine, and liquor intoxicants does not brim with fear and enmity either in this life or in lives to come, and doesn’t experience mental pain and sadness. So that fear and enmity is quelled for anyone who refrains from beer, wine, and liquor intoxicants. These are the five fears and enmities they have quelled.

> Pali: Yaṁ, bhikkhave, adinnādāyī …pe… surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhāyī surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhānapaccayā diṭṭhadhammikampi bhayaṁ veraṁ pasavati, samparāyikampi bhayaṁ veraṁ pasavati, cetasikampi dukkhaṁ domanassaṁ paṭisaṁvedeti, surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhānā paṭivirato neva diṭṭhadhammikampi bhayaṁ veraṁ pasavati, na samparāyikampi bhayaṁ veraṁ pasavati, na cetasikampi dukkhaṁ domanassaṁ paṭisaṁvedeti. Surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhānā paṭiviratassa evaṁ taṁ bhayaṁ veraṁ vūpasantaṁ hoti. Imāni pañca bhayāni verāni vūpasantāni honti.

[¶70] What are the four factors of stream-entry that they possess? When a noble disciple has experiential confidence in the Buddha … the teaching … the Saṅgha … And a noble disciple’s ethical conduct is loved by the noble ones, unbroken, impeccable, spotless, and unmarred, liberating, praised by sensible people, not mistaken, and leading to immersion. These are the four factors of stream-entry that they possess.

> Pali: Katamehi catūhi sotāpattiyaṅgehi samannāgato hoti? Idha, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti: ‘itipi so bhagavā …pe… satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavā’ti. Dhamme …pe… saṅghe … ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgato hoti akhaṇḍehi acchiddehi asabalehi akammāsehi bhujissehi viññuppasatthehi aparāmaṭṭhehi samādhisaṁvattanikehi. Imehi catūhi sotāpattiyaṅgehi samannāgato hoti.

[¶71] When a noble disciple has quelled these five fears and enmities, and possesses these four factors of stream-entry, they may, if they wish, declare of themselves: ‘I’ve finished with rebirth in hell, the animal realm, and the ghost realm. I’ve finished with all places of loss, bad places, the underworld. I am a stream-enterer! I’m not liable to be reborn in the underworld, and am assured, destined for awakening.’”

> Pali: Yato kho, bhikkhave, ariyasāvakassa imāni pañca bhayāni verāni vūpasantāni honti, imehi ca catūhi sotāpattiyaṅgehi samannāgato hoti, so ākaṅkhamāno attanāva attānaṁ byākareyya: ‘khīṇanirayomhi khīṇatiracchānayoni khīṇapettivisayo khīṇāpāyaduggativinipāto; sotāpannohamasmi avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyaṇo’”ti.

[¶72] > Pali: Aṭṭhamaṁ.

[¶73] AN 9.29 · Grounds for Resentment

> Pali: AN 9.29 · Āghātavatthusutta

[¶74] “Mendicants, there are nine grounds for resentment. What nine? Thinking: ‘They did wrong to me,’ you harbor resentment. Thinking: ‘They are doing wrong to me’ … ‘They will do wrong to me’ … ‘They did wrong to someone I love’ … ‘They are doing wrong to someone I love’ … ‘They will do wrong to someone I love’ … ‘They helped someone I dislike’ … ‘They are helping someone I dislike’ … Thinking: ‘They will help someone I dislike,’ you harbor resentment. These are the nine grounds for resentment.”

> Pali: “Navayimāni, bhikkhave, āghātavatthūni. Katamāni nava? ‘Anatthaṁ me acarī’ti āghātaṁ bandhati; ‘anatthaṁ me caratī’ti āghātaṁ bandhati; ‘anatthaṁ me carissatī’ti āghātaṁ bandhati; ‘piyassa me manāpassa anatthaṁ acarī’ti …pe… ‘anatthaṁ caratī’ti …pe… ‘anatthaṁ carissatī’ti āghātaṁ bandhati; ‘appiyassa me amanāpassa atthaṁ acarī’ti …pe… ‘atthaṁ caratī’ti …pe… ‘atthaṁ carissatī’ti āghātaṁ bandhati. Imāni kho, bhikkhave, nava āghātavatthūnī”ti.

[¶75] > Pali: Navamaṁ.

[¶76] AN 9.30 · Getting Rid of Resentment

> Pali: AN 9.30 · Āghātapaṭivinayasutta

[¶77] “Mendicants, there are these nine ways to get rid of resentment. What nine? Thinking: ‘They harmed me, but what can I possibly do?’ you get rid of resentment. Thinking: ‘They are harming me …’ … ‘They will harm me …’ … ‘They harmed someone I love …’ … ‘They are harming someone I love …’ … ‘They will harm someone I love …’ … ‘They helped someone I dislike …’ … ‘They are helping someone I dislike …’ … Thinking: ‘They will help someone I dislike, but what can I possibly do?’ you get rid of resentment. These are the nine ways to get rid of resentment.”

> Pali: “Navayime, bhikkhave, āghātapaṭivinayā. Katame nava? ‘Anatthaṁ me acari, taṁ kutettha labbhā’ti āghātaṁ paṭivineti; ‘anatthaṁ me carati, taṁ kutettha labbhā’ti āghātaṁ paṭivineti; ‘anatthaṁ me carissati, taṁ kutettha labbhā’ti āghātaṁ paṭivineti; piyassa me manāpassa anatthaṁ acari …pe… anatthaṁ carati …pe… ‘anatthaṁ carissati, taṁ kutettha labbhā’ti āghātaṁ paṭivineti; appiyassa me amanāpassa atthaṁ acari …pe… atthaṁ carati …pe… ‘atthaṁ carissati, taṁ kutettha labbhā’ti āghātaṁ paṭivineti. Ime kho, bhikkhave, nava āghātapaṭivinayā”ti.

[¶78] > Pali: Dasamaṁ.

[¶79] AN 9.31 · Progressive Cessations

> Pali: AN 9.31 · Anupubbanirodhasutta

[¶80] “Mendicants, there are these nine progressive cessations. What nine?

> Pali: “Navayime, bhikkhave, anupubbanirodhā. Katame nava?

[¶81] For someone who has attained the first absorption, sensual perceptions have ceased.

> Pali: Paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ samāpannassa kāmasaññā niruddhā hoti;

[¶82] For someone who has attained the second absorption, the placing of the mind and keeping it connected have ceased.

> Pali: dutiyaṁ jhānaṁ samāpannassa vitakkavicārā niruddhā honti;

[¶83] For someone who has attained the third absorption, rapture has ceased.

> Pali: tatiyaṁ jhānaṁ samāpannassa pīti niruddhā hoti;

[¶84] For someone who has attained the fourth absorption, breathing has ceased.

> Pali: catutthaṁ jhānaṁ samāpannassa assāsapassāsā niruddhā honti;

[¶85] For someone who has attained the dimension of infinite space, the perception of form has ceased.

> Pali: ākāsānañcāyatanaṁ samāpannassa rūpasaññā niruddhā hoti;

[¶86] For someone who has attained the dimension of infinite consciousness, the perception of the dimension of infinite space has ceased.

> Pali: viññāṇañcāyatanaṁ samāpannassa ākāsānañcāyatanasaññā niruddhā hoti;

[¶87] For someone who has attained the dimension of nothingness, the perception of the dimension of infinite consciousness has ceased.

> Pali: ākiñcaññāyatanaṁ samāpannassa viññāṇañcāyatanasaññā niruddhā hoti;

[¶88] For someone who has attained the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception, the perception of the dimension of nothingness has ceased.

> Pali: nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṁ samāpannassa ākiñcaññāyatanasaññā niruddhā hoti;

[¶89] For someone who has attained the cessation of perception and feeling, perception and feeling have ceased.

> Pali: saññāvedayitanirodhaṁ samāpannassa saññā ca vedanā ca niruddhā honti.

[¶90] These are the nine progressive cessations.”

> Pali: Ime kho, bhikkhave, nava anupubbanirodhā”ti.

[¶91] > Pali: Ekādasamaṁ.

[¶92] > Pali: Sattāvāsavaggo tatiyo.

[¶93] > Pali: Tassuddānaṁ

[¶94] > Pali: Tiṭhānaṁ khaḷuṅko taṇhā,
Sattapaññā silāyupo;
Dve verā dve āghātāni,
Anupubbanirodhena cāti.

## 6. The Great Chapter · AN 9.32–9.35

Source: https://scriptura.si/works/pali-anguttara-nikaya-9/6/ · cite a paragraph as https://scriptura.si/works/pali-anguttara-nikaya-9/6/#p-N

[¶0] AN 9.32 · Progressive Meditations

> Pali: AN 9.32 · Anupubbavihārasutta

[¶1] “Mendicants, there are these nine progressive meditations. What nine? The first absorption, the second absorption, the third absorption, the fourth absorption, the dimension of infinite space, the dimension of infinite consciousness, the dimension of nothingness, the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception, and the cessation of perception and feeling. These are the nine progressive meditations.”

> Pali: “Navayime, bhikkhave, anupubbavihārā. Katame nava? Paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ, dutiyaṁ jhānaṁ, tatiyaṁ jhānaṁ, catutthaṁ jhānaṁ, ākāsānañcāyatanaṁ, viññāṇañcāyatanaṁ, ākiñcaññāyatanaṁ, nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṁ, saññāvedayitanirodho— ime kho, bhikkhave, nava anupubbavihārā”ti.

[¶2] > Pali: Paṭhamaṁ.

[¶3] AN 9.33 · The Nine Progressive Meditative Attainments

> Pali: AN 9.33 · Anupubbavihārasamāpattisutta

[¶4] “Mendicants, I will teach you the nine progressive meditative attainments … And what are the nine progressive meditative attainments?

> Pali: “Navayimā, bhikkhave, anupubbavihārasamāpattiyo desessāmi, taṁ suṇātha …pe… katamā ca, bhikkhave, nava anupubbavihārasamāpattiyo?

[¶5] Where sensual pleasures cease, and those who have thoroughly ended sensual pleasures meditate, I say: ‘Clearly those venerables are desireless, quenched, crossed over, and gone beyond in that respect.’ If someone should say, ‘I do not know or see where sensual pleasures cease’, they should be told: ‘Reverend, it’s when a mendicant, quite secluded from sensual pleasures, secluded from unskillful qualities, enters and remains in the first absorption, which has the rapture and bliss born of seclusion, while placing the mind and keeping it connected. That’s where sensual pleasures cease.’ Clearly someone who is not devious or deceitful would approve and agree with that statement. They’d say ‘Good!’ and bowing down, they’d pay homage with cupped palms.

> Pali: Yattha kāmā nirujjhanti, ye ca kāme nirodhetvā nirodhetvā viharanti, ‘addhā te āyasmanto nicchātā nibbutā tiṇṇā pāraṅgatā tadaṅgenā’ti vadāmi. ‘Kattha kāmā nirujjhanti, ke ca kāme nirodhetvā nirodhetvā viharanti— ahametaṁ na jānāmi ahametaṁ na passāmī’ti, iti yo evaṁ vadeyya, so evamassa vacanīyo: ‘idhāvuso, bhikkhu vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṁ savicāraṁ vivekajaṁ pītisukhaṁ paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. Ettha kāmā nirujjhanti, te ca kāme nirodhetvā nirodhetvā viharantī’ti. Addhā, bhikkhave, asaṭho amāyāvī ‘sādhū’ti bhāsitaṁ abhinandeyya anumodeyya; ‘sādhū’ti bhāsitaṁ abhinanditvā anumoditvā namassamāno pañjaliko payirupāseyya.

[¶6] Where the placing of the mind and keeping it connected cease, and those who have thoroughly ended the placing of the mind and keeping it connected meditate, I say: ‘Clearly those venerables are desireless, quenched, crossed over, and gone beyond in that respect.’ If someone should say, ‘I do not know or see where the placing of the mind and keeping it connected cease’, they should be told: ‘It’s when a mendicant, as the placing of the mind and keeping it connected are stilled, enters and remains in the second absorption, which has the rapture and bliss born of immersion, with internal clarity and mind at one, without placing the mind and keeping it connected. That’s where the placing of the mind and keeping it connected cease.’ Clearly someone who is not devious or deceitful would approve and agree with that statement. They’d say ‘Good!’ and bowing down, they’d pay homage with cupped palms.

> Pali: Yattha vitakkavicārā nirujjhanti, ye ca vitakkavicāre nirodhetvā nirodhetvā viharanti, ‘addhā te āyasmanto nicchātā nibbutā tiṇṇā pāraṅgatā tadaṅgenā’ti vadāmi. ‘Kattha vitakkavicārā nirujjhanti, ke ca vitakkavicāre nirodhetvā nirodhetvā viharanti— ahametaṁ na jānāmi ahametaṁ na passāmī’ti, iti yo evaṁ vadeyya, so evamassa vacanīyo: ‘idhāvuso, bhikkhu vitakkavicārānaṁ vūpasamā …pe… dutiyaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati; ettha vitakkavicārā nirujjhanti, te ca vitakkavicāre nirodhetvā nirodhetvā viharantī’ti. Addhā, bhikkhave, asaṭho amāyāvī ‘sādhū’ti bhāsitaṁ abhinandeyya anumodeyya; ‘sādhū’ti bhāsitaṁ abhinanditvā anumoditvā namassamāno pañjaliko payirupāseyya.

[¶7] Where rapture ceases, and those who have thoroughly ended rapture meditate, I say: ‘Clearly those venerables are desireless, quenched, crossed over, and gone beyond in that respect.’ If someone should say, ‘I do not know or see where rapture ceases’, they should be told: ‘It’s when a mendicant, with the fading away of rapture, enters and remains in the third absorption, where they meditate with equanimity, mindful and aware, experiencing for themselves the bliss of which the noble ones declare, “Equanimous and mindful, one meditates in bliss”. That’s where rapture ceases.’ Clearly someone who is not devious or deceitful would approve and agree with that statement. They’d say ‘Good!’ and bowing down, they’d pay homage with cupped palms.

> Pali: Yattha pīti nirujjhati, ye ca pītiṁ nirodhetvā nirodhetvā viharanti, ‘addhā te āyasmanto nicchātā nibbutā tiṇṇā pāraṅgatā tadaṅgenā’ti vadāmi. ‘Kattha pīti nirujjhati, ke ca pītiṁ nirodhetvā nirodhetvā viharanti— ahametaṁ na jānāmi ahametaṁ na passāmī’ti, iti yo evaṁ vadeyya, so evamassa vacanīyo: ‘idhāvuso, bhikkhu pītiyā ca virāgā …pe… tatiyaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati; ettha pīti nirujjhati, te ca pītiṁ nirodhetvā nirodhetvā viharantī’ti. Addhā, bhikkhave, asaṭho amāyāvī ‘sādhū’ti bhāsitaṁ abhinandeyya anumodeyya; ‘sādhū’ti bhāsitaṁ abhinanditvā anumoditvā namassamāno pañjaliko payirupāseyya.

[¶8] Where bliss with equanimity ceases, and those who have thoroughly ended bliss with equanimity meditate, I say: ‘Clearly those venerables are desireless, quenched, crossed over, and gone beyond in that respect.’ If someone should say, ‘I do not know or see where bliss with equanimity ceases’, they should be told: ‘It’s when a mendicant, with the giving up of pleasure and pain and the disappearance of former happiness and sadness, enters and remains in the fourth absorption, without pleasure or pain, with pure equanimity and mindfulness. That’s where bliss with equanimity ceases.’ Clearly someone who is not devious or deceitful would approve and agree with that statement. They’d say ‘Good!’ and bowing down, they’d pay homage with cupped palms.

> Pali: Yattha upekkhāsukhaṁ nirujjhati, ye ca upekkhāsukhaṁ nirodhetvā nirodhetvā viharanti, ‘addhā te āyasmanto nicchātā nibbutā tiṇṇā pāraṅgatā tadaṅgenā’ti vadāmi. ‘Kattha upekkhāsukhaṁ nirujjhati, ke ca upekkhāsukhaṁ nirodhetvā nirodhetvā viharanti— ahametaṁ na jānāmi ahametaṁ na passāmī’ti, iti yo evaṁ vadeyya, so evamassa vacanīyo: ‘idhāvuso, bhikkhu sukhassa ca pahānā …pe… catutthaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati; ettha upekkhāsukhaṁ nirujjhati, te ca upekkhāsukhaṁ nirodhetvā nirodhetvā viharantī’ti. Addhā, bhikkhave, asaṭho amāyāvī ‘sādhū’ti bhāsitaṁ abhinandeyya anumodeyya; ‘sādhū’ti bhāsitaṁ abhinanditvā anumoditvā namassamāno pañjaliko payirupāseyya.

[¶9] Where perceptions of form ceases, and those who have thoroughly ended perceptions of form meditate, I say: ‘Clearly those venerables are desireless, quenched, crossed over, and gone beyond in that respect.’ If someone should say, ‘I do not know or see where perceptions of form ceases’, they should be told: ‘It’s when a mendicant, going totally beyond perceptions of form, with the disappearance of perceptions of impingement, not focusing on perceptions of diversity, aware that “space is infinite”, enters and remains in the dimension of infinite space. That’s where perceptions of form cease.’ Clearly someone who is not devious or deceitful would approve and agree with that statement. They’d say ‘Good!’ and bowing down, they’d pay homage with cupped palms.

> Pali: Yattha rūpasaññā nirujjhati, ye ca rūpasaññaṁ nirodhetvā nirodhetvā viharanti, ‘addhā te āyasmanto nicchātā nibbutā tiṇṇā pāraṅgatā tadaṅgenā’ti vadāmi. ‘Kattha rūpasaññā nirujjhati, ke ca rūpasaññaṁ nirodhetvā nirodhetvā viharanti— ahametaṁ na jānāmi ahametaṁ na passāmī’ti, iti yo evaṁ vadeyya, so evamassa vacanīyo: ‘idhāvuso, bhikkhu sabbaso rūpasaññānaṁ samatikkamā paṭighasaññānaṁ atthaṅgamā nānattasaññānaṁ amanasikārā ananto ākāsoti ākāsānañcāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati. Ettha rūpasaññā nirujjhati, te ca rūpasaññaṁ nirodhetvā nirodhetvā viharantī’ti. Addhā, bhikkhave, asaṭho amāyāvī ‘sādhū’ti bhāsitaṁ abhinandeyya anumodeyya; ‘sādhū’ti bhāsitaṁ abhinanditvā anumoditvā namassamāno pañjaliko payirupāseyya.

[¶10] Where the perception of the dimension of infinite space ceases, and those who have thoroughly ended the perception of the dimension of infinite space meditate, I say: ‘Clearly those venerables are desireless, quenched, crossed over, and gone beyond in that respect.’ If someone should say, ‘I do not know or see where the perception of the dimension of infinite space ceases’, they should be told: ‘It’s when a mendicant, going totally beyond the dimension of infinite space, aware that “consciousness is infinite”, enters and remains in the dimension of infinite consciousness. That’s where the perception of the dimension of infinite space ceases.’ Clearly someone who is not devious or deceitful would approve and agree with that statement. They’d say ‘Good!’ and bowing down, they’d pay homage with cupped palms.

> Pali: Yattha ākāsānañcāyatanasaññā nirujjhati, ye ca ākāsānañcāyatanasaññaṁ nirodhetvā nirodhetvā viharanti, ‘addhā te āyasmanto nicchātā nibbutā tiṇṇā pāraṅgatā tadaṅgenā’ti vadāmi. ‘Kattha ākāsānañcāyatanasaññā nirujjhati, ke ca ākāsānañcāyatanasaññaṁ nirodhetvā nirodhetvā viharanti— ahametaṁ na jānāmi ahametaṁ na passāmī’ti, iti yo evaṁ vadeyya, so evamassa vacanīyo: ‘idhāvuso, bhikkhu sabbaso ākāsānañcāyatanaṁ samatikkamma anantaṁ viññāṇanti viññāṇañcāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati. Ettha ākāsānañcāyatanasaññā nirujjhati, te ca ākāsānañcāyatanasaññaṁ nirodhetvā nirodhetvā viharantī’ti. Addhā, bhikkhave, asaṭho amāyāvī ‘sādhū’ti bhāsitaṁ abhinandeyya anumodeyya; ‘sādhū’ti bhāsitaṁ abhinanditvā anumoditvā namassamāno pañjaliko payirupāseyya.

[¶11] Where the perception of the dimension of infinite consciousness ceases, and those who have thoroughly ended the perception of the dimension of infinite consciousness meditate, I say: ‘Clearly those venerables are desireless, quenched, crossed over, and gone beyond in that respect.’ If someone should say, ‘I do not know or see where the perception of the dimension of infinite consciousness ceases’, they should be told: ‘It’s when a mendicant, going totally beyond the dimension of infinite consciousness, aware that “there is nothing at all”, enters and remains in the dimension of nothingness. That’s where the perception of the dimension of infinite consciousness ceases.’ Clearly someone who is not devious or deceitful would approve and agree with that statement. They’d say ‘Good!’ and bowing down, they’d pay homage with cupped palms.

> Pali: Yattha viññāṇañcāyatanasaññā nirujjhati, ye ca viññāṇañcāyatanasaññaṁ nirodhetvā nirodhetvā viharanti, ‘addhā te āyasmanto nicchātā nibbutā tiṇṇā pāraṅgatā tadaṅgenā’ti vadāmi. ‘Kattha viññāṇañcāyatanasaññā nirujjhati, ke ca viññāṇañcāyatanasaññaṁ nirodhetvā nirodhetvā viharanti— ahametaṁ na jānāmi ahametaṁ na passāmī’ti, iti yo evaṁ vadeyya, so evamassa vacanīyo: ‘idhāvuso, bhikkhu sabbaso viññāṇañcāyatanaṁ samatikkamma natthi kiñcīti ākiñcaññāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati. Ettha viññāṇañcāyatanasaññā nirujjhati, te ca viññāṇañcāyatanasaññaṁ nirodhetvā nirodhetvā viharantī’ti. Addhā, bhikkhave, asaṭho amāyāvī ‘sādhū’ti bhāsitaṁ abhinandeyya anumodeyya; ‘sādhū’ti bhāsitaṁ abhinanditvā anumoditvā namassamāno pañjaliko payirupāseyya.

[¶12] Where the perception of the dimension of nothingness ceases, and those who have thoroughly ended the perception of the dimension of nothingness meditate, I say: ‘Clearly those venerables are desireless, quenched, crossed over, and gone beyond in that respect.’ If someone should say, ‘I do not know or see where the perception of the dimension of nothingness ceases’, they should be told: ‘It’s when a mendicant, going totally beyond the dimension of nothingness, enters and remains in the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception. That’s where the perception of the dimension of nothingness ceases.’ Clearly someone who is not devious or deceitful would approve and agree with that statement. They’d say ‘Good!’ and bowing down, they’d pay homage with cupped palms.

> Pali: Yattha ākiñcaññāyatanasaññā nirujjhati, ye ca ākiñcaññāyatanasaññaṁ nirodhetvā nirodhetvā viharanti, ‘addhā te āyasmanto nicchātā nibbutā tiṇṇā pāraṅgatā tadaṅgenā’ti vadāmi. ‘Kattha ākiñcaññāyatanasaññā nirujjhati, ke ca ākiñcaññāyatanasaññaṁ nirodhetvā nirodhetvā viharanti— ahametaṁ na jānāmi ahametaṁ na passāmī’ti, iti yo evaṁ vadeyya, so evamassa vacanīyo: ‘idhāvuso, bhikkhu sabbaso ākiñcaññāyatanaṁ samatikkamma nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati. Ettha ākiñcaññāyatanasaññā nirujjhati, te ca ākiñcaññāyatanasaññaṁ nirodhetvā nirodhetvā viharantī’ti. Addhā, bhikkhave, asaṭho amāyāvī ‘sādhū’ti bhāsitaṁ abhinandeyya anumodeyya; ‘sādhū’ti bhāsitaṁ abhinanditvā anumoditvā namassamāno pañjaliko payirupāseyya.

[¶13] Where the perception of the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception ceases, and those who have thoroughly ended the perception of the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception meditate, I say: ‘Clearly those venerables are desireless, quenched, crossed over, and gone beyond in that respect.’ If someone should say, ‘I do not know or see where the perception of the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception ceases’, they should be told: ‘It’s when a mendicant, going totally beyond the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception, enters and remains in the cessation of perception and feeling. That’s where the perception of the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception ceases.’ Clearly someone who is not devious or deceitful would approve and agree with that statement. They’d say ‘Good!’ and bowing down, they’d pay homage with cupped palms.

> Pali: Yattha nevasaññānāsaññāyatanasaññā nirujjhati, ye ca nevasaññānāsaññāyatanasaññaṁ nirodhetvā nirodhetvā viharanti, ‘addhā te āyasmanto nicchātā nibbutā tiṇṇā pāraṅgatā tadaṅgenā’ti vadāmi. ‘Kattha nevasaññānāsaññāyatanasaññā nirujjhati, ke ca nevasaññānāsaññāyatanasaññaṁ nirodhetvā nirodhetvā viharanti— ahametaṁ na jānāmi ahametaṁ na passāmī’ti, iti yo evaṁ vadeyya, so evamassa vacanīyo: ‘idhāvuso, bhikkhu sabbaso nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṁ samatikkamma saññāvedayitanirodhaṁ upasampajja viharati. Ettha nevasaññānāsaññāyatanasaññā nirujjhati, te ca nevasaññānāsaññāyatanasaññaṁ nirodhetvā nirodhetvā viharantī’ti. Addhā, bhikkhave, asaṭho amāyāvī ‘sādhū’ti bhāsitaṁ abhinandeyya anumodeyya; ‘sādhū’ti bhāsitaṁ abhinanditvā anumoditvā namassamāno pañjaliko payirupāseyya.

[¶14] These are the nine progressive meditative attainments.”

> Pali: Imā kho, bhikkhave, nava anupubbavihārasamāpattiyo”ti.

[¶15] > Pali: Dutiyaṁ.

[¶16] AN 9.34 · Extinguishment is Bliss

> Pali: AN 9.34 · Nibbānasukhasutta

[¶17] At one time Venerable Sāriputta was staying near Rājagaha in the Bamboo Grove, the squirrels’ feeding ground.

> Pali: Ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā sāriputto rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe.

[¶18] There he addressed the mendicants: “Reverends, extinguishment is bliss! Extinguishment is bliss!”

> Pali: Tatra kho āyasmā sāriputto bhikkhū āmantesi: “sukhamidaṁ, āvuso, nibbānaṁ. Sukhamidaṁ, āvuso, nibbānan”ti.

[¶19] When he said this, Venerable Udāyī said to him, “But Reverend Sāriputta, what’s blissful about it, since nothing is felt?”

> Pali: Evaṁ vutte, āyasmā udāyī āyasmantaṁ sāriputtaṁ etadavoca: “kiṁ panettha, āvuso sāriputta, sukhaṁ yadettha natthi vedayitan”ti?

[¶20] “The fact that nothing is felt is precisely what’s blissful about it.

> Pali: “Etadeva khvettha, āvuso, sukhaṁ yadettha natthi vedayitaṁ.

[¶21] Reverend, there are these five kinds of sensual stimulation. What five? Sights known by the eye, which are likable, desirable, agreeable, pleasant, sensual, and arousing. Sounds known by the ear … Smells known by the nose … Tastes known by the tongue … Touches known by the body, which are likable, desirable, agreeable, pleasant, sensual, and arousing. These are the five kinds of sensual stimulation. The pleasure and happiness that arise from these five kinds of sensual stimulation is called sensual pleasure.

> Pali: Pañcime, āvuso, kāmaguṇā. Katame pañca? Cakkhuviññeyyā rūpā iṭṭhā kantā manāpā piyarūpā kāmūpasaṁhitā rajanīyā, sotaviññeyyā saddā …pe… ghānaviññeyyā gandhā … jivhāviññeyyā rasā … kāyaviññeyyā phoṭṭhabbā iṭṭhā kantā manāpā piyarūpā kāmūpasaṁhitā rajanīyā— ime kho, āvuso, pañca kāmaguṇā. Yaṁ kho, āvuso, ime pañca kāmaguṇe paṭicca uppajjati sukhaṁ somanassaṁ, idaṁ vuccatāvuso, kāmasukhaṁ.

[¶22] First, take a mendicant who, quite secluded from sensual pleasures … enters and remains in the first absorption. While a mendicant is practicing such a meditation, if perception and focus accompanied by sensual pleasures beset them, that’s an affliction for them. Suppose a happy person were to experience pain; that would be an affliction for them. In the same way, should perception and focus accompanied by sensual pleasures beset them, that’s an affliction for them. And affliction has been called suffering by the Buddha. That’s the way to understand how extinguishment is bliss.

> Pali: Idhāvuso, bhikkhu vivicceva kāmehi …pe… paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. Tassa ce, āvuso, bhikkhuno iminā vihārena viharato kāmasahagatā saññāmanasikārā samudācaranti, svassa hoti ābādho. Seyyathāpi, āvuso, sukhino dukkhaṁ uppajjeyya yāvadeva ābādhāya; evamevassa te kāmasahagatā saññāmanasikārā samudācaranti. Svassa hoti ābādho. Yo kho panāvuso, ābādho dukkhametaṁ vuttaṁ bhagavatā. Imināpi kho etaṁ, āvuso, pariyāyena veditabbaṁ yathā sukhaṁ nibbānaṁ.

[¶23] Furthermore, take a mendicant who, as the placing of the mind and keeping it connected are stilled, enters and remains in the second absorption. While a mendicant is practicing such a meditation, if perception and focus accompanied by placing of the mind beset them, that’s an affliction for them. Suppose a happy person were to experience pain; that would be an affliction for them. In the same way, should perception and focus accompanied by placing of the mind beset them, that’s an affliction for them. And affliction has been called suffering by the Buddha. That too is a way to understand how extinguishment is bliss.

> Pali: Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu vitakkavicārānaṁ vūpasamā …pe… dutiyaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. Tassa ce, āvuso, bhikkhuno iminā vihārena viharato vitakkasahagatā saññāmanasikārā samudācaranti, svassa hoti ābādho. Seyyathāpi, āvuso, sukhino dukkhaṁ uppajjeyya yāvadeva ābādhāya; evamevassa te vitakkasahagatā saññāmanasikārā samudācaranti. Svassa hoti ābādho. Yo kho panāvuso, ābādho dukkhametaṁ vuttaṁ bhagavatā. Imināpi kho etaṁ, āvuso, pariyāyena veditabbaṁ yathā sukhaṁ nibbānaṁ.

[¶24] Furthermore, take a mendicant who, with the fading away of rapture, enters and remains in the third absorption. While a mendicant is practicing such a meditation, if perception and focus accompanied by rapture beset them, that’s an affliction for them. Suppose a happy person were to experience pain; that would be an affliction for them. In the same way, should perception and focus accompanied by rapture beset them, that’s an affliction for them. And affliction has been called suffering by the Buddha. That too is a way to understand how extinguishment is bliss.

> Pali: Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu pītiyā ca virāgā …pe… tatiyaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. Tassa ce, āvuso, bhikkhuno iminā vihārena viharato pītisahagatā saññāmanasikārā samudācaranti, svassa hoti ābādho. Seyyathāpi, āvuso, sukhino dukkhaṁ uppajjeyya yāvadeva ābādhāya; evamevassa te pītisahagatā saññāmanasikārā samudācaranti. Svassa hoti ābādho. Yo kho panāvuso, ābādho dukkhametaṁ vuttaṁ bhagavatā. Imināpi kho etaṁ, āvuso, pariyāyena veditabbaṁ yathā sukhaṁ nibbānaṁ.

[¶25] Furthermore, take a mendicant who, with the giving up of pleasure and pain and the disappearance of former happiness and sadness, enters and remains in the fourth absorption. While a mendicant is practicing such a meditation, if perception and focus accompanied by bliss with equanimity beset them, that’s an affliction for them. Suppose a happy person were to experience pain; that would be an affliction for them. In the same way, should perception and focus accompanied by bliss with equanimity beset them, that’s an affliction for them. And affliction has been called suffering by the Buddha. That too is a way to understand how extinguishment is bliss.

> Pali: Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu sukhassa ca pahānā …pe… catutthaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. Tassa ce, āvuso, bhikkhuno iminā vihārena viharato upekkhāsahagatā saññāmanasikārā samudācaranti, svassa hoti ābādho. Seyyathāpi, āvuso, sukhino dukkhaṁ uppajjeyya yāvadeva ābādhāya; evamevassa te upekkhāsahagatā saññāmanasikārā samudācaranti. Svassa hoti ābādho. Yo kho panāvuso, ābādho dukkhametaṁ vuttaṁ bhagavatā. Imināpi kho etaṁ, āvuso, pariyāyena veditabbaṁ yathā sukhaṁ nibbānaṁ.

[¶26] Furthermore, take a mendicant who, going totally beyond perceptions of form, with the disappearance of perceptions of impingement, not focusing on perceptions of diversity, aware that ‘space is infinite’, enters and remains in the dimension of infinite space. While a mendicant is practicing such a meditation, if perception and focus accompanied by form beset them, that’s an affliction for them. Suppose a happy person were to experience pain; that would be an affliction for them. In the same way, should perception and focus accompanied by form beset them, that’s an affliction for them. And affliction has been called suffering by the Buddha. That too is a way to understand how extinguishment is bliss.

> Pali: Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu sabbaso rūpasaññānaṁ samatikkamā paṭighasaññānaṁ atthaṅgamā nānattasaññānaṁ amanasikārā ananto ākāsoti ākāsānañcāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati. Tassa ce, āvuso, bhikkhuno iminā vihārena viharato rūpasahagatā saññāmanasikārā samudācaranti, svassa hoti ābādho. Seyyathāpi, āvuso, sukhino dukkhaṁ uppajjeyya yāvadeva ābādhāya; evamevassa te rūpasahagatā saññāmanasikārā samudācaranti. Svassa hoti ābādho. Yo kho panāvuso, ābādho dukkhametaṁ vuttaṁ bhagavatā. Imināpi kho etaṁ, āvuso, pariyāyena veditabbaṁ yathā sukhaṁ nibbānaṁ.

[¶27] Furthermore, take a mendicant who, going totally beyond the dimension of infinite space, aware that ‘consciousness is infinite’, enters and remains in the dimension of infinite consciousness. While a mendicant is practicing such a meditation, if perception and focus accompanied by the dimension of infinite space beset them, that’s an affliction for them. Suppose a happy person were to experience pain; that would be an affliction for them. In the same way, should perception and focus accompanied by the dimension of infinite space beset them, that’s an affliction for them. And affliction has been called suffering by the Buddha. That too is a way to understand how extinguishment is bliss.

> Pali: Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu sabbaso ākāsānañcāyatanaṁ samatikkamma anantaṁ viññāṇanti viññāṇañcāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati. Tassa ce, āvuso, bhikkhuno iminā vihārena viharato ākāsānañcāyatanasahagatā saññāmanasikārā samudācaranti, svassa hoti ābādho. Seyyathāpi, āvuso, sukhino dukkhaṁ uppajjeyya yāvadeva ābādhāya; evamevassa te ākāsānañcāyatanasahagatā saññāmanasikārā samudācaranti. Svassa hoti ābādho. Yo kho panāvuso, ābādho dukkhametaṁ vuttaṁ bhagavatā. Imināpi kho etaṁ, āvuso, pariyāyena veditabbaṁ yathā sukhaṁ nibbānaṁ.

[¶28] Furthermore, take a mendicant who, going totally beyond the dimension of infinite consciousness, aware that ‘there is nothing at all’, enters and remains in the dimension of nothingness. While a mendicant is practicing such a meditation, if perception and focus accompanied by the dimension of infinite consciousness beset them, that’s an affliction for them. Suppose a happy person were to experience pain; that would be an affliction for them. In the same way, should perception and focus accompanied by the dimension of infinite consciousness beset them, that’s an affliction for them. And affliction has been called suffering by the Buddha. That too is a way to understand how extinguishment is bliss.

> Pali: Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu sabbaso viññāṇañcāyatanaṁ samatikkamma, natthi kiñcīti ākiñcaññāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati. Tassa ce, āvuso, bhikkhuno iminā vihārena viharato viññāṇañcāyatanasahagatā saññāmanasikārā samudācaranti, svassa hoti ābādho. Seyyathāpi, āvuso, sukhino dukkhaṁ uppajjeyya yāvadeva ābādhāya; evamevassa te viññāṇañcāyatanasahagatā saññāmanasikārā samudācaranti. Svassa hoti ābādho. Yo kho panāvuso, ābādho dukkhametaṁ vuttaṁ bhagavatā. Imināpi kho etaṁ, āvuso, pariyāyena veditabbaṁ yathā sukhaṁ nibbānaṁ.

[¶29] Furthermore, take a mendicant who, going totally beyond the dimension of nothingness, enters and remains in the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception. While a mendicant is practicing such a meditation, if perception and focus accompanied by the dimension of nothingness beset them, that’s an affliction for them. Suppose a happy person were to experience pain; that would be an affliction for them. In the same way, should perception and focus accompanied by the dimension of nothingness beset them, that’s an affliction for them. And affliction has been called suffering by the Buddha. That too is a way to understand how extinguishment is bliss.

> Pali: Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu sabbaso ākiñcaññāyatanaṁ samatikkamma nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati. Tassa ce, āvuso, bhikkhuno iminā vihārena viharato ākiñcaññāyatanasahagatā saññāmanasikārā samudācaranti, svassa hoti ābādho. Seyyathāpi, āvuso, sukhino dukkhaṁ uppajjeyya yāvadeva ābādhāya; evamevassa te ākiñcaññāyatanasahagatā saññāmanasikārā samudācaranti. Svassa hoti ābādho. Yo kho panāvuso, ābādho dukkhametaṁ vuttaṁ bhagavatā. Imināpi kho etaṁ, āvuso, pariyāyena veditabbaṁ yathā sukhaṁ nibbānaṁ.

[¶30] Furthermore, take a mendicant who, going totally beyond the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception, enters and remains in the cessation of perception and feeling. And, having seen with wisdom, their defilements come to an end.

> Pali: Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu sabbaso nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṁ samatikkamma saññāvedayitanirodhaṁ upasampajja viharati, paññāya cassa disvā āsavā parikkhīṇā honti.

[¶31] That too is a way to understand how extinguishment is bliss.”

> Pali: Imināpi kho etaṁ, āvuso, pariyāyena veditabbaṁ yathā sukhaṁ nibbānan”ti.

[¶32] > Pali: Tatiyaṁ.

[¶33] AN 9.35 · The Simile of the Cow

> Pali: AN 9.35 · Gāvīupamāsutta

[¶34] “Mendicants, suppose there was a mountain cow who was foolish, incompetent, unskillful, and lacked common sense when roaming on rugged mountains. She might think, ‘Why don’t I go somewhere I’ve never been before? I could eat grass and drink water that I’ve never tried before.’ She’d take a step with a fore-hoof; but before it was properly set down, she’d lift up a hind-hoof. She wouldn’t go somewhere she’d never been before, or eat grass and drink water that she’d never tried before. And she’d never return safely to the place she had started from. Why is that? Because that mountain cow was foolish, incompetent, unskillful, and lacked common sense when roaming on rugged mountains.

> Pali: “Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, gāvī pabbateyyā bālā abyattā akhettaññū akusalā visame pabbate carituṁ. Tassā evamassa: ‘yannūnāhaṁ agatapubbañceva disaṁ gaccheyyaṁ, akhāditapubbāni ca tiṇāni khādeyyaṁ, apītapubbāni ca pānīyāni piveyyan’ti. Sā purimaṁ pādaṁ na suppatiṭṭhitaṁ patiṭṭhāpetvā pacchimaṁ pādaṁ uddhareyya. Sā na ceva agatapubbaṁ disaṁ gaccheyya, na ca akhāditapubbāni tiṇāni khādeyya, na ca apītapubbāni pānīyāni piveyya; yasmiṁ cassā padese ṭhitāya evamassa: ‘yannūnāhaṁ agatapubbañceva disaṁ gaccheyyaṁ, akhāditapubbāni ca tiṇāni khādeyyaṁ, apītapubbāni ca pānīyāni piveyyan’ti tañca padesaṁ na sotthinā paccāgaccheyya. Taṁ kissa hetu? Tathā hi sā, bhikkhave, gāvī pabbateyyā bālā abyattā akhettaññū akusalā visame pabbate carituṁ.

[¶35] In the same way, some foolish, incompetent, unskillful mendicant, lacking common sense, quite secluded from sensual pleasures, secluded from unskillful qualities, enters and remains in the first absorption, which has the rapture and bliss born of seclusion, while placing the mind and keeping it connected. But they don’t cultivate, develop, and make much of that basis; they don’t ensure it is properly stabilized.

> Pali: Evamevaṁ kho, bhikkhave, idhekacco bhikkhu bālo abyatto akhettaññū akusalo vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṁ savicāraṁ vivekajaṁ pītisukhaṁ paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati; so taṁ nimittaṁ na āsevati na bhāveti na bahulīkaroti na svādhiṭṭhitaṁ adhiṭṭhāti.

[¶36] They think, ‘Why don’t I, as the placing of the mind and keeping it connected are stilled, enter and remain in the second absorption, which has the rapture and bliss born of immersion, with internal clarity and mind at one, without placing the mind and keeping it connected.’ But they’re not able to enter and remain in the second absorption. They think, ‘Why don’t I, quite secluded from sensual pleasures, secluded from unskillful qualities, enter and remain in the first absorption, which has the rapture and bliss born of seclusion, while placing the mind and keeping it connected.’ But they’re not able to enter and remain in the first absorption. This is called a mendicant who has slipped and fallen from both sides. They’re like the mountain cow who was foolish, incompetent, unskillful, and lacking in common sense when roaming on rugged mountains.

> Pali: Tassa evaṁ hoti: ‘yannūnāhaṁ vitakkavicārānaṁ vūpasamā ajjhattaṁ sampasādanaṁ cetaso ekodibhāvaṁ avitakkaṁ avicāraṁ samādhijaṁ pītisukhaṁ dutiyaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja vihareyyan’ti. So na sakkoti vitakkavicārānaṁ vūpasamā …pe… dutiyaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharituṁ. Tassa evaṁ hoti: ‘yannūnāhaṁ vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṁ savicāraṁ vivekajaṁ pītisukhaṁ paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja vihareyyan’ti. So na sakkoti vivicceva kāmehi …pe… paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharituṁ. Ayaṁ vuccati, bhikkhave, ‘bhikkhu ubhato bhaṭṭho ubhato parihīno, seyyathāpi sā gāvī pabbateyyā bālā abyattā akhettaññū akusalā visame pabbate carituṁ’.

[¶37] Suppose there was a mountain cow who was astute, competent, skillful, and used common sense when roaming on rugged mountains. She might think, ‘Why don’t I go somewhere I’ve never been before? I could eat grass and drink water that I’ve never tried before.’ She’d take a step with a fore-hoof; and after it was properly set down, she’d lift up a hind-hoof. She’d go somewhere she’d never been before, and eat grass and drink water that she’d never tried before. And she’d return safely to the place she had started from. Why is that? Because that mountain cow was astute, competent, skillful, and used common sense when roaming on rugged mountains. In the same way, some astute, competent, skillful mendicant, using common sense, quite secluded from sensual pleasures, secluded from unskillful qualities, enters and remains in the first absorption, which has the rapture and bliss born of seclusion, while placing the mind and keeping it connected. They cultivate, develop, and make much of that basis, ensuring that it’s properly stabilized.

> Pali: Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, gāvī pabbateyyā paṇḍitā byattā khettaññū kusalā visame pabbate carituṁ. Tassā evamassa: ‘yannūnāhaṁ agatapubbañceva disaṁ gaccheyyaṁ, akhāditapubbāni ca tiṇāni khādeyyaṁ, apītapubbāni ca pānīyāni piveyyan’ti. Sā purimaṁ pādaṁ suppatiṭṭhitaṁ patiṭṭhāpetvā pacchimaṁ pādaṁ uddhareyya. Sā agatapubbañceva disaṁ gaccheyya, akhāditapubbāni ca tiṇāni khādeyya, apītapubbāni ca pānīyāni piveyya. Yasmiṁ cassā padese ṭhitāya evamassa: ‘yannūnāhaṁ agatapubbañceva disaṁ gaccheyyaṁ, akhāditapubbāni ca tiṇāni khādeyyaṁ, apītapubbāni ca pānīyāni piveyyan’ti tañca padesaṁ sotthinā paccāgaccheyya. Taṁ kissa hetu? Tathā hi sā, bhikkhave, gāvī pabbateyyā paṇḍitā byattā khettaññū kusalā visame pabbate carituṁ. Evamevaṁ kho, bhikkhave, idhekacco bhikkhu paṇḍito byatto khettaññū kusalo vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṁ savicāraṁ vivekajaṁ pītisukhaṁ paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. So taṁ nimittaṁ āsevati bhāveti bahulīkaroti svādhiṭṭhitaṁ adhiṭṭhāti.

[¶38] They think, ‘Why don’t I, as the placing of the mind and keeping it connected are stilled, enter and remain in the second absorption, which has the rapture and bliss born of immersion, with internal clarity and mind at one, without placing the mind and keeping it connected.’ Without charging at the second absorption, as the placing of the mind and keeping it connected are stilled, they enter and remain in the second absorption. They cultivate, develop, and make much of that basis, ensuring that it’s properly stabilized.

> Pali: Tassa evaṁ hoti: ‘yannūnāhaṁ vitakkavicārānaṁ vūpasamā ajjhattaṁ sampasādanaṁ cetaso ekodibhāvaṁ avitakkaṁ avicāraṁ samādhijaṁ pītisukhaṁ dutiyaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja vihareyyan’ti. So dutiyaṁ jhānaṁ anabhihiṁsamāno vitakkavicārānaṁ vūpasamā … dutiyaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. So taṁ nimittaṁ āsevati bhāveti bahulīkaroti svādhiṭṭhitaṁ adhiṭṭhāti.

[¶39] They think, ‘Why don’t I, with the fading away of rapture, enter and remain in the third absorption, where I will meditate with equanimity, mindful and aware, experiencing for themselves the bliss of which the noble ones declare, “Equanimous and mindful, one meditates in bliss.”’ Without charging at the third absorption, with the fading away of rapture, they enter and remain in the third absorption. They cultivate, develop, and make much of that basis, ensuring that it’s properly stabilized.

> Pali: Tassa evaṁ hoti: ‘yannūnāhaṁ pītiyā ca virāgā upekkhako ca vihareyyaṁ sato ca sampajāno, sukhañca kāyena paṭisaṁvedeyyaṁ yaṁ taṁ ariyā ācikkhanti—upekkhako satimā sukhavihārīti tatiyaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja vihareyyan’ti. So tatiyaṁ jhānaṁ anabhihiṁsamāno pītiyā ca virāgā … tatiyaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. So taṁ nimittaṁ āsevati bhāveti bahulīkaroti svādhiṭṭhitaṁ adhiṭṭhāti.

[¶40] They think, ‘Why don’t I, with the giving up of pleasure and pain, and the disappearance of former happiness and sadness, enter and remain in the fourth absorption, without pleasure or pain, with pure equanimity and mindfulness.’ Without charging at the fourth absorption, with the giving up of pleasure and pain, and the disappearance of former happiness and sadness, they enter and remain in the fourth absorption. They cultivate, develop, and make much of that basis, ensuring that it’s properly stabilized.

> Pali: Tassa evaṁ hoti: ‘yannūnāhaṁ sukhassa ca pahānā dukkhassa ca pahānā pubbeva somanassadomanassānaṁ atthaṅgamā adukkhamasukhaṁ upekkhāsatipārisuddhiṁ catutthaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja vihareyyan’ti. So catutthaṁ jhānaṁ anabhihiṁsamāno sukhassa ca pahānā …pe… catutthaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. So taṁ nimittaṁ āsevati bhāveti bahulīkaroti svādhiṭṭhitaṁ adhiṭṭhāti.

[¶41] They think, ‘Why don’t I, going totally beyond perceptions of form, with the disappearance of perceptions of impingement, not focusing on perceptions of diversity, aware that “space is infinite”, enter and remain in the dimension of infinite space.’ Without charging at the dimension of infinite space, with the fading away of rapture, they enter and remain in the dimension of infinite space. They cultivate, develop, and make much of that basis, ensuring that it’s properly stabilized.

> Pali: Tassa evaṁ hoti: ‘yannūnāhaṁ sabbaso rūpasaññānaṁ samatikkamā paṭighasaññānaṁ atthaṅgamā nānattasaññānaṁ amanasikārā ananto ākāsoti ākāsānañcāyatanaṁ upasampajja vihareyyan’ti. So ākāsānañcāyatanaṁ anabhihiṁsamāno sabbaso rūpasaññānaṁ samatikkamā …pe… ākāsānañcāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati. So taṁ nimittaṁ āsevati bhāveti bahulīkaroti svādhiṭṭhitaṁ adhiṭṭhāti.

[¶42] They think, ‘Why don’t I, going totally beyond the dimension of infinite space, aware that “consciousness is infinite”, enter and remain in the dimension of infinite consciousness.’ Without charging at the dimension of infinite consciousness, they enter and remain in the dimension of infinite consciousness. They cultivate, develop, and make much of that basis, ensuring that it’s properly stabilized.

> Pali: Tassa evaṁ hoti: ‘yannūnāhaṁ sabbaso ākāsānañcāyatanaṁ samatikkamma anantaṁ viññāṇanti viññāṇañcāyatanaṁ upasampajja vihareyyan’ti. So viññāṇañcāyatanaṁ anabhihiṁsamāno sabbaso ākāsānañcāyatanaṁ samatikkamma ‘anantaṁ viññāṇan’ti viññāṇañcāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati. So taṁ nimittaṁ āsevati bhāveti bahulīkaroti svādhiṭṭhitaṁ adhiṭṭhāti.

[¶43] They think, ‘Why don’t I, going totally beyond the dimension of infinite consciousness, aware that “there is nothing at all”, enter and remain in the dimension of nothingness.’ Without charging at the dimension of nothingness, they enter and remain in the dimension of nothingness. They cultivate, develop, and make much of that basis, ensuring that it’s properly stabilized.

> Pali: Tassa evaṁ hoti: ‘yannūnāhaṁ sabbaso viññāṇañcāyatanaṁ samatikkamma natthi kiñcīti ākiñcaññāyatanaṁ upasampajja vihareyyan’ti. So ākiñcaññāyatanaṁ anabhihiṁsamāno sabbaso viññāṇañcāyatanaṁ samatikkamma ‘natthi kiñcī’ti ākiñcaññāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati. So taṁ nimittaṁ āsevati bhāveti bahulīkaroti svādhiṭṭhitaṁ adhiṭṭhāti.

[¶44] They think, ‘Why don’t I, going totally beyond the dimension of nothingness, enter and remain in the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception.’ Without charging at the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception, they enter and remain in the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception. They cultivate, develop, and make much of that basis, ensuring that it’s properly stabilized.

> Pali: Tassa evaṁ hoti: ‘yannūnāhaṁ sabbaso ākiñcaññāyatanaṁ samatikkamma nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṁ upasampajja vihareyyan’ti. So nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṁ anabhihiṁsamāno sabbaso ākiñcaññāyatanaṁ samatikkamma nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati. So taṁ nimittaṁ āsevati bhāveti bahulīkaroti svādhiṭṭhitaṁ adhiṭṭhāti.

[¶45] They think, ‘Why don’t I, going totally beyond the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception, enter and remain in the cessation of perception and feeling.’ Without charging at the cessation of perception and feeling, they enter and remain in the cessation of perception and feeling.

> Pali: Tassa evaṁ hoti: ‘yannūnāhaṁ sabbaso nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṁ samatikkamma saññāvedayitanirodhaṁ upasampajja vihareyyan’ti. So saññāvedayitanirodhaṁ anabhihiṁsamāno sabbaso nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṁ samatikkamma saññāvedayitanirodhaṁ upasampajja viharati.

[¶46] When a mendicant enters and emerges from any one of these attainments, their mind becomes pliable and workable. With a pliable and workable mind, their immersion becomes limitless and well developed. They extend the mind to realize by insight each and every thing that can be realized by insight; and they are capable of realizing those things, since each and every one is within range.

> Pali: Yato kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu taṁ tadeva samāpattiṁ samāpajjatipi vuṭṭhātipi, tassa mudu cittaṁ hoti kammaññaṁ. Mudunā kammaññena cittena appamāṇo samādhi hoti subhāvito. So appamāṇena samādhinā subhāvitena yassa yassa abhiññāsacchikaraṇīyassa dhammassa cittaṁ abhininnāmeti abhiññāsacchikiriyāya tatra tatreva sakkhibhabbataṁ pāpuṇāti sati sati āyatane.

[¶47] They might wish: ‘May I wield the many kinds of psychic power: multiplying myself and becoming one again … controlling the body as far as the realm of divinity.’ They are capable of realizing it, since each and every one is within range.

> Pali: So sace ākaṅkhati: ‘anekavihitaṁ iddhividhaṁ paccanubhaveyyaṁ—ekopi hutvā bahudhā assaṁ, bahudhāpi hutvā eko assaṁ …pe… yāva brahmalokāpi kāyena vasaṁ vatteyyan’ti, tatra tatreva sakkhibhabbataṁ pāpuṇāti sati sati āyatane.

[¶48] They might wish: ‘With clairaudience that is purified and superhuman, may I hear both kinds of sounds, human and heavenly, whether near or far.’ They are capable of realizing it, since each and every one is within range.

> Pali: So sace ākaṅkhati: ‘dibbāya sotadhātuyā …pe… sati sati āyatane.

[¶49] They might wish: ‘May I understand the minds of other beings and individuals, having encompassed them with my mind. May I understand mind with greed as “mind with greed”, and mind without greed as “mind without greed”; mind with hate as “mind with hate”, and mind without hate as “mind without hate”; mind with delusion as “mind with delusion”, and mind without delusion as “mind without delusion”; constricted mind … scattered mind … expansive mind … unexpansive mind … mind that is not supreme … mind that is supreme … mind immersed in samādhi … mind not immersed in samādhi … freed mind … and unfreed mind as “unfreed mind”.’ They are capable of realizing it, since each and every one is within range.

> Pali: So sace ākaṅkhati: ‘parasattānaṁ parapuggalānaṁ cetasā ceto paricca pajāneyyaṁ, sarāgaṁ vā cittaṁ sarāgaṁ cittanti pajāneyyaṁ, vītarāgaṁ vā cittaṁ vītarāgaṁ cittanti pajāneyyaṁ, sadosaṁ vā cittaṁ sadosaṁ cittanti pajāneyyaṁ, vītadosaṁ vā cittaṁ vītadosaṁ cittanti pajāneyyaṁ, samohaṁ vā cittaṁ samohaṁ cittanti pajāneyyaṁ, vītamohaṁ vā cittaṁ … saṅkhittaṁ vā cittaṁ … vikkhittaṁ vā cittaṁ … mahaggataṁ vā cittaṁ … amahaggataṁ vā cittaṁ … sauttaraṁ vā cittaṁ … anuttaraṁ vā cittaṁ … samāhitaṁ vā cittaṁ … asamāhitaṁ vā cittaṁ … vimuttaṁ vā cittaṁ … avimuttaṁ vā cittaṁ avimuttaṁ cittanti pajāneyyan’ti, tatra tatreva sakkhibhabbataṁ pāpuṇāti sati sati āyatane.

[¶50] They might wish: ‘May I recollect many kinds of past lives. That is: one, two, three, four, five, ten, twenty, thirty, forty, fifty, a hundred, a thousand, a hundred thousand rebirths; many eons of the world contracting, many eons of the world expanding, many eons of the world contracting and expanding. They remember: “There, I was named this, my clan was that, I looked like this, and that was my food. This was how I felt pleasure and pain, and that was how my life ended. When I passed away from that place I was reborn somewhere else. There, too, I was named this, my clan was that, I looked like this, and that was my food. This was how I felt pleasure and pain, and that was how my life ended. When I passed away from that place I was reborn here.” May I recollect my many past lives, with features and details.’ They’re capable of realizing it, since each and every one is within range.

> Pali: So sace ākaṅkhati: ‘anekavihitaṁ pubbenivāsaṁ anussareyyaṁ, seyyathidaṁ—ekampi jātiṁ dvepi jātiyo …pe… iti sākāraṁ sauddesaṁ anekavihitaṁ pubbenivāsaṁ anussareyyan’ti, tatra tatreva sakkhibhabbataṁ pāpuṇāti sati sati āyatane.

[¶51] They might wish: ‘With clairvoyance that is purified and superhuman, may I see sentient beings passing away and being reborn—inferior and superior, beautiful and ugly, in a good place or a bad place—and understand how sentient beings pass on according to their deeds.’ They’re capable of realizing it, since each and every one is within range.

> Pali: So sace ākaṅkhati: ‘dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena …pe… yathākammūpage satte pajāneyyan’ti tatra tatreva sakkhibhabbataṁ pāpuṇāti sati sati āyatane.

[¶52] They might wish: ‘May I realize the undefiled freedom of heart and freedom by wisdom, and live having realized it with my own insight in this very life due to the ending of defilements.’ They’re capable of realizing it, since each and every one is within range.”

> Pali: So sace ākaṅkhati: ‘āsavānaṁ khayā anāsavaṁ cetovimuttiṁ paññāvimuttiṁ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja vihareyyan’ti, tatra tatreva sakkhibhabbataṁ pāpuṇāti sati sati āyatane”ti.

[¶53] > Pali: Catutthaṁ.

## 7. The Great Chapter · AN 9.36–9.40

Source: https://scriptura.si/works/pali-anguttara-nikaya-9/7/ · cite a paragraph as https://scriptura.si/works/pali-anguttara-nikaya-9/7/#p-N

[¶0] AN 9.36 · Depending on Absorption

> Pali: AN 9.36 · Jhānasutta

[¶1] “Mendicants, I say that the first absorption is a basis for ending the defilements. The second absorption is also a basis for ending the defilements. The third absorption is also a basis for ending the defilements. The fourth absorption is also a basis for ending the defilements. The dimension of infinite space is also a basis for ending the defilements. The dimension of infinite consciousness is also a basis for ending the defilements. The dimension of nothingness is also a basis for ending the defilements. The dimension of neither perception nor non-perception is also a basis for ending the defilements. The cessation of perception and feeling is also a basis for ending the defilements.

> Pali: “Paṭhamampāhaṁ, bhikkhave, jhānaṁ nissāya āsavānaṁ khayaṁ vadāmi; dutiyampāhaṁ, bhikkhave, jhānaṁ nissāya āsavānaṁ khayaṁ vadāmi; tatiyampāhaṁ, bhikkhave, jhānaṁ nissāya āsavānaṁ khayaṁ vadāmi; catutthampāhaṁ, bhikkhave, jhānaṁ nissāya āsavānaṁ khayaṁ vadāmi; ākāsānañcāyatanampāhaṁ, bhikkhave, nissāya āsavānaṁ khayaṁ vadāmi; viññāṇañcāyatanampāhaṁ, bhikkhave, nissāya āsavānaṁ khayaṁ vadāmi; ākiñcaññāyatanampāhaṁ, bhikkhave, nissāya āsavānaṁ khayaṁ vadāmi; nevasaññānāsaññāyatanampāhaṁ, bhikkhave, nissāya āsavānaṁ khayaṁ vadāmi; saññāvedayitanirodhampāhaṁ, bhikkhave, nissāya āsavānaṁ khayaṁ vadāmi.

[¶2] ‘The first absorption is a basis for ending the defilements.’ That’s what I said, but why did I say it? Take a mendicant who, quite secluded from sensual pleasures, secluded from unskillful qualities, enters and remains in the first absorption. They contemplate the phenomena there—included in form, feeling, perception, choices, and consciousness—as impermanent, as suffering, as diseased, as a boil, as a dart, as gloom, as an affliction, as alien, as breaking apart, as empty, as not-self. They turn their mind away from those things, and apply it to freedom from death: ‘This is peaceful; this is sublime—that is, the stilling of all activities, the letting go of all attachments, the ending of craving, fading away, cessation, extinguishment.’ Abiding in that they attain the ending of defilements. If they don’t attain the ending of defilements, with the ending of the five lower fetters they’re reborn spontaneously, because of their passion and love for that meditation. They are extinguished there, and are not liable to return from that world.

> Pali: ‘Paṭhamampāhaṁ, bhikkhave, jhānaṁ nissāya āsavānaṁ khayaṁ vadāmī’ti, iti kho panetaṁ vuttaṁ. Kiñcetaṁ paṭicca vuttaṁ? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu vivicceva kāmehi …pe… paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. So yadeva tattha hoti rūpagataṁ vedanāgataṁ saññāgataṁ saṅkhāragataṁ viññāṇagataṁ, te dhamme aniccato dukkhato rogato gaṇḍato sallato aghato ābādhato parato palokato suññato anattato samanupassati. So tehi dhammehi cittaṁ paṭivāpeti. So tehi dhammehi cittaṁ paṭivāpetvā amatāya dhātuyā cittaṁ upasaṁharati: ‘etaṁ santaṁ etaṁ paṇītaṁ yadidaṁ sabbasaṅkhārasamatho sabbūpadhipaṭinissaggo taṇhākkhayo virāgo nirodho nibbānan’ti. So tattha ṭhito āsavānaṁ khayaṁ pāpuṇāti. No ce āsavānaṁ khayaṁ pāpuṇāti, teneva dhammarāgena tāya dhammanandiyā pañcannaṁ orambhāgiyānaṁ saṁyojanānaṁ parikkhayā opapātiko hoti tattha parinibbāyī anāvattidhammo tasmā lokā.

[¶3] It’s like an archer or their apprentice who first practices on a straw man or a clay model. At a later time they become a long-distance shooter, a marksman, who shatters large objects. In the same way a noble disciple, quite secluded from sensual pleasures, enters and remains in the first absorption. They contemplate the phenomena there—included in form, feeling, perception, choices, and consciousness—as impermanent, as suffering, as diseased, as a boil, as a dart, as gloom, as an affliction, as alien, as breaking apart, as empty, as not-self. They turn their mind away from those things, and apply it to freedom from death: ‘This is peaceful; this is sublime—that is, the stilling of all activities, the letting go of all attachments, the ending of craving, fading away, cessation, extinguishment.’ Abiding in that they attain the ending of defilements. If they don’t attain the ending of defilements, with the ending of the five lower fetters they’re reborn spontaneously, because of their passion and love for that meditation. They are extinguished there, and are not liable to return from that world. ‘The first absorption is a basis for ending the defilements.’ That’s what I said, and this is why I said it.

> Pali: Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, issāso vā issāsantevāsī vā tiṇapurisarūpake vā mattikāpuñje vā yoggaṁ karitvā, so aparena samayena dūrepātī ca hoti akkhaṇavedhī ca mahato ca kāyassa padāletā; evamevaṁ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu vivicceva kāmehi …pe… paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. So yadeva tattha hoti rūpagataṁ vedanāgataṁ saññāgataṁ saṅkhāragataṁ viññāṇagataṁ, te dhamme aniccato dukkhato rogato gaṇḍato sallato aghato ābādhato parato palokato suññato anattato samanupassati. So tehi dhammehi cittaṁ paṭivāpeti. So tehi dhammehi cittaṁ paṭivāpetvā amatāya dhātuyā cittaṁ upasaṁharati: ‘etaṁ santaṁ etaṁ paṇītaṁ yadidaṁ sabbasaṅkhārasamatho sabbūpadhipaṭinissaggo taṇhākkhayo virāgo nirodho nibbānan’ti. So tattha ṭhito āsavānaṁ khayaṁ pāpuṇāti. No ce āsavānaṁ khayaṁ pāpuṇāti, teneva dhammarāgena tāya dhammanandiyā pañcannaṁ orambhāgiyānaṁ saṁyojanānaṁ parikkhayā opapātiko hoti tattha parinibbāyī anāvattidhammo tasmā lokā. ‘Paṭhamampāhaṁ, bhikkhave, jhānaṁ nissāya āsavānaṁ khayaṁ vadāmī’ti, iti yaṁ taṁ vuttaṁ, idametaṁ paṭicca vuttaṁ.

[¶4] ‘The second absorption is also a basis for ending the defilements.’ …

> Pali: Dutiyampāhaṁ, bhikkhave, jhānaṁ nissāya …pe…

[¶5] ‘The third absorption is also a basis for ending the defilements.’ …

> Pali: tatiyampāhaṁ, bhikkhave, jhānaṁ nissāya …pe…

[¶6] ‘The fourth absorption is also a basis for ending the defilements.’ …

> Pali: ‘catutthampāhaṁ, bhikkhave, jhānaṁ nissāya āsavānaṁ khayaṁ vadāmī’ti, iti kho panetaṁ vuttaṁ. Kiñcetaṁ paṭicca vuttaṁ? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sukhassa ca pahānā dukkhassa ca pahānā pubbeva somanassadomanassānaṁ atthaṅgamā adukkhamasukhaṁ upekkhāsatipārisuddhiṁ catutthaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. So yadeva tattha hoti rūpagataṁ vedanāgataṁ saññāgataṁ saṅkhāragataṁ viññāṇagataṁ, te dhamme aniccato dukkhato rogato gaṇḍato sallato aghato ābādhato parato palokato suññato anattato samanupassati. So tehi dhammehi cittaṁ paṭivāpeti. So tehi dhammehi cittaṁ paṭivāpetvā amatāya dhātuyā cittaṁ upasaṁharati: ‘etaṁ santaṁ etaṁ paṇītaṁ yadidaṁ sabbasaṅkhārasamatho sabbūpadhipaṭinissaggo taṇhākkhayo virāgo nirodho nibbānan’ti. So tattha ṭhito āsavānaṁ khayaṁ pāpuṇāti. No ce āsavānaṁ khayaṁ pāpuṇāti, teneva dhammarāgena tāya dhammanandiyā pañcannaṁ orambhāgiyānaṁ saṁyojanānaṁ parikkhayā opapātiko hoti tattha parinibbāyī anāvattidhammo tasmā lokā.

[¶7] > Pali: Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, issāso vā issāsantevāsī vā tiṇapurisarūpake vā mattikāpuñje vā yoggaṁ karitvā, so aparena samayena dūrepātī ca hoti akkhaṇavedhī ca mahato ca kāyassa padāletā; evamevaṁ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sukhassa ca pahānā …pe… catutthaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. So yadeva tattha hoti rūpagataṁ vedanāgataṁ …pe… anāvattidhammo tasmā lokā. ‘Catutthampāhaṁ, bhikkhave, jhānaṁ nissāya āsavānaṁ khayaṁ vadāmī’ti, iti yaṁ taṁ vuttaṁ, idametaṁ paṭicca vuttaṁ.

[¶8] ‘The dimension of infinite space is also a basis for ending the defilements.’ That’s what I said, but why did I say it? Take a mendicant who, going totally beyond perceptions of form, with the disappearance of perceptions of impingement, not focusing on perceptions of diversity, aware that ‘space is infinite’, enters and remains in the dimension of infinite space. They contemplate the phenomena there—included in feeling, perception, choices, and consciousness—as impermanent, as suffering, as diseased, as a boil, as a dart, as gloom, as an affliction, as alien, as breaking apart, as empty, as not-self. They turn their mind away from those things, and apply it to freedom from death: ‘This is peaceful; this is sublime—that is, the stilling of all activities, the letting go of all attachments, the ending of craving, fading away, cessation, extinguishment.’ Abiding in that they attain the ending of defilements. If they don’t attain the ending of defilements, with the ending of the five lower fetters they’re reborn spontaneously, because of their passion and love for that meditation. They are extinguished there, and are not liable to return from that world.

> Pali: ‘Ākāsānañcāyatanampāhaṁ, bhikkhave, jhānaṁ nissāya āsavānaṁ khayaṁ vadāmī’ti, iti kho panetaṁ vuttaṁ. Kiñcetaṁ paṭicca vuttaṁ? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sabbaso rūpasaññānaṁ samatikkamā paṭighasaññānaṁ atthaṅgamā nānattasaññānaṁ amanasikārā ‘ananto ākāso’ti ākāsānañcāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati. So yadeva tattha hoti vedanāgataṁ saññāgataṁ saṅkhāragataṁ viññāṇagataṁ, te dhamme aniccato dukkhato rogato gaṇḍato sallato aghato ābādhato parato palokato suññato anattato samanupassati. So tehi dhammehi cittaṁ paṭivāpeti. So tehi dhammehi cittaṁ paṭivāpetvā amatāya dhātuyā cittaṁ upasaṁharati: ‘etaṁ santaṁ etaṁ paṇītaṁ yadidaṁ sabbasaṅkhārasamatho sabbūpadhipaṭinissaggo taṇhākkhayo virāgo nirodho nibbānan’ti. So tattha ṭhito āsavānaṁ khayaṁ pāpuṇāti. No ce āsavānaṁ khayaṁ pāpuṇāti, teneva dhammarāgena tāya dhammanandiyā pañcannaṁ orambhāgiyānaṁ saṁyojanānaṁ parikkhayā opapātiko hoti tattha parinibbāyī anāvattidhammo tasmā lokā.

[¶9] It’s like an archer or their apprentice who first practices on a straw man or a clay model. At a later time they become a long-distance shooter, a marksman, who shatters large objects. In the same way, take a mendicant who enters and remains in the dimension of infinite space. … ‘The dimension of infinite space is a basis for ending the defilements.’ That’s what I said, and this is why I said it.

> Pali: Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, issāso vā issāsantevāsī vā tiṇapurisarūpake vā mattikāpuñje vā yoggaṁ karitvā, so aparena samayena dūrepātī ca hoti akkhaṇavedhī ca mahato ca kāyassa padāletā; evamevaṁ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sabbaso rūpasaññānaṁ samatikkamā paṭighasaññānaṁ atthaṅgamā nānattasaññānaṁ amanasikārā ‘ananto ākāso’ti ākāsānañcāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati. So yadeva tattha hoti vedanāgataṁ saññāgataṁ …pe… anāvattidhammo tasmā lokā. ‘Ākāsānañcāyatanampāhaṁ, bhikkhave, nissāya āsavānaṁ khayaṁ vadāmī’ti, iti yaṁ taṁ vuttaṁ, idametaṁ paṭicca vuttaṁ.

[¶10] ‘The dimension of infinite consciousness is a basis for ending the defilements.’ …

> Pali: ‘Viññāṇañcāyatanampāhaṁ, bhikkhave, nissāya …pe…

[¶11] ‘The dimension of nothingness is a basis for ending the defilements.’ That’s what I said, but why did I say it? Take a mendicant who, going totally beyond the dimension of infinite consciousness, aware that ‘there is nothing at all’, enters and remains in the dimension of nothingness. They contemplate the phenomena there—included in feeling, perception, choices, and consciousness—as impermanent, as suffering, as diseased, as a boil, as a dart, as gloom, as an affliction, as alien, as breaking apart, as empty, as not-self. They turn their mind away from those things, and apply it to freedom from death: ‘This is peaceful; this is sublime—that is, the stilling of all activities, the letting go of all attachments, the ending of craving, fading away, cessation, extinguishment.’ Abiding in that they attain the ending of defilements. If they don’t attain the ending of defilements, with the ending of the five lower fetters they’re reborn spontaneously, because of their passion and love for that meditation. They are extinguished there, and are not liable to return from that world.

> Pali: ākiñcaññāyatanampāhaṁ, bhikkhave, nissāya āsavānaṁ khayaṁ vadāmī’ti, iti kho panetaṁ vuttaṁ. Kiñcetaṁ paṭicca vuttaṁ? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sabbaso viññāṇañcāyatanaṁ samatikkamma ‘natthi kiñcī’ti ākiñcaññāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati. So yadeva tattha hoti vedanāgataṁ saññāgataṁ saṅkhāragataṁ viññāṇagataṁ, te dhamme aniccato dukkhato rogato gaṇḍato sallato aghato ābādhato parato palokato suññato anattato samanupassati. So tehi dhammehi cittaṁ paṭivāpeti. So tehi dhammehi cittaṁ paṭivāpetvā amatāya dhātuyā cittaṁ upasaṁharati: ‘etaṁ santaṁ etaṁ paṇītaṁ yadidaṁ sabbasaṅkhārasamatho sabbūpadhipaṭinissaggo taṇhākkhayo virāgo nirodho nibbānan’ti. So tattha ṭhito āsavānaṁ khayaṁ pāpuṇāti. No ce āsavānaṁ khayaṁ pāpuṇāti, teneva dhammarāgena tāya dhammanandiyā pañcannaṁ orambhāgiyānaṁ saṁyojanānaṁ parikkhayā opapātiko hoti tattha parinibbāyī anāvattidhammo tasmā lokā.

[¶12] It’s like an archer or their apprentice who first practices on a straw man or a clay model. At a later time they become a long-distance shooter, a marksman, who shatters large objects. In the same way, take a mendicant who, going totally beyond the dimension of infinite consciousness, aware that ‘there is nothing at all’, enters and remains in the dimension of nothingness. They contemplate the phenomena there—included in feeling, perception, choices, and consciousness—as impermanent, as suffering, as diseased, as a boil, as a dart, as gloom, as an affliction, as alien, as breaking apart, as empty, as not-self. They turn their mind away from those things, and apply it to freedom from death: ‘This is peaceful; this is sublime—that is, the stilling of all activities, the letting go of all attachments, the ending of craving, fading away, cessation, extinguishment.’ Abiding in that they attain the ending of defilements. If they don’t attain the ending of defilements, with the ending of the five lower fetters they’re reborn spontaneously, because of their passion and love for that meditation. They are extinguished there, and are not liable to return from that world. ‘The dimension of nothingness is a basis for ending the defilements.’ That’s what I said, and this is why I said it.

> Pali: Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, issāso vā issāsantevāsī vā tiṇapurisarūpake vā mattikāpuñje vā yoggaṁ karitvā, so aparena samayena dūrepātī ca hoti akkhaṇavedhī ca mahato ca kāyassa padāletā; evamevaṁ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sabbaso viññāṇañcāyatanaṁ samatikkamma ‘natthi kiñcī’ti ākiñcaññāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati. So yadeva tattha hoti vedanāgataṁ saññāgataṁ saṅkhāragataṁ viññāṇagataṁ, te dhamme aniccato dukkhato rogato gaṇḍato sallato aghato ābādhato parato palokato suññato anattato samanupassati. So tehi dhammehi cittaṁ paṭivāpeti. So tehi dhammehi cittaṁ paṭivāpetvā amatāya dhātuyā cittaṁ upasaṁharati: ‘etaṁ santaṁ etaṁ paṇītaṁ yadidaṁ sabbasaṅkhārasamatho sabbūpadhipaṭinissaggo taṇhākkhayo virāgo nirodho nibbānan’ti. So tattha ṭhito āsavānaṁ khayaṁ pāpuṇāti. No ce āsavānaṁ khayaṁ pāpuṇāti, teneva dhammarāgena tāya dhammanandiyā pañcannaṁ orambhāgiyānaṁ saṁyojanānaṁ parikkhayā opapātiko hoti tattha parinibbāyī anāvattidhammo tasmā lokā. ‘Ākiñcaññāyatanampāhaṁ, nissāya āsavānaṁ khayaṁ vadāmī’ti, iti yaṁ taṁ vuttaṁ, idametaṁ paṭicca vuttaṁ.

[¶13] And so, mendicants, penetration to enlightenment extends as far as attainments with perception. But the two dimensions that depend on these— the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception, and the cessation of perception and feeling—are properly explained by meditators who are skilled in these attainments and skilled in emerging from them, after they’ve entered them and emerged from them.”

> Pali: Iti kho, bhikkhave, yāvatā saññāsamāpatti tāvatā aññāpaṭivedho. Yāni ca kho imāni, bhikkhave, nissāya dve āyatanāni— nevasaññānāsaññāyatanasamāpatti ca saññāvedayitanirodho ca, jhāyīhete, bhikkhave, samāpattikusalehi samāpattivuṭṭhānakusalehi samāpajjitvā vuṭṭhahitvā sammā akkhātabbānīti vadāmī”ti.

[¶14] > Pali: Pañcamaṁ.

[¶15] AN 9.37 · By Ānanda

> Pali: AN 9.37 · Ānandasutta

[¶16] At one time Venerable Ānanda was staying near Kosambī in Ghosita’s monastery. There Ānanda addressed the mendicants: “Reverends, mendicants!”

> Pali: Ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā ānando kosambiyaṁ viharati ghositārāme. Tatra kho āyasmā ānando bhikkhū āmantesi: “āvuso bhikkhave”ti.

[¶17] “Reverend,” they replied. Ānanda said this:

> Pali: “Āvuso”ti kho te bhikkhū āyasmato ānandassa paccassosuṁ. Āyasmā ānando etadavoca:

[¶18] “It’s incredible, reverends, it’s amazing! How this Blessed One who knows and sees, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha, has found an opening amid confinement. It’s in order to purify sentient beings, to get past sorrow and crying, to make an end of pain and sadness, to discover the system, and to realize extinguishment.

> Pali: “Acchariyaṁ, āvuso, abbhutaṁ, āvuso. Yāvañcidaṁ tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena sambādhe okāsādhigamo anubuddho sattānaṁ visuddhiyā sokaparidevānaṁ samatikkamāya dukkhadomanassānaṁ atthaṅgamāya ñāyassa adhigamāya nibbānassa sacchikiriyāya.

[¶19] The eye itself is actually present, and so are those sights. Yet one will not experience that sense-field. The ear itself is actually present, and so are those sounds. Yet one will not experience that sense-field. The nose itself is actually present, and so are those smells. Yet one will not experience that sense-field. The tongue itself is actually present, and so are those tastes. Yet one will not experience that sense-field. The body itself is actually present, and so are those touches. Yet one will not experience that sense-field.”

> Pali: Tadeva nāma cakkhuṁ bhavissati te rūpā tañcāyatanaṁ no paṭisaṁvedissati. Tadeva nāma sotaṁ bhavissati te saddā tañcāyatanaṁ no paṭisaṁvedissati. Tadeva nāma ghānaṁ bhavissati te gandhā tañcāyatanaṁ no paṭisaṁvedissati. Sāva nāma jivhā bhavissati te rasā tañcāyatanaṁ no paṭisaṁvedissati. Sova nāma kāyo bhavissati te phoṭṭhabbā tañcāyatanaṁ no paṭisaṁvedissatī”ti.

[¶20] When he said this, Venerable Udāyī said to Venerable Ānanda:

> Pali: Evaṁ vutte, āyasmā udāyī āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ etadavoca:

[¶21] “Reverend Ānanda, is one who doesn’t experience that sense-field actually percipient or not?”

> Pali: “saññīmeva nu kho, āvuso ānanda, tadāyatanaṁ no paṭisaṁvedeti udāhu asaññī”ti?

[¶22] “Reverend, one who doesn’t experience that sense-field is actually percipient, not non-percipient.”

> Pali: “Saññīmeva kho, āvuso, tadāyatanaṁ no paṭisaṁvedeti, no asaññī”ti.

[¶23] “But what does one who doesn’t experience that sense-field perceive?”

> Pali: “Kiṁsaññī panāvuso, tadāyatanaṁ no paṭisaṁvedetī”ti?

[¶24] “It’s when a mendicant, going totally beyond perceptions of form, with the disappearance of perceptions of impingement, not focusing on perceptions of diversity, aware that ‘space is infinite’, enters and remains in the dimension of infinite space. One who doesn’t experience that sense-field perceives in this way.

> Pali: “Idhāvuso, bhikkhu, sabbaso rūpasaññānaṁ samatikkamā paṭighasaññānaṁ atthaṅgamā nānattasaññānaṁ amanasikārā ‘ananto ākāso’ti ākāsānañcāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati. Evaṁsaññīpi kho, āvuso, tadāyatanaṁ no paṭisaṁvedeti.

[¶25] Furthermore, a mendicant, going totally beyond the dimension of infinite space, aware that ‘consciousness is infinite’, enters and remains in the dimension of infinite consciousness. One who doesn’t experience that sense-field perceives in this way.

> Pali: Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu sabbaso ākāsānañcāyatanaṁ samatikkamma ‘anantaṁ viññāṇan’ti viññāṇañcāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati. Evaṁsaññīpi kho, āvuso, tadāyatanaṁ no paṭisaṁvedeti.

[¶26] Furthermore, a mendicant, going totally beyond the dimension of infinite consciousness, aware that ‘there is nothing at all’, enters and remains in the dimension of nothingness. One who doesn’t experience that sense-field perceives in this way.

> Pali: Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu sabbaso viññāṇañcāyatanaṁ samatikkamma ‘natthi kiñcī’ti ākiñcaññāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati. Evaṁsaññīpi kho, āvuso, tadāyatanaṁ no paṭisaṁvedetīti.

[¶27] Reverend, this one time I was staying near Sāketa in the deer park in Añjana Wood. Then the nun Jaṭilagāhikā came up to me, bowed, stood to one side, and said to me: ‘Honorable Ānanda, regarding the immersion that does not lean forward or pull back, and is not held in place by forceful suppression. Being free, it’s stable. Being stable, it’s content. Being content, one is not anxious. What did the Buddha say was the fruit of this immersion?’

> Pali: Ekamidāhaṁ, āvuso, samayaṁ sākete viharāmi añjanavane migadāye. Atha kho, āvuso, jaṭilavāsikā bhikkhunī yenāhaṁ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā maṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṁ ṭhitā kho, āvuso, jaṭilavāsikā bhikkhunī maṁ etadavoca: ‘yāyaṁ, bhante ānanda, samādhi na cābhinato na cāpanato na ca sasaṅkhāraniggayhavāritagato, vimuttattā ṭhito, ṭhitattā santusito, santusitattā no paritassati. Ayaṁ, bhante ānanda, samādhi kiṁphalo vutto bhagavatā’ti?

[¶28] When she said this, I said to her: ‘Sister, regarding the immersion that does not lean forward or pull back, and is not held in place by forceful suppression. Being free, it’s stable. Being stable, it’s content. Being content, one is not anxious. The Buddha said that the fruit of this immersion is enlightenment.’ One who doesn’t experience that sense-field perceives in this way, too.”

> Pali: Evaṁ vutte, sohaṁ, āvuso, jaṭilavāsikaṁ bhikkhuniṁ etadavocaṁ: ‘yāyaṁ, bhagini, samādhi na cābhinato na cāpanato na ca sasaṅkhāraniggayhavāritagato, vimuttattā ṭhito, ṭhitattā santusito, santusitattā no paritassati. Ayaṁ, bhagini, samādhi aññāphalo vutto bhagavatā’ti. Evaṁsaññīpi kho, āvuso, tadāyatanaṁ no paṭisaṁvedetī”ti.

[¶29] > Pali: Chaṭṭhaṁ.

[¶30] AN 9.38 · Brahmin Cosmologists

> Pali: AN 9.38 · Lokāyatikasutta

[¶31] Then two brahmin cosmologists went up to the Buddha, and exchanged greetings with him. When the greetings and polite conversation were over, they sat down to one side and said to the Buddha:

> Pali: Atha kho dve lokāyatikā brāhmaṇā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṁ sammodiṁsu. Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho te brāhmaṇā bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ:

[¶32] “Worthy Gotama, Pūraṇa Kassapa claims to be all-knowing and all-seeing, to know and see everything without exception, thus: ‘Knowledge and vision are constantly and continually present to me, while walking, standing, sleeping, and waking.’ He says: ‘With infinite knowledge I know and see that the cosmos is infinite.’ And the Jain ascetic of the Ñātika clan also claims to be all-knowing and all-seeing, to know and see everything without exception, thus: ‘Knowledge and vision are constantly and continually present to me, while walking, standing, sleeping, and waking.’ He says: ‘With infinite knowledge I know and see that the cosmos is finite.’ These two claim to speak from knowledge, but they directly contradict each other. Which one of them speaks the truth, and which falsehood?”

> Pali: “Pūraṇo, bho gotama, kassapo sabbaññū sabbadassāvī aparisesaṁ ñāṇadassanaṁ paṭijānāti: ‘carato ca me tiṭṭhato ca suttassa ca jāgarassa ca satataṁ samitaṁ ñāṇadassanaṁ paccupaṭṭhitan’ti. So evamāha: ‘ahaṁ anantena ñāṇena anantaṁ lokaṁ jānaṁ passaṁ viharāmī’ti. Ayampi, bho gotama, nigaṇṭho nāṭaputto sabbaññū sabbadassāvī aparisesaṁ ñāṇadassanaṁ paṭijānāti: ‘carato ca me tiṭṭhato ca suttassa ca jāgarassa ca satataṁ samitaṁ ñāṇadassanaṁ paccupaṭṭhitan’ti. So evamāha: ‘ahaṁ anantena ñāṇena anantaṁ lokaṁ jānaṁ passaṁ viharāmī’ti. Imesaṁ, bho gotama, ubhinnaṁ ñāṇavādānaṁ ubhinnaṁ aññamaññaṁ vipaccanīkavādānaṁ ko saccaṁ āha ko musā”ti?

[¶33] “Enough, brahmins, let that be. I will teach you the Dhamma. Listen and apply your mind well, I will speak.”

> Pali: “Alaṁ, brāhmaṇā. Tiṭṭhatetaṁ: ‘imesaṁ ubhinnaṁ ñāṇavādānaṁ ubhinnaṁ aññamaññaṁ vipaccanīkavādānaṁ ko saccaṁ āha ko musā’ti. Dhammaṁ vo, brāhmaṇā, desessāmi, taṁ suṇātha, sādhukaṁ manasi karotha, bhāsissāmī”ti.

[¶34] “Yes, worthy sir,” those brahmins replied. The Buddha said this:

> Pali: “Evaṁ, bho”ti kho te brāhmaṇā bhagavato paccassosuṁ. Bhagavā etadavoca:

[¶35] “Suppose there were four men standing in the four quarters. Each of them was extremely fast, with an extremely mighty stride. They’re as fast as a light arrow easily shot across the shadow of a palm tree by a well-trained expert archer with a strong bow. Their stride was such that it spanned from the eastern ocean to the western ocean. Then the man standing in the east would say: ‘I will reach the end of the world by traveling.’ Though he’d travel for his whole lifespan of a hundred years—pausing only to eat and drink, go to the toilet, and sleep to dispel weariness—he’d die along the way, never reaching the end of the world. Then the man standing in the west … Then the man standing in the north … Then the man standing in the south would say: ‘I will reach the end of the world by traveling.’ Though he’d travel for his whole lifespan of a hundred years—pausing only to eat and drink, go to the toilet, and sleep to dispel weariness—he’d die along the way, never reaching the end of the world. Why is that? I say it’s not possible to know or see or reach the end of the world by running like this. But I also say there’s no making an end of suffering without reaching the end of the world.

> Pali: “Seyyathāpi, brāhmaṇā, cattāro purisā catuddisā ṭhitā paramena javena ca samannāgatā paramena ca padavītihārena. Te evarūpena javena samannāgatā assu, seyyathāpi nāma daḷhadhammā dhanuggaho sikkhito katahattho katūpāsano lahukena asanena appakasirena tiriyaṁ tālacchāyaṁ atipāteyya; evarūpena ca padavītihārena, seyyathāpi nāma puratthimā samuddā pacchimo samuddo atha puratthimāya disāya ṭhito puriso evaṁ vadeyya: ‘ahaṁ gamanena lokassa antaṁ pāpuṇissāmī’ti. So aññatreva asitapītakhāyitasāyitā aññatra uccārapassāvakammā aññatra niddākilamathapaṭivinodanā vassasatāyuko vassasatajīvī vassasataṁ gantvā appatvāva lokassa antaṁ antarā kālaṁ kareyya. Atha pacchimāya disāya …pe… atha uttarāya disāya … atha dakkhiṇāya disāya ṭhito puriso evaṁ vadeyya: ‘ahaṁ gamanena lokassa antaṁ pāpuṇissāmī’ti. So aññatreva asitapītakhāyitasāyitā aññatra uccārapassāvakammā aññatra niddākilamathapaṭivinodanā vassasatāyuko vassasatajīvī vassasataṁ gantvā appatvāva lokassa antaṁ antarā kālaṁ kareyya. Taṁ kissa hetu? Nāhaṁ, brāhmaṇā, evarūpāya sandhāvanikāya lokassa antaṁ ñāteyyaṁ daṭṭheyyaṁ patteyyanti vadāmi. Na cāhaṁ, brāhmaṇā, appatvāva lokassa antaṁ dukkhassa antakiriyaṁ vadāmi.

[¶36] These five kinds of sensual stimulation are called the world in the training of the Noble One. What five? Sights known by the eye, which are likable, desirable, agreeable, pleasant, sensual, and arousing. Sounds known by the ear … Smells known by the nose … Tastes known by the tongue … Touches known by the body, which are likable, desirable, agreeable, pleasant, sensual, and arousing. These five kinds of sensual stimulation are called the world in the training of the Noble One.

> Pali: Pañcime, brāhmaṇā, kāmaguṇā ariyassa vinaye lokoti vuccati. Katame pañca? Cakkhuviññeyyā rūpā iṭṭhā kantā manāpā piyarūpā kāmūpasaṁhitā rajanīyā; sotaviññeyyā saddā …pe… ghānaviññeyyā gandhā … jivhāviññeyyā rasā … kāyaviññeyyā phoṭṭhabbā iṭṭhā kantā manāpā piyarūpā kāmūpasaṁhitā rajanīyā; ime kho, brāhmaṇā, pañca kāmaguṇā ariyassa vinaye lokoti vuccati.

[¶37] Take a mendicant who, quite secluded from sensual pleasures, secluded from unskillful qualities, enters and remains in the first absorption, which has the rapture and bliss born of seclusion, while placing the mind and keeping it connected. This is called a mendicant who, having gone to the end of the world, meditates at the end of the world. Others say of them: ‘They’re included in the world, and haven’t yet left the world.’ And I also say this: ‘They’re included in the world, and haven’t yet left the world.’

> Pali: Idha, brāhmaṇā, bhikkhu vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṁ savicāraṁ vivekajaṁ pītisukhaṁ paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. Ayaṁ vuccati, brāhmaṇā, ‘bhikkhu lokassa antamāgamma, lokassa ante viharati’. Tamaññe evamāhaṁsu: ‘ayampi lokapariyāpanno, ayampi anissaṭo lokamhā’ti. Ahampi hi, brāhmaṇā, evaṁ vadāmi: ‘ayampi lokapariyāpanno, ayampi anissaṭo lokamhā’ti.

[¶38] Furthermore, take a mendicant who, as the placing of the mind and keeping it connected are stilled, enters and remains in the second absorption … third absorption … fourth absorption. This is called a mendicant who, having gone to the end of the world, meditates at the end of the world. Others say of them: ‘They’re included in the world, and haven’t yet left the world.’ And I also say this: ‘They’re included in the world, and haven’t yet left the world.’

> Pali: Puna caparaṁ, brāhmaṇā, bhikkhu vitakkavicārānaṁ vūpasamā …pe… dutiyaṁ jhānaṁ … tatiyaṁ jhānaṁ … catutthaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. Ayaṁ vuccati, brāhmaṇā, ‘bhikkhu lokassa antamāgamma lokassa ante viharati’. Tamaññe evamāhaṁsu: ‘ayampi lokapariyāpanno, ayampi anissaṭo lokamhā’ti. Ahampi hi, brāhmaṇā, evaṁ vadāmi: ‘ayampi lokapariyāpanno, ayampi anissaṭo lokamhā’ti.

[¶39] Furthermore, take a mendicant who, going totally beyond perceptions of form, with the disappearance of perceptions of impingement, not focusing on perceptions of diversity, aware that ‘space is infinite’, enters and remains in the dimension of infinite space. This is called a mendicant who, having gone to the end of the world, meditates at the end of the world. Others say of them: ‘They’re included in the world, and haven’t yet left the world.’ And I also say this: ‘They’re included in the world, and haven’t yet left the world.’

> Pali: Puna caparaṁ, brāhmaṇā, bhikkhu sabbaso rūpasaññānaṁ samatikkamā paṭighasaññānaṁ atthaṅgamā nānattasaññānaṁ amanasikārā ‘ananto ākāso’ti ākāsānañcāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati. Ayaṁ vuccati, brāhmaṇā, ‘bhikkhu lokassa antamāgamma lokassa ante viharati’. Tamaññe evamāhaṁsu: ‘ayampi lokapariyāpanno, ayampi anissaṭo lokamhā’ti. Ahampi hi, brāhmaṇā, evaṁ vadāmi: ‘ayampi lokapariyāpanno, ayampi anissaṭo lokamhā’ti.

[¶40] Furthermore, take a mendicant who enters and remains in the dimension of infinite consciousness. … the dimension of nothingness … the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception. This is called a mendicant who, having gone to the end of the world, meditates at the end of the world. Others say of them: ‘They’re included in the world, and haven’t yet left the world.’ And I also say this: ‘They’re included in the world, and haven’t yet left the world.’

> Pali: Puna caparaṁ, brāhmaṇā, bhikkhu sabbaso ākāsānañcāyatanaṁ samatikkamma ‘anantaṁ viññāṇan’ti viññāṇañcāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati …pe… sabbaso viññāṇañcāyatanaṁ samatikkamma ‘natthi kiñcī’ti ākiñcaññāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati …pe… sabbaso ākiñcaññāyatanaṁ samatikkamma nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati. Ayaṁ vuccati, brāhmaṇā, ‘bhikkhu lokassa antamāgamma lokassa ante viharati’. Tamaññe evamāhaṁsu: ‘ayampi lokapariyāpanno, ayampi anissaṭo lokamhā’ti. Ahampi hi, brāhmaṇā, evaṁ vadāmi: ‘ayampi lokapariyāpanno, ayampi anissaṭo lokamhā’ti.

[¶41] Furthermore, take a mendicant who, going totally beyond the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception, enters and remains in the cessation of perception and feeling. And, having seen with wisdom, their defilements come to an end. This is called a mendicant who, having gone to the end of the world, meditates at the end of the world. And they’ve crossed over clinging to the world.”

> Pali: Puna caparaṁ, brāhmaṇā, bhikkhu sabbaso nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṁ samatikkamma saññāvedayitanirodhaṁ upasampajja viharati, paññāya cassa disvā āsavā parikkhīṇā honti. Ayaṁ vuccati, brāhmaṇā, ‘bhikkhu lokassa antamāgamma lokassa ante viharati tiṇṇo loke visattikan’”ti.

[¶42] > Pali: Sattamaṁ.

[¶43] AN 9.39 · The War Between the Gods and the Titans

> Pali: AN 9.39 · Devāsurasaṅgāmasutta

[¶44] “Once upon a time, mendicants, a battle was fought between the gods and the titans. In that battle the titans won and the gods lost. Defeated, the gods fled north with the titans in pursuit.

> Pali: “Bhūtapubbaṁ, bhikkhave, devāsurasaṅgāmo samupabyūḷho ahosi. Tasmiṁ kho pana, bhikkhave, saṅgāme asurā jiniṁsu, devā parājayiṁsu. Parājitā ca, bhikkhave, devā apayiṁsuyeva uttarenābhimukhā, abhiyiṁsu asurā.

[¶45] Then the gods thought, ‘The titans are still in pursuit. Why don’t we engage them in battle a second time?’ And so a second battle was fought between the gods and the titans. And for a second time the titans won and the gods lost. Defeated, the gods fled north with the titans in pursuit.

> Pali: Atha kho, bhikkhave, devānaṁ etadahosi: ‘abhiyanteva kho asurā. Yannūna mayaṁ dutiyampi asurehi saṅgāmeyyāmā’ti. Dutiyampi kho, bhikkhave, devā asurehi saṅgāmesuṁ. Dutiyampi kho, bhikkhave, asurāva jiniṁsu, devā parājayiṁsu. Parājitā ca, bhikkhave, devā apayiṁsuyeva uttarenābhimukhā, abhiyiṁsu asurā.

[¶46] Then the gods thought, ‘The titans are still in pursuit. Why don’t we engage them in battle a third time?’ And so a third battle was fought between the gods and the titans. And for a third time the titans won and the gods lost. Defeated and terrified, the gods fled right into the castle of the gods.

> Pali: Atha kho, bhikkhave, devānaṁ etadahosi: ‘abhiyanteva kho asurā. Yannūna mayaṁ tatiyampi asurehi saṅgāmeyyāmā’ti. Tatiyampi kho, bhikkhave, devā asurehi saṅgāmesuṁ. Tatiyampi kho, bhikkhave, asurāva jiniṁsu, devā parājayiṁsu. Parājitā ca, bhikkhave, devā bhītā devapuraṁyeva pavisiṁsu.

[¶47] When they had entered their castle, they thought, ‘Now we’re in a secure location and the titans can’t do anything to us.’ The titans also thought, ‘Now the gods are in a secure location and we can’t do anything to them.’

> Pali: Devapuragatānañca pana, bhikkhave, devānaṁ etadahosi: ‘bhīruttānagatena kho dāni mayaṁ etarahi attanā viharāma akaraṇīyā asurehī’ti. Asurānampi, bhikkhave, etadahosi: ‘bhīruttānagatena kho dāni devā etarahi attanā viharanti akaraṇīyā amhehī’ti.

[¶48] Once upon a time, a battle was fought between the gods and the titans. In that battle the gods won and the titans lost. Defeated, the titans fled south with the gods in pursuit.

> Pali: Bhūtapubbaṁ, bhikkhave, devāsurasaṅgāmo samupabyūḷho ahosi. Tasmiṁ kho pana, bhikkhave, saṅgāme devā jiniṁsu, asurā parājayiṁsu. Parājitā ca, bhikkhave, asurā apayiṁsuyeva dakkhiṇenābhimukhā, abhiyiṁsu devā.

[¶49] Then the titans thought, ‘The gods are still in pursuit. Why don’t we engage them in battle a second time?’ And so a second battle was fought between the gods and the titans. And for a second time the gods won and the titans lost. Defeated, the titans fled south with the gods in pursuit.

> Pali: Atha kho, bhikkhave, asurānaṁ etadahosi: ‘abhiyanteva kho devā. Yannūna mayaṁ dutiyampi devehi saṅgāmeyyāmā’ti. Dutiyampi kho, bhikkhave, asurā devehi saṅgāmesuṁ. Dutiyampi kho, bhikkhave, devā jiniṁsu, asurā parājayiṁsu. Parājitā ca, bhikkhave, asurā apayiṁsuyeva dakkhiṇenābhimukhā, abhiyiṁsu devā.

[¶50] Then the titans thought, ‘The gods are still in pursuit. Why don’t we engage them in battle a third time?’ And so a third battle was fought between the gods and the titans. And for a third time the gods won and the titans lost. Defeated and terrified, the titans fled right into the citadel of the titans.

> Pali: Atha kho, bhikkhave, asurānaṁ etadahosi: ‘abhiyanteva kho devā. Yannūna mayaṁ tatiyampi devehi saṅgāmeyyāmā’ti. Tatiyampi kho, bhikkhave, asurā devehi saṅgāmesuṁ. Tatiyampi kho, bhikkhave, devā jiniṁsu, asurā parājayiṁsu. Parājitā ca, bhikkhave, asurā bhītā asurapuraṁyeva pavisiṁsu.

[¶51] When they had entered their citadel, they thought, ‘Now we’re in a secure location and the gods can’t do anything to us.’ And the gods also thought, ‘Now the titans are in a secure location and we can’t do anything to them.’

> Pali: Asurapuragatānañca pana, bhikkhave, asurānaṁ etadahosi: ‘bhīruttānagatena kho dāni mayaṁ etarahi attanā viharāma akaraṇīyā devehī’ti. Devānampi, bhikkhave, etadahosi: ‘bhīruttānagatena kho dāni asurā etarahi attanā viharanti akaraṇīyā amhehī’ti.

[¶52] In the same way, there’s a time when a mendicant, quite secluded from sensual pleasures, secluded from unskillful qualities, enters and remains in the first absorption, which has the rapture and bliss born of seclusion, while placing the mind and keeping it connected. At that time the mendicant thinks, ‘Now I’m in a secure location and Māra can’t do anything to me.’ And Māra the Wicked also thinks, ‘Now the mendicant is in a secure location and we can’t do anything to them.’

> Pali: Evamevaṁ kho, bhikkhave, yasmiṁ samaye bhikkhu vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṁ savicāraṁ vivekajaṁ pītisukhaṁ paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati, tasmiṁ, bhikkhave, samaye bhikkhussa evaṁ hoti: ‘bhīruttānagatena kho dānāhaṁ etarahi attanā viharāmi akaraṇīyo mārassā’ti. Mārassāpi, bhikkhave, pāpimato evaṁ hoti: ‘bhīruttānagatena kho dāni bhikkhu etarahi attanā viharati akaraṇīyo mayhan’ti.

[¶53] There’s a time when, as the placing of the mind and keeping it connected are stilled, a mendicant enters and remains in the second absorption … third absorption … fourth absorption. At that time the mendicant thinks, ‘Now I’m in a secure location and Māra can’t do anything to me.’ And Māra the Wicked also thinks, ‘Now the mendicant is in a secure location and we can’t do anything to them.’

> Pali: Yasmiṁ, bhikkhave, samaye bhikkhu vitakkavicārānaṁ vūpasamā …pe… dutiyaṁ jhānaṁ … tatiyaṁ jhānaṁ … catutthaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati, tasmiṁ, bhikkhave, samaye bhikkhussa evaṁ hoti: ‘bhīruttānagatena kho dānāhaṁ etarahi attanā viharāmi akaraṇīyo mārassā’ti. Mārassāpi, bhikkhave, pāpimato evaṁ hoti: ‘bhīruttānagatena kho dāni bhikkhu etarahi attanā viharati, akaraṇīyo mayhan’ti.

[¶54] There’s a time when a mendicant, going totally beyond perceptions of form, with the disappearance of perceptions of impingement, not focusing on perceptions of diversity, aware that ‘space is infinite’, enters and remains in the dimension of infinite space. This is called a mendicant who has blinded Māra, put out his eyes without a trace, and gone where the Wicked One cannot see.

> Pali: Yasmiṁ, bhikkhave, samaye bhikkhu sabbaso rūpasaññānaṁ samatikkamā paṭighasaññānaṁ atthaṅgamā nānattasaññānaṁ amanasikārā ‘ananto ākāso’ti ākāsānañcāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati. Ayaṁ vuccati, bhikkhave, ‘bhikkhu antamakāsi māraṁ, apadaṁ vadhitvā māracakkhuṁ adassanaṁ gato pāpimato tiṇṇo loke visattikan’ti.

[¶55] There’s a time when a mendicant, going totally beyond the dimension of infinite space, aware that ‘consciousness is infinite’, enters and remains in the dimension of infinite consciousness. … Going totally beyond the dimension of infinite consciousness, aware that ‘there is nothing at all’, they enter and remain in the dimension of nothingness. … Going totally beyond the dimension of nothingness, they enter and remain in the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception. …

> Pali: Yasmiṁ, bhikkhave, samaye bhikkhu sabbaso ākāsānañcāyatanaṁ samatikkamma ‘anantaṁ viññāṇan’ti viññāṇañcāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati … sabbaso viññāṇañcāyatanaṁ samatikkamma ‘natthi kiñcī’ti ākiñcaññāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati … sabbaso ākiñcaññāyatanaṁ samatikkamma nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati …

[¶56] Going totally beyond the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception, they enter and remain in the cessation of perception and feeling. And, having seen with wisdom, their defilements come to an end. This is called a mendicant who has blinded Māra, put out his eyes without a trace, and gone where the Wicked One cannot see. And they’ve crossed over clinging to the world.”

> Pali: sabbaso nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṁ samatikkamma saññāvedayitanirodhaṁ upasampajja viharati, paññāya cassa disvā āsavā parikkhīṇā honti. Ayaṁ vuccati, bhikkhave, ‘bhikkhu antamakāsi māraṁ, apadaṁ vadhitvā māracakkhuṁ adassanaṁ gato pāpimato tiṇṇo loke visattikan’”ti.

[¶57] > Pali: Aṭṭhamaṁ.

[¶58] AN 9.40 · The Simile of the Bull Elephant in the Forest

> Pali: AN 9.40 · Nāgasutta

[¶59] “Mendicants, when a wild bull elephant is engrossed in the pasture, but other elephants—males, females, younglings, or cubs—got there first and trampled the grass, the wild bull elephant is horrified, repelled, and disgusted by that. When the wild bull elephant is engrossed in the pasture, but other elephants—males, females, younglings, or cubs—eat the broken branches that he has dragged down, the wild bull elephant is horrified, repelled, and disgusted by that. When a wild bull elephant has plunged into the pool, but other elephants—males, females, younglings, or cubs—got there first and stirred up the water with their trunks, the wild bull elephant is horrified, repelled, and disgusted by that. When a wild bull elephant has come out of the pool and the female elephants bump into him, the wild bull elephant is horrified, repelled, and disgusted by that.

> Pali: “Yasmiṁ, bhikkhave, samaye āraññikassa nāgassa gocarapasutassa hatthīpi hatthiniyopi hatthikalabhāpi hatthicchāpāpi purato purato gantvā tiṇaggāni chindanti, tena, bhikkhave, āraññiko nāgo aṭṭīyati harāyati jigucchati. Yasmiṁ, bhikkhave, samaye āraññikassa nāgassa gocarapasutassa hatthīpi hatthiniyopi hatthikalabhāpi hatthicchāpāpi obhaggobhaggaṁ sākhābhaṅgaṁ khādanti, tena, bhikkhave, āraññiko nāgo aṭṭīyati harāyati jigucchati. Yasmiṁ, bhikkhave, samaye āraññikassa nāgassa ogāhaṁ otiṇṇassa hatthīpi hatthiniyopi hatthikalabhāpi hatthicchāpāpi purato purato gantvā soṇḍāya udakaṁ āloḷenti, tena, bhikkhave, āraññiko nāgo aṭṭīyati harāyati jigucchati. Yasmiṁ, bhikkhave, samaye āraññikassa nāgassa ogāhā uttiṇṇassa hatthiniyo kāyaṁ upanighaṁsantiyo gacchanti, tena, bhikkhave, āraññiko nāgo aṭṭīyati harāyati jigucchati.

[¶60] At that time the wild bull elephant thinks: ‘These days I live crowded by other males, females, younglings, and cubs. I eat the grass they’ve trampled, and they eat the broken branches I’ve dragged down. I drink muddy water, and after my bath the female elephants bump into me. Why don’t I live alone, withdrawn from the herd?’ After some time he lives alone, withdrawn from the herd, and he eats untrampled grass, and other elephants don’t eat the broken branches he has dragged down. He doesn’t drink muddy water, and the female elephants don’t bump into him after his bath.

> Pali: Tasmiṁ, bhikkhave, samaye āraññikassa nāgassa evaṁ hoti: ‘ahaṁ kho etarahi ākiṇṇo viharāmi hatthīhi hatthinīhi hatthikalabhehi hatthicchāpehi. Chinnaggāni ceva tiṇāni khādāmi, obhaggobhaggañca me sākhābhaṅgaṁ khādanti, āvilāni ca pānīyāni pivāmi, ogāhā ca me uttiṇṇassa hatthiniyo kāyaṁ upanighaṁsantiyo gacchanti. Yannūnāhaṁ eko gaṇasmā vūpakaṭṭho vihareyyan’ti. So aparena samayena eko gaṇasmā vūpakaṭṭho viharati, acchinnaggāni ceva tiṇāni khādati, obhaggobhaggañcassa sākhābhaṅgaṁ na khādanti, anāvilāni ca pānīyāni pivati, ogāhā cassa uttiṇṇassa na hatthiniyo kāyaṁ upanighaṁsantiyo gacchanti.

[¶61] At that time the wild bull elephant thinks: ‘Formerly I lived crowded by other males, females, younglings, and cubs. I ate the grass they’d trampled, and they ate the broken branches I’d dragged down. I drank muddy water, and after my bath the female elephants bumped into me. Now I live alone, and I’m free of all these things.’ He breaks off a branch and scratches his body, happily relieving his itches.

> Pali: Tasmiṁ, bhikkhave, samaye āraññikassa nāgassa evaṁ hoti: ‘ahaṁ kho pubbe ākiṇṇo vihāsiṁ hatthīhi hatthinīhi hatthikalabhehi hatthicchāpehi, chinnaggāni ceva tiṇāni khādiṁ, obhaggobhaggañca me sākhābhaṅgaṁ khādiṁsu, āvilāni ca pānīyāni apāyiṁ, ogāhā ca me uttiṇṇassa hatthiniyo kāyaṁ upanighaṁsantiyo agamaṁsu. Sohaṁ etarahi eko gaṇasmā vūpakaṭṭho viharāmi, acchinnaggāni ceva tiṇāni khādāmi, obhaggobhaggañca me sākhābhaṅgaṁ na khādanti, anāvilāni ca pānīyāni pivāmi, ogāhā ca me uttiṇṇassa na hatthiniyo kāyaṁ upanighaṁsantiyo gacchantī’ti. So soṇḍāya sākhābhaṅgaṁ bhañjitvā sākhābhaṅgena kāyaṁ parimajjitvā attamano soṇḍaṁ saṁharati.

[¶62] In the same way, when a mendicant lives crowded by monks, nuns, laymen, and laywomen; by rulers and their chief ministers, and by monastics of other religions and their disciples, they think: ‘These days I live crowded by monks, nuns, laymen, and laywomen; by rulers and their chief ministers, and monastics of other religions and their disciples. Why don’t I live alone, withdrawn from the group?’ They frequent a secluded lodging—a wilderness, the root of a tree, a hill, a ravine, a mountain cave, a charnel ground, a forest, the open air, a heap of straw. Gone to a wilderness, or to the root of a tree, or to an empty hut, they sit down cross-legged, set their body straight, and bring mindfulness to the present.

> Pali: Evamevaṁ kho, bhikkhave, yasmiṁ samaye bhikkhu ākiṇṇo viharati bhikkhūhi bhikkhunīhi upāsakehi upāsikāhi raññā rājamahāmattehi titthiyehi titthiyasāvakehi, tasmiṁ, bhikkhave, samaye bhikkhussa evaṁ hoti: ‘ahaṁ kho etarahi ākiṇṇo viharāmi bhikkhūhi bhikkhunīhi upāsakehi upāsikāhi raññā rājamahāmattehi titthiyehi titthiyasāvakehi. Yannūnāhaṁ eko gaṇasmā vūpakaṭṭho vihareyyan’ti. So vivittaṁ senāsanaṁ bhajati araññaṁ rukkhamūlaṁ pabbataṁ kandaraṁ giriguhaṁ susānaṁ vanapatthaṁ abbhokāsaṁ palālapuñjaṁ. So araññagato vā rukkhamūlagato vā suññāgāragato vā nisīdati pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya parimukhaṁ satiṁ upaṭṭhapetvā.

[¶63] Giving up covetousness for the world, they meditate with a heart rid of covetousness, cleansing the mind of covetousness. Giving up ill will and malevolence, they meditate with a mind rid of ill will, full of sympathy for all living beings, cleansing the mind of ill will. Giving up dullness and drowsiness, they meditate with a mind rid of dullness and drowsiness, perceiving light, mindful and aware, cleansing the mind of dullness and drowsiness. Giving up restlessness and remorse, they meditate without restlessness, their mind settled internally, cleansing the mind of restlessness and remorse. Giving up doubt, they meditate having gone beyond doubt, not undecided about skillful qualities, cleansing the mind of doubt. They give up these five hindrances, corruptions of the heart that weaken wisdom. Then, quite secluded from sensual pleasures, secluded from unskillful qualities, they enter and remain in the first absorption, which has the rapture and bliss born of seclusion, while placing the mind and keeping it connected. They happily relieve their itches. As the placing of the mind and keeping it connected are stilled, they enter and remain in the second absorption … third absorption … fourth absorption. They happily relieve their itches.

> Pali: So abhijjhaṁ loke pahāya vigatābhijjhena cetasā viharati, abhijjhāya cittaṁ parisodheti; byāpādapadosaṁ pahāya abyāpannacitto viharati sabbapāṇabhūtahitānukampī, byāpādapadosā cittaṁ parisodheti; thinamiddhaṁ pahāya vigatathinamiddho viharati ālokasaññī sato sampajāno, thinamiddhā cittaṁ parisodheti; uddhaccakukkuccaṁ pahāya anuddhato viharati ajjhattaṁ vūpasantacitto, uddhaccakukkuccā cittaṁ parisodheti; vicikicchaṁ pahāya tiṇṇavicikiccho viharati akathaṅkathī kusalesu dhammesu, vicikicchāya cittaṁ parisodheti. So ime pañca nīvaraṇe pahāya cetaso upakkilese paññāya dubbalīkaraṇe vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṁ savicāraṁ vivekajaṁ pītisukhaṁ paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. So attamano soṇḍaṁ saṁharati. Vitakkavicārānaṁ vūpasamā …pe… dutiyaṁ jhānaṁ … tatiyaṁ jhānaṁ … catutthaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. So attamano soṇḍaṁ saṁharati.

[¶64] Going totally beyond perceptions of form, with the disappearance of perceptions of impingement, not focusing on perceptions of diversity, aware that ‘space is infinite’, they enter and remain in the dimension of infinite space. They happily relieve their itches. Going totally beyond the dimension of infinite space, aware that ‘consciousness is infinite’, they enter and remain in the dimension of infinite consciousness. … Going totally beyond the dimension of infinite consciousness, aware that ‘there is nothing at all’, they enter and remain in the dimension of nothingness. … Going totally beyond the dimension of nothingness, they enter and remain in the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception. … Furthermore, take a mendicant who, going totally beyond the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception, enters and remains in the cessation of perception and feeling. And, having seen with wisdom, their defilements come to an end. They happily relieve their itches.”

> Pali: Sabbaso rūpasaññānaṁ samatikkamā paṭighasaññānaṁ atthaṅgamā nānattasaññānaṁ amanasikārā ‘ananto ākāso’ti ākāsānañcāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati. So attamano soṇḍaṁ saṁharati. Sabbaso ākāsānañcāyatanaṁ samatikkamma ‘anantaṁ viññāṇan’ti viññāṇañcāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati … sabbaso viññāṇañcāyatanaṁ samatikkamma ‘natthi kiñcī’ti ākiñcaññāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati … sabbaso ākiñcaññāyatanaṁ samatikkamma nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati … sabbaso nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṁ samatikkamma saññāvedayitanirodhaṁ upasampajja viharati, paññāya cassa disvā āsavā parikkhīṇā honti. So attamano soṇḍaṁ saṁharatī”ti.

[¶65] > Pali: Navamaṁ.

## 8. The Great Chapter · AN 9.41

Source: https://scriptura.si/works/pali-anguttara-nikaya-9/8/ · cite a paragraph as https://scriptura.si/works/pali-anguttara-nikaya-9/8/#p-N

[¶0] AN 9.41 · With the Householder Tapussa

> Pali: AN 9.41 · Tapussasutta

[¶1] At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Mallas, near the Mallian town named Uruvelakappa.

> Pali: Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā mallesu viharati uruvelakappaṁ nāma mallānaṁ nigamo.

[¶2] Then the Buddha robed up in the morning and, taking his bowl and robe, entered Uruvelakappa for alms. Then, after the meal, on his return from almsround, he addressed Venerable Ānanda, “Ānanda, you stay right here, while I plunge deep into the Great Wood for the day’s meditation.”

> Pali: Atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya uruvelakappaṁ piṇḍāya pāvisi. Uruvelakappe piṇḍāya caritvā pacchābhattaṁ piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ āmantesi: “idheva tāva tvaṁ, ānanda, hohi, yāvāhaṁ mahāvanaṁ ajjhogāhāmi divāvihārāyā”ti.

[¶3] “Yes, sir,” Ānanda replied. Then the Buddha plunged deep into the Great Wood and sat at the root of a tree for the day’s meditation.

> Pali: “Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paccassosi. Atha kho bhagavā mahāvanaṁ ajjhogāhetvā aññatarasmiṁ rukkhamūle divāvihāraṁ nisīdi.

[¶4] The householder Tapussa went up to Venerable Ānanda, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:

> Pali: Atha kho tapusso gahapati yenāyasmā ānando tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho tapusso gahapati āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ etadavoca:

[¶5] “Honorable Ānanda, we are laypeople who enjoy sensual pleasures. We like sensual pleasures, we love them and take joy in them. But renunciation seems like an abyss. I have heard that in this teaching and training there are very young mendicants whose minds leap forth, gain confidence, settle down, and become decided in renunciation. They see it as peaceful. Renunciation is the dividing line between the multitude and the mendicants in this teaching and training.”

> Pali: “Mayaṁ, bhante ānanda, gihī kāmabhogino kāmārāmā kāmaratā kāmasammuditā. Tesaṁ no, bhante, amhākaṁ gihīnaṁ kāmabhogīnaṁ kāmārāmānaṁ kāmaratānaṁ kāmasammuditānaṁ papāto viya khāyati, yadidaṁ nekkhammaṁ. Sutaṁ metaṁ, bhante, ‘imasmiṁ dhammavinaye daharānaṁ daharānaṁ bhikkhūnaṁ nekkhamme cittaṁ pakkhandati pasīdati santiṭṭhati vimuccati etaṁ santanti passato’. Tayidaṁ, bhante, imasmiṁ dhammavinaye bhikkhūnaṁ bahunā janena visabhāgo, yadidaṁ nekkhamman”ti.

[¶6] “Householder, we should see the Buddha about this matter. Come, let’s go to the Buddha and inform him about this. As he answers, so we’ll remember it.”

> Pali: “Atthi kho etaṁ, gahapati, kathāpābhataṁ bhagavantaṁ dassanāya. Āyāma, gahapati, yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamissāma; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocessāma. Yathā no bhagavā byākarissati tathā naṁ dhāressāmā”ti.

[¶7] “Yes, sir,” replied Tapussa. Then Ānanda together with Tapussa went to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. Ānanda told him what had happened.

> Pali: “Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho tapusso gahapati āyasmato ānandassa paccassosi. Atha kho āyasmā ānando tapussena gahapatinā saddhiṁ yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:

[¶8] > Pali: “Ayaṁ, bhante, tapusso gahapati evamāha: ‘mayaṁ, bhante ānanda, gihī kāmabhogino kāmārāmā kāmaratā kāmasammuditā, tesaṁ no, bhante, amhākaṁ gihīnaṁ kāmabhogīnaṁ kāmārāmānaṁ kāmaratānaṁ kāmasammuditānaṁ papāto viya khāyati, yadidaṁ nekkhammaṁ’. Sutaṁ metaṁ, bhante, ‘imasmiṁ dhammavinaye daharānaṁ daharānaṁ bhikkhūnaṁ nekkhamme cittaṁ pakkhandati pasīdati santiṭṭhati vimuccati etaṁ santanti passato. Tayidaṁ, bhante, imasmiṁ dhammavinaye bhikkhūnaṁ bahunā janena visabhāgo yadidaṁ nekkhamman’”ti.

[¶9] “That’s so true, Ānanda! That’s so true! Before my awakening—when I was still unawakened but intent on awakening—I too thought, ‘Renunciation is good! Seclusion is good!’ But my mind did not leap forth, gain confidence, settle down, and become decided in renunciation. I didn’t see it as peaceful. Then I thought, ‘What is the cause, what is the reason why my mind does not leap forth, gain confidence, settle down, and become decided in renunciation? Why don’t I see it as peaceful?’ Then I thought, ‘I haven’t seen the drawbacks of sensual pleasures, and so I haven’t cultivated that. I haven’t realized the benefits of renunciation, and so I haven’t developed that. That’s why my mind does not leap forth, gain confidence, settle down, and become decided in renunciation. And it’s why I don’t see it as peaceful.’ Then I thought, ‘Suppose that, seeing the drawbacks of sensual pleasures, I were to cultivate that. And suppose that, realizing the benefits of renunciation, I were to develop that. It’s possible that my mind would leap forth, gain confidence, settle down, and become decided in renunciation. And I would see it as peaceful.’ And so, after some time, I saw the drawbacks of sensual pleasures and cultivated that, and I realized the benefits of renunciation and developed that. Then my mind leapt forth, gained confidence, settled down, and became decided in renunciation. I saw it as peaceful. And so, quite secluded from sensual pleasures, secluded from unskillful qualities, I entered and remained in the first absorption, which has the rapture and bliss born of seclusion, while placing the mind and keeping it connected. While I was in that meditation, perception and focus accompanied by sensual pleasures beset me, and that was an affliction for me. Suppose a happy person were to experience pain; that would be an affliction for them. In the same way, when perception and focus accompanied by sensual pleasures beset me, that was an affliction for me.

> Pali: “Evametaṁ, ānanda, evametaṁ, ānanda. Mayhampi kho, ānanda, pubbeva sambodhā anabhisambuddhassa bodhisattasseva sato etadahosi: ‘sādhu nekkhammaṁ, sādhu paviveko’ti. Tassa mayhaṁ, ānanda, nekkhamme cittaṁ na pakkhandati nappasīdati na santiṭṭhati na vimuccati etaṁ santanti passato. Tassa mayhaṁ, ānanda, etadahosi: ‘ko nu kho hetu ko paccayo, yena me nekkhamme cittaṁ na pakkhandati nappasīdati na santiṭṭhati na vimuccati etaṁ santanti passato’? Tassa mayhaṁ, ānanda, etadahosi: ‘kāmesu kho me ādīnavo adiṭṭho, so ca me abahulīkato, nekkhamme ca ānisaṁso anadhigato, so ca me anāsevito. Tasmā me nekkhamme cittaṁ na pakkhandati nappasīdati na santiṭṭhati na vimuccati etaṁ santanti passato’. Tassa mayhaṁ, ānanda, etadahosi: ‘sace kho ahaṁ kāmesu ādīnavaṁ disvā taṁ bahulaṁ kareyyaṁ, nekkhamme ānisaṁsaṁ adhigamma tamāseveyyaṁ, ṭhānaṁ kho panetaṁ vijjati yaṁ me nekkhamme cittaṁ pakkhandeyya pasīdeyya santiṭṭheyya vimucceyya etaṁ santanti passato’. So kho ahaṁ, ānanda, aparena samayena kāmesu ādīnavaṁ disvā taṁ bahulamakāsiṁ, nekkhamme ānisaṁsaṁ adhigamma tamāseviṁ. Tassa mayhaṁ, ānanda, nekkhamme cittaṁ pakkhandati pasīdati santiṭṭhati vimuccati etaṁ santanti passato. So kho ahaṁ, ānanda, vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṁ savicāraṁ vivekajaṁ pītisukhaṁ paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharāmi. Tassa mayhaṁ, ānanda, iminā vihārena viharato kāmasahagatā saññāmanasikārā samudācaranti. Svassa me hoti ābādho. Seyyathāpi, ānanda, sukhino dukkhaṁ uppajjeyya yāvadeva ābādhāya; evamevassa me kāmasahagatā saññāmanasikārā samudācaranti. Svassa me hoti ābādho.

[¶10] Then I thought, ‘Why don’t I, as the placing of the mind and keeping it connected are stilled … enter and remain in the second absorption?’ But my mind did not leap forth, gain confidence, settle down, and become decided in not placing the mind. I didn’t see it as peaceful. Then I thought, ‘What is the cause, what is the reason why my mind does not leap forth, gain confidence, settle down, and become decided in not placing the mind? Why don’t I see it as peaceful?’ Then I thought, ‘I haven’t seen the drawbacks of placing the mind, and so I haven’t cultivated that. I haven’t realized the benefits of not placing the mind, and so I haven’t developed that. That’s why my mind does not leap forth, gain confidence, settle down, and become decided in not placing the mind. And it’s why I don’t see it as peaceful.’ Then I thought, ‘Suppose that, seeing the drawbacks of placing the mind, I were to cultivate that. And suppose that, realizing the benefits of not placing the mind, I were to develop that. It’s possible that my mind would leap forth, gain confidence, settle down, and become decided in not placing the mind. And I would see it as peaceful.’ And so, after some time, I saw the drawbacks of placing the mind and cultivated that, and I realized the benefits of not placing the mind and developed that. Then my mind did leap forth, gain confidence, settle down, and become decided in not placing the mind. I saw it as peaceful. And so, as the placing of the mind and keeping it connected were stilled … I entered and remained in the second absorption. While I was in that meditation, perception and focus accompanied by placing the mind beset me, and that was an affliction for me. Suppose a happy person were to experience pain; that would be an affliction for them. In the same way, when perception and focus accompanied by placing the mind and keeping it connected beset me, that was an affliction for me.

> Pali: Tassa mayhaṁ, ānanda, etadahosi: ‘yannūnāhaṁ vitakkavicārānaṁ vūpasamā …pe… dutiyaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja vihareyyan’ti. Tassa mayhaṁ, ānanda, avitakke cittaṁ na pakkhandati nappasīdati na santiṭṭhati na vimuccati etaṁ santanti passato. Tassa mayhaṁ, ānanda, etadahosi: ‘ko nu kho hetu ko paccayo, yena me avitakke cittaṁ na pakkhandati nappasīdati na santiṭṭhati na vimuccati etaṁ santanti passato’? Tassa mayhaṁ, ānanda, etadahosi: ‘vitakkesu kho me ādīnavo adiṭṭho, so ca me abahulīkato, avitakke ca ānisaṁso anadhigato, so ca me anāsevito. Tasmā me avitakke cittaṁ na pakkhandati nappasīdati na santiṭṭhati na vimuccati etaṁ santanti passato’. Tassa mayhaṁ, ānanda, etadahosi: ‘sace kho ahaṁ vitakkesu ādīnavaṁ disvā taṁ bahulaṁ kareyyaṁ, avitakke ānisaṁsaṁ adhigamma tamāseveyyaṁ, ṭhānaṁ kho panetaṁ vijjati yaṁ me avitakke cittaṁ pakkhandeyya pasīdeyya santiṭṭheyya vimucceyya etaṁ santanti passato’. So kho ahaṁ, ānanda, aparena samayena vitakkesu ādīnavaṁ disvā taṁ bahulamakāsiṁ, avitakke ānisaṁsaṁ adhigamma tamāseviṁ. Tassa mayhaṁ, ānanda, avitakke cittaṁ pakkhandati pasīdati santiṭṭhati vimuccati etaṁ santanti passato. So kho ahaṁ, ānanda, vitakkavicārānaṁ vūpasamā …pe… dutiyaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharāmi. Tassa mayhaṁ, ānanda, iminā vihārena viharato vitakkasahagatā saññāmanasikārā samudācaranti. Svassa me hoti ābādho. Seyyathāpi, ānanda, sukhino dukkhaṁ uppajjeyya yāvadeva ābādhāya; evamevassa me vitakkasahagatā saññāmanasikārā samudācaranti. Svassa me hoti ābādho.

[¶11] Then I thought, ‘Why don’t I, with the fading away of rapture, enter and remain in the third absorption, where I will meditate with equanimity, mindful and aware, experiencing for themselves the bliss of which the noble ones declare, “Equanimous and mindful, one meditates in bliss”?’ But my mind did not leap forth, gain confidence, settle down, and become decided in freedom from rapture. I didn’t see it as peaceful. Then I thought, ‘What is the cause, what is the reason why my mind does not leap forth, gain confidence, settle down, and become decided in freedom from rapture? Why don’t I see it as peaceful?’ Then I thought, ‘I haven’t seen the drawbacks of rapture, and so I haven’t cultivated that. I haven’t realized the benefits of freedom from rapture, and so I haven’t developed that. That’s why my mind does not leap forth, gain confidence, settle down, and become decided in freedom from rapture. And it’s why I don’t see it as peaceful.’ Then I thought, ‘Suppose that, seeing the drawbacks of rapture, I were to cultivate that. And suppose that, realizing the benefits of freedom from rapture, I were to develop that. It’s possible that my mind would leap forth, gain confidence, settle down, and become decided in being free from rapture. And I would see it as peaceful.’ And so, after some time, I saw the drawbacks of rapture and cultivated that, and I realized the benefits of freedom from rapture and developed that. Then my mind leapt forth, gained confidence, settled down, and became decided in freedom from rapture. I saw it as peaceful. And so, with the fading away of rapture … I entered and remained in the third absorption. While I was in that meditation, perception and focus accompanied by rapture beset me, and that was an affliction for me. Suppose a happy person were to experience pain; that would be an affliction for them. In the same way, when perception and focus accompanied by rapture beset me, that was an affliction for me.

> Pali: Tassa mayhaṁ, ānanda, etadahosi: ‘yannūnāhaṁ pītiyā ca virāgā upekkhako ca vihareyyaṁ sato ca sampajāno sukhañca kāyena paṭisaṁvedeyyaṁ yaṁ taṁ ariyā ācikkhanti—upekkhako satimā sukhavihārīti tatiyaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja vihareyyan’ti. Tassa mayhaṁ, ānanda, nippītike cittaṁ na pakkhandati nappasīdati na santiṭṭhati na vimuccati etaṁ santanti passato. Tassa mayhaṁ, ānanda, etadahosi: ‘ko nu kho hetu ko paccayo, yena me nippītike cittaṁ na pakkhandati nappasīdati na santiṭṭhati na vimuccati etaṁ santanti passato’? Tassa mayhaṁ, ānanda, etadahosi: ‘pītiyā kho me ādīnavo adiṭṭho, so ca me abahulīkato, nippītike ca ānisaṁso anadhigato, so ca me anāsevito. Tasmā me nippītike cittaṁ na pakkhandati nappasīdati na santiṭṭhati na vimuccati etaṁ santanti passato’. Tassa mayhaṁ, ānanda, etadahosi: ‘sace kho ahaṁ pītiyā ādīnavaṁ disvā taṁ bahulaṁ kareyyaṁ, nippītike ānisaṁsaṁ adhigamma tamāseveyyaṁ, ṭhānaṁ kho panetaṁ vijjati yaṁ me nippītike cittaṁ pakkhandeyya pasīdeyya santiṭṭheyya vimucceyya etaṁ santanti passato’. So kho ahaṁ, ānanda, aparena samayena pītiyā ādīnavaṁ disvā taṁ bahulamakāsiṁ, nippītike ānisaṁsaṁ adhigamma tamāseviṁ. Tassa mayhaṁ, ānanda, nippītike cittaṁ pakkhandati pasīdati santiṭṭhati vimuccati etaṁ santanti passato. So kho ahaṁ, ānanda, pītiyā ca virāgā …pe… tatiyaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharāmi. Tassa mayhaṁ, ānanda, iminā vihārena viharato pītisahagatā saññāmanasikārā samudācaranti. Svassa me hoti ābādho. Seyyathāpi, ānanda, sukhino dukkhaṁ uppajjeyya yāvadeva ābādhāya; evamevassa me pītisahagatā saññāmanasikārā samudācaranti. Svassa me hoti ābādho.

[¶12] Then I thought, ‘Why don’t I, with the giving up of pleasure and pain, and the disappearance of former happiness and sadness, enter and remain in the fourth absorption, without pleasure or pain, with pure equanimity and mindfulness?’ But my mind did not leap forth, gain confidence, settle down, and become decided in being without pleasure and pain. I didn’t see it as peaceful. Then I thought, ‘What is the cause, what is the reason why my mind does not leap forth, gain confidence, settle down, and become decided in being without pleasure and pain? Why don’t I see it as peaceful?’ Then I thought, ‘I haven’t seen the drawbacks of bliss with equanimity, and so I haven’t cultivated that. I haven’t realized the benefits of being without pleasure and pain, and so I haven’t developed that. That’s why my mind does not leap forth, gain confidence, settle down, and become decided in being without pleasure and pain. And it’s why I don’t see it as peaceful.’ Then I thought, ‘Suppose that, seeing the drawbacks of bliss with equanimity, I were to cultivate that. And suppose that, realizing the benefits of being without pleasure and pain, I were to develop that. It’s possible that my mind would leap forth, gain confidence, settle down, and become decided in being without pleasure and pain. And I would see it as peaceful.’ And so, after some time, I saw the drawbacks of bliss with equanimity and cultivated that, and I realized the benefits of being without pleasure and pain and developed that. Then my mind did leap forth, gain confidence, settle down, and become decided in being without pleasure and pain. I saw it as peaceful. And so, giving up pleasure and pain … I entered and remained in the fourth absorption. While I was in that meditation, perception and focus accompanied by bliss with equanimity beset me, and that was an affliction for me. Suppose a happy person were to experience pain; that would be an affliction for them. In the same way, when perception and focus accompanied by bliss with equanimity beset me, that was an affliction for me.

> Pali: Tassa mayhaṁ, ānanda, etadahosi: ‘yannūnāhaṁ sukhassa ca pahānā dukkhassa ca pahānā pubbeva somanassadomanassānaṁ atthaṅgamā adukkhamasukhaṁ upekkhāsatipārisuddhiṁ catutthaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja vihareyyan’ti. Tassa mayhaṁ, ānanda, adukkhamasukhe cittaṁ na pakkhandati nappasīdati na santiṭṭhati na vimuccati etaṁ santanti passato. Tassa mayhaṁ, ānanda, etadahosi: ‘ko nu kho hetu ko paccayo, yena me adukkhamasukhe cittaṁ na pakkhandati nappasīdati na santiṭṭhati na vimuccati etaṁ santanti passato’? Tassa mayhaṁ, ānanda, etadahosi: ‘upekkhāsukhe kho me ādīnavo adiṭṭho, so ca me abahulīkato, adukkhamasukhe ca ānisaṁso anadhigato, so ca me anāsevito. Tasmā me adukkhamasukhe cittaṁ na pakkhandati nappasīdati na santiṭṭhati na vimuccati etaṁ santanti passato’. Tassa mayhaṁ, ānanda, etadahosi: ‘sace kho ahaṁ upekkhāsukhe ādīnavaṁ disvā taṁ bahulaṁ kareyyaṁ, adukkhamasukhe ānisaṁsaṁ adhigamma tamāseveyyaṁ, ṭhānaṁ kho panetaṁ vijjati yaṁ me adukkhamasukhe cittaṁ pakkhandeyya pasīdeyya santiṭṭheyya vimucceyya etaṁ santanti passato’. So kho ahaṁ, ānanda, aparena samayena upekkhāsukhe ādīnavaṁ disvā taṁ bahulamakāsiṁ adukkhamasukhe ānisaṁsaṁ adhigamma tamāseviṁ. Tassa mayhaṁ, ānanda, adukkhamasukhe cittaṁ pakkhandati pasīdati santiṭṭhati vimuccati etaṁ santanti passato. So kho ahaṁ, ānanda, sukhassa ca pahānā …pe… catutthaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharāmi. Tassa mayhaṁ, ānanda, iminā vihārena viharato upekkhāsahagatā saññāmanasikārā samudācaranti. Svassa me hoti ābādho. Seyyathāpi, ānanda, sukhino dukkhaṁ uppajjeyya yāvadeva ābādhāya; evamevassa me upekkhāsahagatā saññāmanasikārā samudācaranti. Svassa me hoti ābādho.

[¶13] Then I thought, ‘Why don’t I, going totally beyond perceptions of form, with the disappearance of perceptions of impingement, not focusing on perceptions of diversity, aware that “space is infinite”, enter and remain in the dimension of infinite space?’ But my mind did not leap forth, gain confidence, settle down, and become decided in the dimension of infinite space. I didn’t see it as peaceful. Then I thought, ‘What is the cause, what is the reason why my mind does not leap forth, gain confidence, settle down, and become decided in the dimension of infinite space? Why don’t I see it as peaceful?’ Then I thought, ‘I haven’t seen the drawbacks of forms, and so I haven’t cultivated that. I haven’t realized the benefits of the dimension of infinite space, and so I haven’t developed that. That’s why my mind does not leap forth, gain confidence, settle down, and become decided in the dimension of infinite space. And it’s why I don’t see it as peaceful.’ Then I thought, ‘Suppose that, seeing the drawbacks of forms, I were to cultivate that. And suppose that, realizing the benefits of the dimension of infinite space, I were to develop that. It’s possible that my mind would leap forth, gain confidence, settle down, and become decided in the dimension of infinite space. And I would see it as peaceful.’ And so, after some time, I saw the drawbacks of forms and cultivated that, and I realized the benefits of the dimension of infinite space and developed that. Then my mind leapt forth, gained confidence, settled down, and became decided in the dimension of infinite space. I saw it as peaceful. And so, going totally beyond perceptions of form, with the disappearance of perceptions of impingement, not focusing on perceptions of diversity, aware that ‘space is infinite’, I entered and remained in the dimension of infinite space. While I was in that meditation, perception and focus accompanied by forms beset me, and that was an affliction for me. Suppose a happy person were to experience pain; that would be an affliction for them. In the same way, when perception and focus accompanied by forms beset me, that was an affliction for me.

> Pali: Tassa mayhaṁ, ānanda, etadahosi: ‘yannūnāhaṁ sabbaso rūpasaññānaṁ samatikkamā paṭighasaññānaṁ atthaṅgamā nānattasaññānaṁ amanasikārā “ananto ākāso”ti ākāsānañcāyatanaṁ upasampajja vihareyyan’ti. Tassa mayhaṁ, ānanda, ākāsānañcāyatane cittaṁ na pakkhandati nappasīdati na santiṭṭhati na vimuccati etaṁ santanti passato. Tassa mayhaṁ, ānanda, etadahosi: ‘ko nu kho hetu ko paccayo, yena me ākāsānañcāyatane cittaṁ na pakkhandati nappasīdati na santiṭṭhati na vimuccati etaṁ santanti passato’? Tassa mayhaṁ, ānanda, etadahosi: ‘rūpesu kho me ādīnavo adiṭṭho, so ca abahulīkato, ākāsānañcāyatane ca ānisaṁso anadhigato, so ca me anāsevito. Tasmā me ākāsānañcāyatane cittaṁ na pakkhandati nappasīdati na santiṭṭhati na vimuccati etaṁ santanti passato’. Tassa mayhaṁ, ānanda, etadahosi: ‘sace kho ahaṁ rūpesu ādīnavaṁ disvā taṁ bahulaṁ kareyyaṁ, ākāsānañcāyatane ānisaṁsaṁ adhigamma tamāseveyyaṁ, ṭhānaṁ kho panetaṁ vijjati yaṁ me ākāsānañcāyatane cittaṁ pakkhandeyya pasīdeyya santiṭṭheyya vimucceyya etaṁ santanti passato’. So kho ahaṁ, ānanda, aparena samayena rūpesu ādīnavaṁ disvā taṁ bahulamakāsiṁ, ākāsānañcāyatane ānisaṁsaṁ adhigamma tamāseviṁ. Tassa mayhaṁ, ānanda, ākāsānañcāyatane cittaṁ pakkhandati pasīdati santiṭṭhati vimuccati etaṁ santanti passato. So kho ahaṁ, ānanda, sabbaso rūpasaññānaṁ samatikkamā paṭighasaññānaṁ atthaṅgamā nānattasaññānaṁ amanasikārā ‘ananto ākāso’ti ākāsānañcāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharāmi. Tassa mayhaṁ, ānanda, iminā vihārena viharato rūpasahagatā saññāmanasikārā samudācaranti. Svassa me hoti ābādho. Seyyathāpi, ānanda, sukhino dukkhaṁ uppajjeyya yāvadeva ābādhāya; evamevassa me rūpasahagatā saññāmanasikārā samudācaranti. Svassa me hoti ābādho.

[¶14] Then I thought, ‘Why don’t I, going totally beyond the dimension of infinite space, aware that “consciousness is infinite”, enter and remain in the dimension of infinite consciousness?’ But my mind did not leap forth, gain confidence, settle down, and become decided in the dimension of infinite consciousness. I didn’t see it as peaceful. Then I thought, ‘What is the cause, what is the reason why my mind does not leap forth, gain confidence, settle down, and become decided in the dimension of infinite consciousness? Why don’t I see it as peaceful?’ Then I thought, ‘I haven’t seen the drawbacks of the dimension of infinite space, and so I haven’t cultivated that. I haven’t realized the benefits of the dimension of infinite consciousness, and so I haven’t developed that. That’s why my mind does not leap forth, gain confidence, settle down, and become decided in the dimension of infinite consciousness. And it’s why I don’t see it as peaceful.’ Then I thought, ‘Suppose that, seeing the drawbacks of the dimension of infinite space, I were to cultivate that. And suppose that, realizing the benefits of the dimension of infinite consciousness, I were to develop that. It’s possible that my mind would leap forth, gain confidence, settle down, and become decided in the dimension of infinite consciousness. And I would see it as peaceful.’ And so, after some time, I saw the drawbacks of the dimension of infinite space and cultivated that, and I realized the benefits of the dimension of infinite consciousness and developed that. Then my mind leapt forth, gained confidence, settled down, and became decided in the dimension of infinite consciousness. I saw it as peaceful. And so, going totally beyond the dimension of infinite space, aware that ‘consciousness is infinite’, I entered and remained in the dimension of infinite consciousness. While I was in that meditation, perception and focus accompanied by the dimension of infinite space beset me, and that was an affliction for me. Suppose a happy person were to experience pain; that would be an affliction for them. In the same way, when perception and focus accompanied by the dimension of infinite space beset me, that was an affliction for me.

> Pali: Tassa mayhaṁ, ānanda, etadahosi: ‘yannūnāhaṁ sabbaso ākāsānañcāyatanaṁ samatikkamma “anantaṁ viññāṇan”ti viññāṇañcāyatanaṁ upasampajja vihareyyan’ti. Tassa mayhaṁ, ānanda, viññāṇañcāyatane cittaṁ na pakkhandati nappasīdati na santiṭṭhati na vimuccati etaṁ santanti passato. Tassa mayhaṁ, ānanda, etadahosi: ‘ko nu kho hetu ko paccayo, yena me viññāṇañcāyatane cittaṁ na pakkhandati nappasīdati na santiṭṭhati na vimuccati etaṁ santanti passato’? Tassa mayhaṁ, ānanda, etadahosi: ‘ākāsānañcāyatane kho me ādīnavo adiṭṭho, so ca abahulīkato, viññāṇañcāyatane ca ānisaṁso anadhigato, so ca me anāsevito. Tasmā me viññāṇañcāyatane cittaṁ na pakkhandati nappasīdati na santiṭṭhati na vimuccati etaṁ santanti passato’. Tassa mayhaṁ, ānanda, etadahosi: ‘sace kho ahaṁ ākāsānañcāyatane ādīnavaṁ disvā taṁ bahulaṁ kareyyaṁ, viññāṇañcāyatane ānisaṁsaṁ adhigamma tamāseveyyaṁ, ṭhānaṁ kho panetaṁ vijjati yaṁ me viññāṇañcāyatane cittaṁ pakkhandeyya pasīdeyya santiṭṭheyya vimucceyya etaṁ santanti passato’. So kho ahaṁ, ānanda, aparena samayena ākāsānañcāyatane ādīnavaṁ disvā taṁ bahulamakāsiṁ, viññāṇañcāyatane ānisaṁsaṁ adhigamma tamāseviṁ. Tassa mayhaṁ, ānanda, viññāṇañcāyatane cittaṁ pakkhandati pasīdati santiṭṭhati vimuccati etaṁ santanti passato. So kho ahaṁ, ānanda, sabbaso ākāsānañcāyatanaṁ samatikkamma ‘anantaṁ viññāṇan’ti viññāṇañcāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharāmi. Tassa mayhaṁ, ānanda, iminā vihārena viharato ākāsānañcāyatanasahagatā saññāmanasikārā samudācaranti. Svassa me hoti ābādho. Seyyathāpi, ānanda, sukhino dukkhaṁ uppajjeyya yāvadeva ābādhāya; evamevassa me ākāsānañcāyatanasahagatā saññāmanasikārā samudācaranti. Svassa me hoti ābādho.

[¶15] Then I thought, ‘Why don’t I, going totally beyond the dimension of infinite consciousness, aware that “there is nothing at all”, enter and remain in the dimension of nothingness?’ But my mind did not leap forth, gain confidence, settle down, and become decided in the dimension of nothingness. I didn’t see it as peaceful. Then I thought, ‘What is the cause, what is the reason why my mind does not leap forth, gain confidence, settle down, and become decided in the dimension of nothingness? Why don’t I see it as peaceful?’ Then I thought, ‘I haven’t seen the drawbacks of the dimension of infinite consciousness, and so I haven’t cultivated that. I haven’t realized the benefits of the dimension of nothingness, and so I haven’t developed that. That’s why my mind does not leap forth, gain confidence, settle down, and become decided in the dimension of nothingness. And it’s why I don’t see it as peaceful.’ Then I thought, ‘Suppose that, seeing the drawbacks of the dimension of infinite consciousness, I were to cultivate that. And suppose that, realizing the benefits of the dimension of nothingness, I were to develop that. It’s possible that my mind would leap forth, gain confidence, settle down, and become decided in the dimension of nothingness. And I would see it as peaceful.’ And so, after some time, I saw the drawbacks of the dimension of infinite consciousness and cultivated that, and I realized the benefits of the dimension of nothingness and developed that. Then my mind leapt forth, gained confidence, settled down, and became decided in the dimension of nothingness. I saw it as peaceful. And so, going totally beyond the dimension of infinite consciousness, aware that ‘there is nothing at all’, I entered and remained in the dimension of nothingness. While I was in that meditation, perception and focus accompanied by the dimension of infinite consciousness beset me, and that was an affliction for me. Suppose a happy person were to experience pain; that would be an affliction for them. In the same way, when perception and focus accompanied by the dimension of infinite consciousness beset me, that was an affliction for me.

> Pali: Tassa mayhaṁ, ānanda, etadahosi: ‘yannūnāhaṁ sabbaso viññāṇañcāyatanaṁ samatikkamma “natthi kiñcī”ti ākiñcaññāyatanaṁ upasampajja vihareyyan’ti. Tassa mayhaṁ, ānanda, ākiñcaññāyatane cittaṁ na pakkhandati nappasīdati na santiṭṭhati na vimuccati etaṁ santanti passato. Tassa mayhaṁ, ānanda, etadahosi: ‘ko nu kho hetu ko paccayo, yena me ākiñcaññāyatane cittaṁ na pakkhandati nappasīdati na santiṭṭhati na vimuccati etaṁ santanti passato’? Tassa mayhaṁ, ānanda, etadahosi: ‘viññāṇañcāyatane kho me ādīnavo adiṭṭho, so ca me abahulīkato, ākiñcaññāyatane ca ānisaṁso anadhigato, so ca me anāsevito. Tasmā me ākiñcaññāyatane cittaṁ na pakkhandati nappasīdati na santiṭṭhati na vimuccati etaṁ santanti passato’. Tassa mayhaṁ, ānanda, etadahosi: ‘sace kho ahaṁ viññāṇañcāyatane ādīnavaṁ disvā taṁ bahulaṁ kareyyaṁ, ākiñcaññāyatane ānisaṁsaṁ adhigamma tamāseveyyaṁ, ṭhānaṁ kho panetaṁ vijjati yaṁ me ākiñcaññāyatane cittaṁ pakkhandeyya pasīdeyya santiṭṭheyya vimucceyya etaṁ santanti passato’. So kho ahaṁ, ānanda, aparena samayena viññāṇañcāyatane ādīnavaṁ disvā taṁ bahulamakāsiṁ, ākiñcaññāyatane ānisaṁsaṁ adhigamma tamāseviṁ. Tassa mayhaṁ, ānanda, ākiñcaññāyatane cittaṁ pakkhandati pasīdati santiṭṭhati vimuccati etaṁ santanti passato. So kho ahaṁ, ānanda, sabbaso viññāṇañcāyatanaṁ samatikkamma ‘natthi kiñcī’ti ākiñcaññāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharāmi. Tassa mayhaṁ, ānanda, iminā vihārena viharato viññāṇañcāyatanasahagatā saññāmanasikārā samudācaranti. Svassa me hoti ābādho. Seyyathāpi, ānanda, sukhino dukkhaṁ uppajjeyya yāvadeva ābādhāya; evamevassa me viññāṇañcāyatanasahagatā saññāmanasikārā samudācaranti. Svassa me hoti ābādho.

[¶16] Then I thought, ‘Why don’t I, going totally beyond the dimension of nothingness, enter and remain in the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception?’ But my mind did not leap forth, gain confidence, settle down, and become decided in the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception. I didn’t see it as peaceful. Then I thought, ‘What is the cause, what is the reason why my mind does not leap forth, gain confidence, settle down, and become decided in the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception? Why don’t I see it as peaceful?’ Then I thought, ‘I haven’t seen the drawbacks of the dimension of nothingness, and so I haven’t cultivated that. I haven’t realized the benefits of the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception, and so I haven’t developed that. That’s why my mind does not leap forth, gain confidence, settle down, and become decided in the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception. And it’s why I don’t see it as peaceful.’ Then I thought, ‘Suppose that, seeing the drawbacks of the dimension of nothingness, I were to cultivate that. And suppose that, realizing the benefits of the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception, I were to develop that. It’s possible that my mind would leap forth, gain confidence, settle down, and become decided in the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception. And I would see it as peaceful.’ And so, after some time, I saw the drawbacks of the dimension of nothingness and cultivated that, and I realized the benefits of the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception and developed that. Then my mind leapt forth, gained confidence, settled down, and became decided in the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception. I saw it as peaceful. And so, going totally beyond the dimension of nothingness, I entered and remained in the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception. While I was in that meditation, perception and focus accompanied by the dimension of nothingness beset me, and that was an affliction for me. Suppose a happy person were to experience pain; that would be an affliction for them. In the same way, when perception and focus accompanied by the dimension of nothingness beset me, that was an affliction for me.

> Pali: Tassa mayhaṁ, ānanda, etadahosi: ‘yannūnāhaṁ sabbaso ākiñcaññāyatanaṁ samatikkamma nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṁ upasampajja vihareyyan’ti. Tassa mayhaṁ, ānanda, nevasaññānāsaññāyatane cittaṁ na pakkhandati nappasīdati na santiṭṭhati na vimuccati etaṁ santanti passato. Tassa mayhaṁ, ānanda, etadahosi: ‘ko nu kho hetu ko paccayo, yena me nevasaññānāsaññāyatane cittaṁ na pakkhandati nappasīdati na santiṭṭhati na vimuccati etaṁ santanti passato’? Tassa mayhaṁ, ānanda, etadahosi: ‘ākiñcaññāyatane kho me ādīnavo adiṭṭho, so ca me abahulīkato, nevasaññānāsaññāyatane ca ānisaṁso anadhigato, so ca me anāsevito. Tasmā me nevasaññānāsaññāyatane cittaṁ na pakkhandati nappasīdati na santiṭṭhati na vimuccati etaṁ santanti passato’. Tassa mayhaṁ, ānanda, etadahosi: ‘sace kho ahaṁ ākiñcaññāyatane ādīnavaṁ disvā taṁ bahulaṁ kareyyaṁ, nevasaññānāsaññāyatane ānisaṁsaṁ adhigamma tamāseveyyaṁ, ṭhānaṁ kho panetaṁ vijjati yaṁ me nevasaññānāsaññāyatane cittaṁ pakkhandeyya pasīdeyya santiṭṭheyya vimucceyya etaṁ santanti passato’. So kho ahaṁ, ānanda, aparena samayena ākiñcaññāyatane ādīnavaṁ disvā taṁ bahulamakāsiṁ, nevasaññānāsaññāyatane ānisaṁsaṁ adhigamma tamāseviṁ. Tassa mayhaṁ, ānanda, nevasaññānāsaññāyatane cittaṁ pakkhandati pasīdati santiṭṭhati vimuccati etaṁ santanti passato. So kho ahaṁ, ānanda, sabbaso ākiñcaññāyatanaṁ samatikkamma nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharāmi. Tassa mayhaṁ, ānanda, iminā vihārena viharato ākiñcaññāyatanasahagatā saññāmanasikārā samudācaranti. Svassa me hoti ābādho. Seyyathāpi, ānanda, sukhino dukkhaṁ uppajjeyya yāvadeva ābādhāya; evamevassa me ākiñcaññāyatanasahagatā saññāmanasikārā samudācaranti. Svassa me hoti ābādho.

[¶17] Then I thought, ‘Why don’t I, going totally beyond the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception, enter and remain in the cessation of perception and feeling?’ But my mind did not leap forth, gain confidence, settle down, and become decided in the cessation of perception and feeling. I didn’t see it as peaceful. Then I thought, ‘What is the cause, what is the reason why my mind does not leap forth, gain confidence, settle down, and become decided in the cessation of perception and feeling? Why don’t I see it as peaceful?’ Then I thought, ‘I haven’t seen the drawbacks of the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception, and so I haven’t cultivated that. I haven’t realized the benefits of the cessation of perception and feeling, and so I haven’t developed that. That’s why my mind does not leap forth, gain confidence, settle down, and become decided in the cessation of perception and feeling. And it’s why I don’t see it as peaceful.’ Then I thought, ‘Suppose that, seeing the drawbacks of the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception, I were to cultivate that. And suppose that, realizing the benefits of the cessation of perception and feeling, I were to develop that. It’s possible that my mind would leap forth, gain confidence, settle down, and become decided in the cessation of perception and feeling. And I would see it as peaceful.’ And so, after some time, I saw the drawbacks of the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception and cultivated that, and I realized the benefits of the cessation of perception and feeling and developed that. Then my mind did leap forth, gain confidence, settle down, and become decided in the cessation of perception and feeling. I saw it as peaceful. And so, going totally beyond the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception, I entered and remained in the cessation of perception and feeling. And, having seen with wisdom, my defilements were ended.

> Pali: Tassa mayhaṁ, ānanda, etadahosi: ‘yannūnāhaṁ nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṁ samatikkamma saññāvedayitanirodhaṁ upasampajja vihareyyan’ti. Tassa mayhaṁ, ānanda, saññāvedayitanirodhe cittaṁ na pakkhandati nappasīdati na santiṭṭhati na vimuccati etaṁ santanti passato. Tassa mayhaṁ, ānanda, etadahosi: ‘ko nu kho hetu, ko paccayo, yena me saññāvedayitanirodhe cittaṁ na pakkhandati nappasīdati na santiṭṭhati na vimuccati etaṁ santanti passato’? Tassa mayhaṁ, ānanda, etadahosi: ‘nevasaññānāsaññāyatane kho me ādīnavo adiṭṭho, so ca me abahulīkato, saññāvedayitanirodhe ca ānisaṁso anadhigato, so ca me anāsevito. Tasmā me saññāvedayitanirodhe cittaṁ na pakkhandati nappasīdati na santiṭṭhati na vimuccati etaṁ santanti passato’. Tassa mayhaṁ, ānanda, etadahosi: ‘sace kho ahaṁ nevasaññānāsaññāyatane ādīnavaṁ disvā taṁ bahulaṁ kareyyaṁ, saññāvedayitanirodhe ānisaṁsaṁ adhigamma tamāseveyyaṁ, ṭhānaṁ kho panetaṁ vijjati yaṁ me saññāvedayitanirodhe cittaṁ pakkhandeyya pasīdeyya santiṭṭheyya vimucceyya etaṁ santanti passato’. So kho ahaṁ, ānanda, aparena samayena nevasaññānāsaññāyatane ādīnavaṁ disvā taṁ bahulamakāsiṁ, saññāvedayitanirodhe ānisaṁsaṁ adhigamma tamāseviṁ. Tassa mayhaṁ, ānanda, saññāvedayitanirodhe cittaṁ pakkhandati pasīdati santiṭṭhati vimuccati etaṁ santanti passato. So kho ahaṁ, ānanda, sabbaso nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṁ samatikkamma saññāvedayitanirodhaṁ upasampajja viharāmi, paññāya ca me disvā āsavā parikkhayaṁ agamaṁsu.

[¶18] As long as I hadn’t entered into and withdrawn from these nine progressive meditative attainments in both forward and reverse order, I didn’t announce my supreme perfect awakening in this world with its gods, Māras, and divinities, this population with its ascetics and brahmins, its gods and humans.

> Pali: Yāvakīvañcāhaṁ, ānanda, imā nava anupubbavihārasamāpattiyo na evaṁ anulomapaṭilomaṁ samāpajjimpi vuṭṭhahimpi, neva tāvāhaṁ, ānanda, sadevake loke samārake sabrahmake sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiyā pajāya sadevamanussāya ‘anuttaraṁ sammāsambodhiṁ abhisambuddho’ti paccaññāsiṁ.

[¶19] But when I had entered into and withdrawn from these nine progressive meditative attainments in both forward and reverse order, I announced my supreme perfect awakening in this world with its gods, Māras, and divinities, this population with its ascetics and brahmins, its gods and humans.

> Pali: Yato ca kho ahaṁ, ānanda, imā nava anupubbavihārasamāpattiyo evaṁ anulomapaṭilomaṁ samāpajjimpi vuṭṭhahimpi, athāhaṁ, ānanda, sadevake loke samārake sabrahmake sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiyā pajāya sadevamanussāya ‘anuttaraṁ sammāsambodhiṁ abhisambuddho’ti paccaññāsiṁ.

[¶20] Knowledge and vision arose in me: ‘My freedom is unshakable; this is my last rebirth; now there’ll be no more future lives.’”

> Pali: Ñāṇañca pana me dassanaṁ udapādi: ‘akuppā me cetovimutti, ayamantimā jāti, natthi dāni punabbhavo’”ti.

[¶21] > Pali: Dasamaṁ.

[¶22] > Pali: Mahāvaggo catuttho.

[¶23] > Pali: Tassuddānaṁ

[¶24] > Pali: Dve vihārā ca nibbānaṁ,
gāvī jhānena pañcamaṁ;
Ānando brāhmaṇā devo,
nāgena tapussena cāti.

## 9. Similarity · AN 9.42–9.51

Source: https://scriptura.si/works/pali-anguttara-nikaya-9/9/ · cite a paragraph as https://scriptura.si/works/pali-anguttara-nikaya-9/9/#p-N

[¶0] AN 9.42 · Cramped

> Pali: AN 9.42 · Sambādhasutta

[¶1] At one time Venerable Ānanda was staying near Kosambī in Ghosita’s monastery. Then Venerable Udāyī went up to Venerable Ānanda and exchanged greetings with him. When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side and said to Ānanda, “Reverend, this was said by the godling Pañcālacaṇḍa:

> Pali: Ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā ānando kosambiyaṁ viharati ghositārāme. Atha kho āyasmā udāyī yenāyasmā ānando tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmatā ānandena saddhiṁ sammodi. Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā udāyī āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ etadavoca: “vuttamidaṁ, āvuso, pañcālacaṇḍena devaputtena:

[¶2] ‘The opening amid confinement
was discovered by the Buddha of vast intelligence,
who awakened to absorption,
the sage, the solitary boss bull.’

> Pali: ‘Sambādhe gataṁ okāsaṁ,
Avidvā bhūrimedhaso;
Yo jhānamabujjhi buddho,
Paṭilīnanisabho munī’ti.

[¶3] But what is confinement, and what is the opening amid confinement that the Buddha spoke of?”

> Pali: Katamo, āvuso, sambādho, katamo sambādhe okāsādhigamo vutto bhagavatā”ti?

[¶4] “Reverend, these five kinds of sensual stimulation are called ‘confinement’ by the Buddha. What five? Sights known by the eye that are likable, desirable, agreeable, pleasant, sensual, and arousing. Sounds known by the ear … Smells known by the nose … Tastes known by the tongue … Touches known by the body, which are likable, desirable, agreeable, pleasant, sensual, and arousing. These are the five kinds of sensual stimulation that are called ‘confinement’ by the Buddha.

> Pali: “Pañcime, āvuso, kāmaguṇā sambādho vutto bhagavatā. Katame pañca? Cakkhuviññeyyā rūpā iṭṭhā kantā manāpā piyarūpā kāmūpasaṁhitā rajanīyā, sotaviññeyyā saddā …pe… ghānaviññeyyā gandhā … jivhāviññeyyā rasā … kāyaviññeyyā phoṭṭhabbā iṭṭhā kantā manāpā piyarūpā kāmūpasaṁhitā rajanīyā. Ime kho, āvuso, pañca kāmaguṇā sambādho vutto bhagavatā.

[¶5] Now, take a mendicant who, quite secluded from sensual pleasures … enters and remains in the first absorption. To this extent the Buddha spoke of an opening amid confinement in a qualified sense. But it is still confined. Confined by what? Whatever placing of the mind and keeping it connected has not ceased is the confinement there.

> Pali: Idhāvuso, bhikkhu vivicceva kāmehi …pe… paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. Ettāvatāpi kho, āvuso, sambādhe okāsādhigamo vutto bhagavatā pariyāyena. Tatrāpatthi sambādho. Kiñca tattha sambādho? Yadeva tattha vitakkavicārā aniruddhā honti, ayamettha sambādho.

[¶6] Furthermore, take a mendicant who, as the placing of the mind and keeping it connected are stilled … enters and remains in the second absorption. To this extent the Buddha spoke of an opening amid confinement in a qualified sense. But it is still confined. Confined by what? Whatever rapture has not ceased is the confinement there.

> Pali: Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu vitakkavicārānaṁ vūpasamā …pe… dutiyaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. Ettāvatāpi kho, āvuso, sambādhe okāsādhigamo vutto bhagavatā pariyāyena. Tatrāpatthi sambādho. Kiñca tattha sambādho? Yadeva tattha pīti aniruddhā hoti, ayamettha sambādho.

[¶7] Furthermore, take a mendicant who, with the fading away of rapture … enters and remains in the third absorption. To this extent the Buddha spoke of creating an opening amid confinement in a qualified sense. But it is still confined. Confined by what? Whatever bliss with equanimity has not ceased is the confinement there.

> Pali: Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu pītiyā ca virāgā …pe… tatiyaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. Ettāvatāpi kho, āvuso, sambādhe okāsādhigamo vutto bhagavatā pariyāyena. Tatrāpatthi sambādho. Kiñca tattha sambādho? Yadeva tattha upekkhāsukhaṁ aniruddhaṁ hoti, ayamettha sambādho.

[¶8] Furthermore, take a mendicant who, giving up pleasure and pain … enters and remains in the fourth absorption. To this extent the Buddha spoke of an opening amid confinement in a qualified sense. But it is still confined. Confined by what? Whatever perception of form has not ceased is the confinement there.

> Pali: Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu sukhassa ca pahānā …pe… catutthaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. Ettāvatāpi kho, āvuso, sambādhe okāsādhigamo vutto bhagavatā pariyāyena. Tatrāpatthi sambādho. Kiñca tattha sambādho? Yadeva tattha rūpasaññā aniruddhā hoti, ayamettha sambādho.

[¶9] Furthermore, take a mendicant who, going totally beyond perceptions of form, with the disappearance of perceptions of impingement, not focusing on perceptions of diversity, aware that ‘space is infinite’, enters and remains in the dimension of infinite space. To this extent the Buddha spoke of an opening amid confinement in a qualified sense. But it is still confined. Confined by what? Whatever perception of the dimension of infinite space has not ceased is the confinement there.

> Pali: Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu sabbaso rūpasaññānaṁ samatikkamā paṭighasaññānaṁ atthaṅgamā nānattasaññānaṁ amanasikārā ‘ananto ākāso’ti ākāsānañcāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati. Ettāvatāpi kho, āvuso, sambādhe okāsādhigamo vutto bhagavatā pariyāyena. Tatrāpatthi sambādho. Kiñca tattha sambādho? Yadeva tattha ākāsānañcāyatanasaññā aniruddhā hoti, ayamettha sambādho.

[¶10] Furthermore, a mendicant, going totally beyond the dimension of infinite space, aware that ‘consciousness is infinite’, enters and remains in the dimension of infinite consciousness. To this extent the Buddha spoke of an opening amid confinement in a qualified sense. But it is still confined. Confined by what? Whatever perception of the dimension of infinite consciousness has not ceased is the confinement there.

> Pali: Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu sabbaso ākāsānañcāyatanaṁ samatikkamma ‘anantaṁ viññāṇan’ti viññāṇañcāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati. Ettāvatāpi kho, āvuso, sambādhe okāsādhigamo vutto bhagavatā pariyāyena. Tatrāpatthi sambādho. Kiñca tattha sambādho? Yadeva tattha viññāṇañcāyatanasaññā aniruddhā hoti, ayamettha sambādho.

[¶11] Furthermore, a mendicant, going totally beyond the dimension of infinite consciousness, aware that ‘there is nothing at all’, enters and remains in the dimension of nothingness. To this extent the Buddha spoke of an opening amid confinement in a qualified sense. But it is still confined. Confined by what? Whatever perception of the dimension of nothingness has not ceased is the confinement there.

> Pali: Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu sabbaso viññāṇañcāyatanaṁ samatikkamma ‘natthi kiñcī’ti ākiñcaññāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati. Ettāvatāpi kho, āvuso, sambādhe okāsādhigamo vutto bhagavatā pariyāyena. Tatrāpatthi sambādho. Kiñca tattha sambādho? Yadeva tattha ākiñcaññāyatanasaññā aniruddhā hoti, ayamettha sambādho.

[¶12] Furthermore, take a mendicant who, going totally beyond the dimension of nothingness, enters and remains in the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception. To this extent the Buddha spoke of an opening amid confinement in a qualified sense. But it is still confined. Confined by what? Whatever perception of neither perception nor non-perception has not ceased is the confinement there.

> Pali: Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu sabbaso ākiñcaññāyatanaṁ samatikkamma nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati. Ettāvatāpi kho, āvuso, sambādhe okāsādhigamo vutto bhagavatā pariyāyena. Tatrāpatthi sambādho. Kiñca tattha sambādho? Yadeva tattha nevasaññānāsaññāyatanasaññā aniruddhā hoti, ayamettha sambādho.

[¶13] Furthermore, take a mendicant who, going totally beyond the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception, enters and remains in the cessation of perception and feeling. And, having seen with wisdom, their defilements come to an end. To this extent the Buddha spoke of an opening amid confinement in a definitive sense.”

> Pali: Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu sabbaso nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṁ samatikkamma saññāvedayitanirodhaṁ upasampajja viharati, paññāya cassa disvā āsavā parikkhīṇā honti. Ettāvatāpi kho, āvuso, sambādhe okāsādhigamo vutto bhagavatā nippariyāyenā”ti.

[¶14] > Pali: Paṭhamaṁ.

[¶15] AN 9.43 · A Direct Witness

> Pali: AN 9.43 · Kāyasakkhīsutta

[¶16] “Reverend, they speak of the ‘direct witness’. What is the direct witness that the Buddha spoke of?”

> Pali: “‘Kāyasakkhī, kāyasakkhī’ti, āvuso, vuccati. Kittāvatā nu kho, āvuso, kāyasakkhī vutto bhagavatā”ti?

[¶17] “First, take a mendicant who, quite secluded from sensual pleasures … enters and remains in the first absorption. They meditate directly experiencing that dimension in every way. To this extent the Buddha spoke of the direct witness in a qualified sense.

> Pali: Idhāvuso, bhikkhu vivicceva kāmehi …pe… paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. Yathā yathā ca tadāyatanaṁ tathā tathā naṁ kāyena phusitvā viharati. Ettāvatāpi kho, āvuso, kāyasakkhī vutto bhagavatā pariyāyena.

[¶18] Furthermore, take a mendicant who, as the placing of the mind and keeping it connected are stilled, enters and remains in the second absorption … third absorption … fourth absorption. They meditate directly experiencing that dimension in every way. To this extent the Buddha spoke of the direct witness in a qualified sense.

> Pali: Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu vitakkavicārānaṁ vūpasamā …pe… dutiyaṁ jhānaṁ … tatiyaṁ jhānaṁ … catutthaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. Yathā yathā ca tadāyatanaṁ tathā tathā naṁ kāyena phusitvā viharati. Ettāvatāpi kho, āvuso, kāyasakkhī vutto bhagavatā pariyāyena.

[¶19] Furthermore, take a mendicant who, going totally beyond perceptions of form, with the disappearance of perceptions of impingement, not focusing on perceptions of diversity, aware that ‘space is infinite’, enters and remains in the dimension of infinite space. They meditate directly experiencing that dimension in every way. To this extent the Buddha spoke of the direct witness in a qualified sense. Furthermore, take a mendicant who enters and remains in the dimension of infinite consciousness … the dimension of nothingness … the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception …

> Pali: Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu sabbaso rūpasaññānaṁ samatikkamā paṭighasaññānaṁ atthaṅgamā nānattasaññānaṁ amanasikārā ‘ananto ākāso’ti ākāsānañcāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati. Yathā yathā ca tadāyatanaṁ tathā tathā naṁ kāyena phusitvā viharati. Ettāvatāpi kho, āvuso, kāyasakkhī vutto bhagavatā pariyāyena …pe….

[¶20] Furthermore, take a mendicant who, going totally beyond the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception, enters and remains in the cessation of perception and feeling. And, having seen with wisdom, their defilements come to an end. They meditate directly experiencing that dimension in every way. To this extent the Buddha spoke of the direct witness in a definitive sense.”

> Pali: Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu sabbaso nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṁ samatikkamma saññāvedayitanirodhaṁ upasampajja viharati, paññāya cassa disvā āsavā parikkhīṇā honti. Yathā yathā ca tadāyatanaṁ tathā tathā naṁ kāyena phusitvā viharati. Ettāvatāpi kho, āvuso, kāyasakkhī vutto bhagavatā nippariyāyenā”ti.

[¶21] > Pali: Dutiyaṁ.

[¶22] AN 9.44 · Freed by Wisdom

> Pali: AN 9.44 · Paññāvimuttasutta

[¶23] “Reverend, they speak of one ‘freed by wisdom’. What is the one freed by wisdom that the Buddha spoke of?”

> Pali: “‘Paññāvimutto, paññāvimutto’ti, āvuso, vuccati. Kittāvatā nu kho, āvuso, paññāvimutto vutto bhagavatā”ti?

[¶24] “First, take a mendicant who, quite secluded from sensual pleasures … enters and remains in the first absorption. And they understand that with wisdom. To this extent the Buddha spoke of the one freed by wisdom in a qualified sense. …

> Pali: “Idhāvuso, bhikkhu vivicceva kāmehi …pe… paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati, paññāya ca naṁ pajānāti. Ettāvatāpi kho, āvuso, paññāvimutto vutto bhagavatā pariyāyena …pe….

[¶25] Furthermore, take a mendicant who, going totally beyond the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception, enters and remains in the cessation of perception and feeling. And, having seen with wisdom, their defilements come to an end. And they understand that with wisdom. To this extent the Buddha spoke of the one freed by wisdom in a definitive sense.”

> Pali: Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu sabbaso nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṁ samatikkamma saññāvedayitanirodhaṁ upasampajja viharati, paññāya cassa disvā āsavā parikkhīṇā honti, paññāya ca naṁ pajānāti. Ettāvatāpi kho, āvuso, paññāvimutto vutto bhagavatā nippariyāyenā”ti.

[¶26] > Pali: Tatiyaṁ.

[¶27] AN 9.45 · Freed Both Ways

> Pali: AN 9.45 · Ubhatobhāgavimuttasutta

[¶28] “Reverend, they speak of one ‘freed both ways’. What is the one freed both ways that the Buddha spoke of?”

> Pali: “‘Ubhatobhāgavimutto, ubhatobhāgavimutto’ti, āvuso, vuccati. Kittāvatā nu kho, āvuso, ubhatobhāgavimutto vutto bhagavatā”ti?

[¶29] “First, take a mendicant who, quite secluded from sensual pleasures … enters and remains in the first absorption. They meditate directly experiencing that dimension in every way. And they understand that with wisdom. To this extent the Buddha spoke of the one freed both ways in a qualified sense. …

> Pali: “Idhāvuso, bhikkhu vivicceva kāmehi …pe… paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. Yathā yathā ca tadāyatanaṁ tathā tathā naṁ kāyena phusitvā viharati, paññāya ca naṁ pajānāti. Ettāvatāpi kho, āvuso, ubhatobhāgavimutto vutto bhagavatā pariyāyena …pe….

[¶30] Furthermore, take a mendicant who, going totally beyond the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception, enters and remains in the cessation of perception and feeling. And, having seen with wisdom, their defilements come to an end. They meditate directly experiencing that dimension in every way. And they understand that with wisdom. To this extent the Buddha spoke of the one freed both ways in a definitive sense.”

> Pali: Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu sabbaso nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṁ samatikkamma saññāvedayitanirodhaṁ upasampajja viharati, paññāya cassa disvā āsavā parikkhīṇā honti. Yathā yathā ca tadāyatanaṁ tathā tathā naṁ kāyena phusitvā viharati, paññāya ca naṁ pajānāti. Ettāvatāpi kho, āvuso, ubhatobhāgavimutto vutto bhagavatā nippariyāyenā”ti.

[¶31] > Pali: Catutthaṁ.

[¶32] AN 9.46 · In the Present Life

> Pali: AN 9.46 · Sandiṭṭhikadhammasutta

[¶33] “Reverend, they speak of ‘a teaching apparent in the present life’. In what way did the Buddha speak of a teaching apparent in the present life?”

> Pali: “‘Sandiṭṭhiko dhammo, sandiṭṭhiko dhammo’ti, āvuso, vuccati. Kittāvatā nu kho, āvuso, sandiṭṭhiko dhammo vutto bhagavatā”ti?

[¶34] “First, take a mendicant who, quite secluded from sensual pleasures … enters and remains in the first absorption. To this extent the Buddha spoke of the teaching apparent in the present life in a qualified sense. …

> Pali: “Idhāvuso, bhikkhu vivicceva kāmehi …pe… paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. Ettāvatāpi kho, āvuso, sandiṭṭhiko dhammo vutto bhagavatā pariyāyena …pe….

[¶35] Furthermore, take a mendicant who, going totally beyond the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception, enters and remains in the cessation of perception and feeling. And, having seen with wisdom, their defilements come to an end. To this extent the Buddha spoke of the teaching apparent in the present life in a definitive sense.”

> Pali: Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu sabbaso nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṁ samatikkamma saññāvedayitanirodhaṁ upasampajja viharati, paññāya cassa disvā āsavā parikkhīṇā honti. Ettāvatāpi kho, āvuso, sandiṭṭhiko dhammo vutto bhagavatā nippariyāyenā”ti.

[¶36] > Pali: Pañcamaṁ.

[¶37] AN 9.47 · Extinguishment is Apparent in the Present Life

> Pali: AN 9.47 · Sandiṭṭhikanibbānasutta

[¶38] “Reverend, they say that ‘extinguishment is apparent in the present life’. In what way did the Buddha say extinguishment is apparent in the present life?”

> Pali: “‘Sandiṭṭhikaṁ nibbānaṁ, sandiṭṭhikaṁ nibbānan’ti, āvuso, vuccati. Kittāvatā nu kho, āvuso, sandiṭṭhikaṁ nibbānaṁ vuttaṁ bhagavatā”ti?

[¶39] “First, take a mendicant who, quite secluded from sensual pleasures … enters and remains in the first absorption. To this extent the Buddha said that extinguishment is apparent in the present life in a qualified sense. …

> Pali: “Idhāvuso, bhikkhu vivicceva kāmehi …pe… paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. Ettāvatāpi kho, āvuso, sandiṭṭhikaṁ nibbānaṁ vuttaṁ bhagavatā pariyāyena …pe….

[¶40] Furthermore, take a mendicant who, going totally beyond the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception, enters and remains in the cessation of perception and feeling. And, having seen with wisdom, their defilements come to an end. To this extent the Buddha said that extinguishment is apparent in the present life in a definitive sense.”

> Pali: Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu sabbaso nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṁ samatikkamma saññāvedayitanirodhaṁ upasampajja viharati, paññāya cassa disvā āsavā parikkhīṇā honti. Ettāvatāpi kho, āvuso, sandiṭṭhikaṁ nibbānaṁ vuttaṁ bhagavatā nippariyāyenā”ti.

[¶41] > Pali: Chaṭṭhaṁ.

[¶42] AN 9.48 · Extinguishment

> Pali: AN 9.48 · Nibbānasutta

[¶43] “Reverend, they speak of ‘extinguishment’. …”

> Pali: “‘Nibbānaṁ, nibbānan’ti, āvuso, vuccati …pe….

[¶44] > Pali: Sattamaṁ.

[¶45] AN 9.49 · Full Extinguishment

> Pali: AN 9.49 · Parinibbānasutta

[¶46] “Reverend, they speak of ‘full extinguishment’. …”

> Pali: “‘Parinibbānaṁ, parinibbānan’ti …pe….

[¶47] > Pali: Aṭṭhamaṁ.

[¶48] AN 9.50 · Extinguishment in a Certain Respect

> Pali: AN 9.50 · Tadaṅganibbānasutta

[¶49] “Reverend, they speak of ‘extinguishment in a certain respect’. …”

> Pali: “‘Tadaṅganibbānaṁ, tadaṅganibbānan’ti, āvuso, vuccati …pe….

[¶50] > Pali: Navamaṁ.

[¶51] AN 9.51 · Extinguishment in This Life

> Pali: AN 9.51 · Diṭṭhadhammanibbānasutta

[¶52] “Reverend, they speak of ‘extinguishment in this life’. In what way did the Buddha speak of extinguishment in this life?”

> Pali: “‘Diṭṭhadhammanibbānaṁ diṭṭhadhammanibbānan’ti, āvuso, vuccati. Kittāvatā nu kho, āvuso, diṭṭhadhammanibbānaṁ vuttaṁ bhagavatā”ti?

[¶53] “First, take a mendicant who, quite secluded from sensual pleasures … enters and remains in the first absorption. To this extent the Buddha spoke of extinguishment in this life in a qualified sense. …

> Pali: “Idhāvuso, bhikkhu vivicceva kāmehi …pe… paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. Ettāvatāpi kho, āvuso, diṭṭhadhammanibbānaṁ vuttaṁ bhagavatā pariyāyena …pe….

[¶54] Furthermore, take a mendicant who, going totally beyond the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception, enters and remains in the cessation of perception and feeling. And, having seen with wisdom, their defilements come to an end. To this extent the Buddha spoke of extinguishment in this life in a definitive sense.”

> Pali: Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu sabbaso nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṁ samatikkamma saññāvedayitanirodhaṁ upasampajja viharati, paññāya cassa disvā āsavā parikkhīṇā honti. Ettāvatāpi kho, āvuso, diṭṭhadhammanibbānaṁ vuttaṁ bhagavatā nippariyāyenā”ti.

[¶55] > Pali: Dasamaṁ.

[¶56] > Pali: Sāmaññavaggo pañcamo.

[¶57] > Pali: Tassuddānaṁ

[¶58] > Pali: Sambādho kāyasakkhī paññā,
Ubhatobhāgo sandiṭṭhikā dve;
Nibbānaṁ parinibbānaṁ,
Tadaṅgadiṭṭhadhammikena cāti.

[¶59] > Pali: Paṭhamo paṇṇāsako samatto.

## 10. A Safe Place · AN 9.52–9.62

Source: https://scriptura.si/works/pali-anguttara-nikaya-9/10/ · cite a paragraph as https://scriptura.si/works/pali-anguttara-nikaya-9/10/#p-N

[¶0] AN 9.52 · A Safe Place

> Pali: AN 9.52 · Khemasutta

[¶1] “Reverend, they speak of ‘a safe place’. In what way did the Buddha speak of a safe place?”

> Pali: “‘Khemaṁ, kheman’ti, āvuso, vuccati. Kittāvatā nu kho, āvuso, khemaṁ vuttaṁ bhagavatā”ti?

[¶2] “First, take a mendicant who, quite secluded from sensual pleasures … enters and remains in the first absorption. To this extent the Buddha spoke of a safe place in a qualified sense. …

> Pali: “Idhāvuso, bhikkhu vivicceva kāmehi …pe… paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. Ettāvatāpi kho, āvuso, khemaṁ vuttaṁ bhagavatā pariyāyena …pe….

[¶3] Furthermore, take a mendicant who, going totally beyond the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception, enters and remains in the cessation of perception and feeling. And, having seen with wisdom, their defilements come to an end. To this extent the Buddha spoke of a safe place in a definitive sense.”

> Pali: Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu sabbaso nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṁ samatikkamma saññāvedayitanirodhaṁ upasampajja viharati, paññāya cassa disvā āsavā parikkhīṇā honti. Ettāvatāpi kho, āvuso, khemaṁ vuttaṁ bhagavatā nippariyāyenā”ti.

[¶4] > Pali: Paṭhamaṁ.

[¶5] AN 9.53 · Reaching a Safe Place

> Pali: AN 9.53 · Khemappattasutta

[¶6] “Reverend, they speak of ‘reaching a safe place’. …”

> Pali: “‘Khemappatto, khemappatto’ti, āvuso, vuccati ….

[¶7] > Pali: Dutiyaṁ.

[¶8] AN 9.54 · Freedom From Death

> Pali: AN 9.54 · Amatasutta

[¶9] “Reverend, they speak of ‘freedom from death’. …”

> Pali: “‘Amataṁ, amatan’ti, āvuso, vuccati ….

[¶10] > Pali: Tatiyaṁ.

[¶11] AN 9.55 · Reaching Freedom From Death

> Pali: AN 9.55 · Amatappattasutta

[¶12] “Reverend, they speak of ‘reaching freedom from death’. …”

> Pali: “‘Amatappatto, amatappatto’ti, āvuso, vuccati ….

[¶13] > Pali: Catutthaṁ.

[¶14] AN 9.56 · A Place Without Fear

> Pali: AN 9.56 · Abhayasutta

[¶15] “Reverend, they speak of ‘a place without fear’. …”

> Pali: “‘Abhayaṁ, abhayan’ti, āvuso, vuccati ….

[¶16] > Pali: Pañcamaṁ.

[¶17] AN 9.57 · Reaching a Place Without Fear

> Pali: AN 9.57 · Abhayappattasutta

[¶18] “Reverend, they speak of ‘reaching a place without fear’. …”

> Pali: “‘Abhayappatto, abhayappatto’ti, āvuso, vuccati ….

[¶19] > Pali: Chaṭṭhaṁ.

[¶20] AN 9.58 · Tranquility

> Pali: AN 9.58 · Passaddhisutta

[¶21] “Reverend, they speak of ‘tranquility’. …”

> Pali: “‘Passaddhi, passaddhī’ti, āvuso, vuccati ….

[¶22] > Pali: Sattamaṁ.

[¶23] AN 9.59 · Progressive Tranquility

> Pali: AN 9.59 · Anupubbapassaddhisutta

[¶24] “Reverend, they speak of ‘progressive tranquility’. …”

> Pali: “‘Anupubbapassaddhi, anupubbapassaddhī’ti, āvuso, vuccati ….

[¶25] > Pali: Aṭṭhamaṁ.

[¶26] AN 9.60 · Cessation

> Pali: AN 9.60 · Nirodhasutta

[¶27] “Reverend, they speak of ‘cessation’. …”

> Pali: “‘Nirodho, nirodho’ti, āvuso, vuccati ….

[¶28] > Pali: Navamaṁ.

[¶29] AN 9.61 · Progressive Cessation

> Pali: AN 9.61 · Anupubbanirodhasutta

[¶30] “Reverend, they speak of ‘progressive cessation’. What is the progressive cessation that the Buddha spoke of?”

> Pali: “‘Anupubbanirodho, anupubbanirodho’ti, āvuso, vuccati. Kittāvatā nu kho, āvuso, anupubbanirodho vutto bhagavatā”ti?

[¶31] “First, take a mendicant who, quite secluded from sensual pleasures … enters and remains in the first absorption. To this extent the Buddha spoke of progressive cessation in a qualified sense. …

> Pali: “Idhāvuso, bhikkhu vivicceva kāmehi …pe… paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. Ettāvatāpi kho, āvuso, anupubbanirodho vutto bhagavatā pariyāyena …pe….

[¶32] Furthermore, take a mendicant who, going totally beyond the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception, enters and remains in the cessation of perception and feeling. And, having seen with wisdom, their defilements come to an end. To this extent the Buddha spoke of progressive cessation in a definitive sense.”

> Pali: Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu sabbaso nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṁ samatikkamma saññāvedayitanirodhaṁ upasampajja viharati, paññāya cassa disvā āsavā parikkhīṇā honti. Ettāvatāpi kho, āvuso, anupubbanirodho vutto bhagavatā nippariyāyenā”ti.

[¶33] > Pali: Dasamaṁ.

[¶34] AN 9.62 · Impossible

> Pali: AN 9.62 · Abhabbasutta

[¶35] “Mendicants, without giving up nine things you can’t realize perfection. What nine? Greed, hate, delusion, anger, acrimony, disdain, contempt, jealousy, and stinginess. Without giving up these nine things you can’t realize perfection.

> Pali: “Nava, bhikkhave, dhamme appahāya abhabbo arahattaṁ sacchikātuṁ. Katame nava? Rāgaṁ, dosaṁ, mohaṁ, kodhaṁ, upanāhaṁ, makkhaṁ, paḷāsaṁ, issaṁ, macchariyaṁ— ime kho, bhikkhave, nava dhamme appahāya abhabbo arahattaṁ sacchikātuṁ.

[¶36] After giving up nine things you can realize perfection. What nine? Greed, hate, delusion, anger, acrimony, disdain, contempt, jealousy, and stinginess. After giving up these nine things you can realize the fruit of perfection.”

> Pali: Nava, bhikkhave, dhamme pahāya bhabbo arahattaṁ sacchikātuṁ. Katame nava? Rāgaṁ, dosaṁ, mohaṁ, kodhaṁ, upanāhaṁ, makkhaṁ, paḷāsaṁ, issaṁ, macchariyaṁ— ime kho, bhikkhave, nava dhamme pahāya bhabbo arahattaṁ sacchikātun”ti.

[¶37] > Pali: Ekādasamaṁ.

[¶38] > Pali: Khemavaggo paṭhamo.

[¶39] > Pali: Tassuddānaṁ

[¶40] > Pali: Khemo ca amatañceva,
Abhayaṁ passaddhiyena ca;
Nirodho anupubbo ca,
Dhammaṁ pahāya bhabbena cāti.

## 11. Mindfulness Meditation · AN 9.63–9.72

Source: https://scriptura.si/works/pali-anguttara-nikaya-9/11/ · cite a paragraph as https://scriptura.si/works/pali-anguttara-nikaya-9/11/#p-N

[¶0] AN 9.63 · Weaknesses in Training and Mindfulness Meditation

> Pali: AN 9.63 · Sikkhādubbalyasutta

[¶1] “Mendicants, there are these five weaknesses when you’re training. What five? Killing living creatures, stealing, sexual misconduct, lying, and intoxicants of beer, wine, and liquor. These are the five weaknesses when you’re training.

> Pali: “Pañcimāni, bhikkhave, sikkhādubbalyāni. Katamāni pañca? Pāṇātipāto, adinnādānaṁ, kāmesumicchācāro, musāvādo, surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhānaṁ— imāni kho, bhikkhave, pañca sikkhādubbalyāni.

[¶2] To give up these five weaknesses in your training you should develop the four kinds of mindfulness meditation. What four? It’s when a mendicant meditates by observing an aspect of the body—keen, aware, and mindful, rid of covetousness and displeasure for the world. They meditate observing an aspect of feelings … They meditate observing an aspect of the mind … They meditate observing an aspect of principles—keen, aware, and mindful, rid of covetousness and displeasure for the world. To give up those five weaknesses in your training you should develop these four kinds of mindfulness meditation.”

> Pali: Imesaṁ kho, bhikkhave, pañcannaṁ sikkhādubbalyānaṁ pahānāya cattāro satipaṭṭhānā bhāvetabbā. Katame cattāro? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ; vedanāsu …pe… citte … dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ. Imesaṁ kho, bhikkhave, pañcannaṁ sikkhādubbalyānaṁ pahānāya ime cattāro satipaṭṭhānā bhāvetabbā”ti.

[¶3] > Pali: Paṭhamaṁ.

[¶4] AN 9.64 · Hindrances

> Pali: AN 9.64 · Nīvaraṇasutta

[¶5] “Mendicants, there are these five hindrances. What five? Sensual desire, ill will, dullness and drowsiness, restlessness and remorse, and doubt. These are the five hindrances.

> Pali: “Pañcimāni, bhikkhave, nīvaraṇāni. Katamāni pañca? Kāmacchandanīvaraṇaṁ, byāpādanīvaraṇaṁ, thinamiddhanīvaraṇaṁ, uddhaccakukkuccanīvaraṇaṁ, vicikicchānīvaraṇaṁ— imāni kho, bhikkhave, pañca nīvaraṇāni.

[¶6] To give up these five hindrances you should develop the four kinds of mindfulness meditation. What four? It’s when a mendicant meditates by observing an aspect of the body—keen, aware, and mindful, rid of covetousness and displeasure for the world. They meditate observing an aspect of feelings … They meditate observing an aspect of the mind … They meditate observing an aspect of principles—keen, aware, and mindful, rid of covetousness and displeasure for the world. To give up those five hindrances you should develop these four kinds of mindfulness meditation.”

> Pali: Imesaṁ kho, bhikkhave, pañcannaṁ nīvaraṇānaṁ pahānāya cattāro satipaṭṭhānā bhāvetabbā. Katame cattāro? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ; vedanāsu …pe… citte … dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ. Imesaṁ kho, bhikkhave, pañcannaṁ nīvaraṇānaṁ pahānāya ime cattāro satipaṭṭhānā bhāvetabbā”ti.

[¶7] > Pali: Dutiyaṁ.

[¶8] AN 9.65 · Kinds of Sensual Stimulation

> Pali: AN 9.65 · Kāmaguṇasutta

[¶9] “Mendicants, there are these five kinds of sensual stimulation. What five? Sights known by the eye, which are likable, desirable, agreeable, pleasant, sensual, and arousing. Sounds known by the ear … Smells known by the nose … Tastes known by the tongue … Touches known by the body, which are likable, desirable, agreeable, pleasant, sensual, and arousing. These are the five kinds of sensual stimulation.

> Pali: “Pañcime, bhikkhave, kāmaguṇā. Katame pañca? Cakkhuviññeyyā rūpā iṭṭhā kantā manāpā piyarūpā kāmūpasaṁhitā rajanīyā, sotaviññeyyā saddā …pe… ghānaviññeyyā gandhā … jivhāviññeyyā rasā … kāyaviññeyyā phoṭṭhabbā iṭṭhā kantā manāpā piyarūpā kāmūpasaṁhitā rajanīyā. Ime kho, bhikkhave, pañca kāmaguṇā.

[¶10] To give up these five kinds of sensual stimulation you should develop the four kinds of mindfulness meditation. …”

> Pali: Imesaṁ kho, bhikkhave, pañcannaṁ kāmaguṇānaṁ pahānāya …pe… ime cattāro satipaṭṭhānā bhāvetabbā”ti.

[¶11] > Pali: Tatiyaṁ.

[¶12] AN 9.66 · Grasping Aggregates

> Pali: AN 9.66 · Upādānakkhandhasutta

[¶13] “Mendicants, there are these five grasping aggregates. What five? The grasping aggregates of form, feeling, perception, choices, and consciousness. These are the five grasping aggregates.

> Pali: “Pañcime, bhikkhave, upādānakkhandhā. Katame pañca? Rūpupādānakkhandho, vedanupādānakkhandho, saññupādānakkhandho, saṅkhārupādānakkhandho, viññāṇupādānakkhandho— ime kho, bhikkhave, pañcupādānakkhandhā.

[¶14] To give up these five grasping aggregates you should develop the four kinds of mindfulness meditation. …”

> Pali: Imesaṁ kho, bhikkhave, pañcannaṁ upādānakkhandhānaṁ pahānāya …pe… ime cattāro satipaṭṭhānā bhāvetabbā”ti.

[¶15] > Pali: Catutthaṁ.

[¶16] AN 9.67 · Lower Fetters

> Pali: AN 9.67 · Orambhāgiyasutta

[¶17] “Mendicants, there are five lower fetters. What five? Substantialist view, doubt, misapprehension of precepts and observances, sensual desire, and ill will. These are the five lower fetters.

> Pali: “Pañcimāni, bhikkhave, orambhāgiyāni saṁyojanāni. Katamāni pañca? Sakkāyadiṭṭhi, vicikicchā, sīlabbataparāmāso, kāmacchando, byāpādo— imāni kho, bhikkhave, pañcorambhāgiyāni saṁyojanāni.

[¶18] To give up these five lower fetters you should develop the four kinds of mindfulness meditation. …”

> Pali: Imesaṁ kho, bhikkhave, pañcannaṁ orambhāgiyānaṁ saṁyojanānaṁ pahānāya …pe… ime cattāro satipaṭṭhānā bhāvetabbā”ti.

[¶19] > Pali: Pañcamaṁ.

[¶20] AN 9.68 · Places of Rebirth

> Pali: AN 9.68 · Gatisutta

[¶21] “Mendicants, there are five destinations. What five? Hell, the animal realm, the ghost realm, humanity, and the gods. These are the five destinations.

> Pali: “Pañcimā, bhikkhave, gatiyo. Katamā pañca? Nirayo, tiracchānayoni, pettivisayo, manussā, devā— imā kho, bhikkhave, pañca gatiyo.

[¶22] To give up these five destinations you should develop the four kinds of mindfulness meditation. …”

> Pali: Imāsaṁ kho, bhikkhave, pañcannaṁ gatīnaṁ pahānāya …pe… ime cattāro satipaṭṭhānā bhāvetabbā”ti.

[¶23] > Pali: Chaṭṭhaṁ.

[¶24] AN 9.69 · Stinginess

> Pali: AN 9.69 · Macchariyasutta

[¶25] “Mendicants, there are these five kinds of stinginess. What five? Stinginess with dwellings, families, material things, praise, and the teaching. These are the five kinds of stinginess.

> Pali: “Pañcimāni, bhikkhave, macchariyāni. Katamāni pañca? Āvāsamacchariyaṁ, kulamacchariyaṁ, lābhamacchariyaṁ, vaṇṇamacchariyaṁ, dhammamacchariyaṁ— imāni kho, bhikkhave, pañca macchariyāni.

[¶26] To give up these five kinds of stinginess you should develop the four kinds of mindfulness meditation. …”

> Pali: Imesaṁ kho, bhikkhave, pañcannaṁ macchariyānaṁ pahānāya …pe… ime cattāro satipaṭṭhānā bhāvetabbā”ti.

[¶27] > Pali: Sattamaṁ.

[¶28] AN 9.70 · Higher Fetters

> Pali: AN 9.70 · Uddhambhāgiyasutta

[¶29] “Mendicants, there are five higher fetters. What five? Desire for rebirth in the realm of luminous form, desire for rebirth in the formless realm, conceit, restlessness, and ignorance. These are the five higher fetters.

> Pali: “Pañcimāni, bhikkhave, uddhambhāgiyāni saṁyojanāni. Katamāni pañca? Rūparāgo, arūparāgo, māno, uddhaccaṁ, avijjā— imāni kho, bhikkhave, pañcuddhambhāgiyāni saṁyojanāni.

[¶30] To give up these five higher fetters you should develop the four kinds of mindfulness meditation. …”

> Pali: Imesaṁ kho, bhikkhave, pañcannaṁ uddhambhāgiyānaṁ saṁyojanānaṁ pahānāya …pe… ime cattāro satipaṭṭhānā bhāvetabbā”ti.

[¶31] > Pali: Aṭṭhamaṁ.

[¶32] AN 9.71 · Hard-heartedness

> Pali: AN 9.71 · Cetokhilasutta

[¶33] “Mendicants, there are five kinds of hard-heartedness. What five? Firstly, a mendicant has doubts about the Teacher. They’re uncertain, undecided, and lacking confidence. This being so, their mind doesn’t incline toward keenness, commitment, persistence, and striving. This is the first kind of hard-heartedness.

> Pali: “Pañcime, bhikkhave, cetokhilā. Katame pañca? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu satthari kaṅkhati vicikicchati nādhimuccati na sampasīdati. Yo so, bhikkhave, bhikkhu satthari kaṅkhati vicikicchati nādhimuccati na sampasīdati, tassa cittaṁ na namati ātappāya anuyogāya sātaccāya padhānāya. Yassa cittaṁ na namati ātappāya anuyogāya sātaccāya padhānāya, ayaṁ paṭhamo cetokhilo.

[¶34] Furthermore, a mendicant has doubts about the teaching … the Saṅgha … the training … A mendicant is angry and upset with their spiritual companions, resentful and closed off. This being so, their mind doesn’t incline toward keenness, commitment, persistence, and striving. This is the fifth kind of hard-heartedness.

> Pali: Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu dhamme kaṅkhati …pe… saṅghe kaṅkhati … sikkhāya kaṅkhati … sabrahmacārīsu kupito hoti anattamano āhatacitto khilajāto. Yo so, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sabrahmacārīsu kupito hoti anattamano āhatacitto khilajāto, tassa cittaṁ na namati ātappāya anuyogāya sātaccāya padhānāya. Yassa cittaṁ na namati ātappāya anuyogāya sātaccāya padhānāya, ayaṁ pañcamo cetokhilo.

[¶35] To give up these five kinds of hard-heartedness you should develop the four kinds of mindfulness meditation. …”

> Pali: Imesaṁ kho, bhikkhave, pañcannaṁ cetokhilānaṁ pahānāya …pe… ime cattāro satipaṭṭhānā bhāvetabbā”ti.

[¶36] > Pali: Navamaṁ.

[¶37] AN 9.72 · Shackles of the Heart

> Pali: AN 9.72 · Cetasovinibandhasutta

[¶38] “Mendicants, there are these five shackles of the heart. What five? Firstly, a mendicant isn’t free of greed, desire, fondness, thirst, passion, and craving for sensual pleasures. This being so, their mind doesn’t incline toward keenness, commitment, persistence, and striving. This is the first shackle of the heart.

> Pali: “Pañcime, bhikkhave, cetasovinibandhā. Katame pañca? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kāmesu avītarāgo hoti avigatacchando avigatapemo avigatapipāso avigatapariḷāho avigatataṇho. Yo so, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kāmesu avītarāgo hoti avigatacchando avigatapemo avigatapipāso avigatapariḷāho avigatataṇho, tassa cittaṁ na namati ātappāya anuyogāya sātaccāya padhānāya. Yassa cittaṁ na namati ātappāya anuyogāya sātaccāya padhānāya, ayaṁ paṭhamo cetasovinibandho.

[¶39] Furthermore, a mendicant isn’t free of greed for the body … They’re not free of greed for form … They eat as much as they like until their belly is full, then indulge in the pleasures of sleeping, lying down, and drowsing … They lead the spiritual life wishing to be reborn in one of the orders of gods: ‘By this precept or observance or fervent austerity or spiritual practice, may I become one of the gods!’ This being so, their mind doesn’t incline toward keenness, commitment, persistence, and striving. This is the fifth shackle of the heart. These are the five shackles of the heart.

> Pali: Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kāye avītarāgo hoti …pe… rūpe avītarāgo hoti … yāvadatthaṁ udarāvadehakaṁ bhuñjitvā seyyasukhaṁ passasukhaṁ middhasukhaṁ anuyutto viharati … aññataraṁ devanikāyaṁ paṇidhāya brahmacariyaṁ carati: ‘imināhaṁ sīlena vā vatena vā tapena vā brahmacariyena vā devo vā bhavissāmi devaññataro vā’ti. Yo so, bhikkhave, bhikkhu aññataraṁ devanikāyaṁ paṇidhāya brahmacariyaṁ carati: ‘imināhaṁ sīlena vā vatena vā tapena vā brahmacariyena vā devo vā bhavissāmi devaññataro vā’ti, tassa cittaṁ na namati ātappāya anuyogāya sātaccāya padhānāya. Yassa cittaṁ na namati ātappāya anuyogāya sātaccāya padhānāya, ayaṁ pañcamo cetasovinibandho. Ime kho, bhikkhave, pañca cetasovinibandhā.

[¶40] To give up these five shackles of the heart you should develop the four kinds of mindfulness meditation. What four? It’s when a mendicant meditates by observing an aspect of the body—keen, aware, and mindful, rid of covetousness and displeasure for the world. They meditate observing an aspect of feelings … They meditate observing an aspect of the mind … They meditate observing an aspect of principles—keen, aware, and mindful, rid of covetousness and displeasure for the world. To give up these five shackles of the heart you should develop these four kinds of mindfulness meditation.”

> Pali: Imesaṁ kho, bhikkhave, pañcannaṁ cetasovinibandhānaṁ pahānāya cattāro satipaṭṭhānā bhāvetabbā. Katame cattāro? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ; vedanāsu …pe… citte … dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ. Imesaṁ kho, bhikkhave, pañcannaṁ cetasovinibandhānaṁ pahānāya ime cattāro satipaṭṭhānā bhāvetabbā”ti.

[¶41] > Pali: Dasamaṁ.

[¶42] > Pali: Satipaṭṭhānavaggo dutiyo.

[¶43] > Pali: Tassuddānaṁ

[¶44] > Pali: Sikkhā nīvaraṇākāmā,
Khandhā ca orambhāgiyā gati;
Maccheraṁ uddhambhāgiyā aṭṭhamaṁ,
Cetokhilā vinibandhāti.

## 12. Right Efforts · AN 9.73–9.82

Source: https://scriptura.si/works/pali-anguttara-nikaya-9/12/ · cite a paragraph as https://scriptura.si/works/pali-anguttara-nikaya-9/12/#p-N

[¶0] AN 9.73 · Weaknesses in Training and Effort

> Pali: AN 9.73 · Sikkhasutta

[¶1] “Mendicants, there are these five weaknesses when you’re training. What five? Killing living creatures, stealing, sexual misconduct, lying, and intoxicants of beer, wine, and liquor. These are the five weaknesses when you’re training.

> Pali: “Pañcimāni, bhikkhave, sikkhādubbalyāni. Katamāni pañca? Pāṇātipāto …pe… surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhānaṁ— imāni kho, bhikkhave, pañca sikkhādubbalyāni.

[¶2] To give up these five weaknesses in your training you should develop the four right efforts. What four? It’s when a mendicant generates enthusiasm, tries, makes an effort, exerts the mind, and strives so that bad, unskillful qualities don’t arise. They generate enthusiasm, try, make an effort, exert the mind, and strive so that bad, unskillful qualities that have arisen are given up. They generate enthusiasm, try, make an effort, exert the mind, and strive so that skillful qualities arise. They generate enthusiasm, try, make an effort, exert the mind, and strive so that skillful qualities that have arisen remain, are not lost, but increase, mature, and are fully developed. To give up these five weaknesses in your training you should develop these four right efforts.”

> Pali: Imesaṁ kho, bhikkhave, pañcannaṁ sikkhādubbalyānaṁ pahānāya cattāro sammappadhānā bhāvetabbā. Katame cattāro? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu anuppannānaṁ pāpakānaṁ akusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ anuppādāya chandaṁ janeti vāyamati vīriyaṁ ārabhati cittaṁ paggaṇhāti padahati; uppannānaṁ pāpakānaṁ akusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ pahānāya chandaṁ janeti vāyamati vīriyaṁ ārabhati cittaṁ paggaṇhāti padahati; anuppannānaṁ kusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ uppādāya chandaṁ janeti vāyamati vīriyaṁ ārabhati cittaṁ paggaṇhāti padahati; uppannānaṁ kusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ ṭhitiyā asammosāya bhiyyobhāvāya vepullāya bhāvanāya pāripūriyā chandaṁ janeti vāyamati vīriyaṁ ārabhati cittaṁ paggaṇhāti padahati. Imesaṁ kho, bhikkhave, pañcannaṁ sikkhādubbalyānaṁ pahānāya ime cattāro sammappadhānā bhāvetabbā”ti.

[¶3] > Pali: Paṭhamaṁ.

[¶4] AN 9.74–81 · Hindrances, Etc.

> Pali: AN 9.74–81 · Nīvaraṇasuttādi

[¶5] (Tell in full as in the chapter on mindfulness meditation.)

> Pali: (Yathā satipaṭṭhānavagge tathā sammappadhānavasena vitthāretabbā.)

[¶6] AN 9.82 · Shackles of the Heart

> Pali: AN 9.82 · Cetasovinibandhasutta

[¶7] “Mendicants, there are these five shackles of the heart. What five? Firstly, a mendicant isn’t free of greed, desire, fondness, thirst, passion, and craving for sensual pleasures. … These are the five shackles of the heart.

> Pali: “Pañcime, bhikkhave, cetasovinibandhā. Katame pañca? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kāmesu avītarāgo hoti …pe… ime kho, bhikkhave, pañca cetasovinibandhā.

[¶8] To give up these five shackles of the heart you should develop the four right efforts. What four? It’s when a mendicant generates enthusiasm, tries, makes an effort, exerts the mind, and strives so that bad, unskillful qualities don’t arise. … so that unskillful qualities are given up … so that skillful qualities arise … They generate enthusiasm, try, make an effort, exert the mind, and strive so that skillful qualities that have arisen remain, are not lost, but increase, mature, and are fully developed. To give up these five shackles of the hearts you should develop these four right efforts.”

> Pali: Imesaṁ kho, bhikkhave, pañcannaṁ cetasovinibandhānaṁ pahānāya cattāro sammappadhānā bhāvetabbā. Katame cattāro? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu anuppannānaṁ pāpakānaṁ akusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ anuppādāya chandaṁ janeti vāyamati vīriyaṁ ārabhati cittaṁ paggaṇhāti padahati; uppannānaṁ pāpakānaṁ akusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ pahānāya … anuppannānaṁ kusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ uppādāya … uppannānaṁ kusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ ṭhitiyā asammosāya bhiyyobhāvāya vepullāya bhāvanāya pāripūriyā chandaṁ janeti vāyamati vīriyaṁ ārabhati cittaṁ paggaṇhāti padahati. Imesaṁ kho, bhikkhave, pañcannaṁ cetasovinibandhānaṁ pahānāya ime cattāro sammappadhānā bhāvetabbā”ti.

[¶9] > Pali: Dasamaṁ.

[¶10] > Pali: Sammappadhānavaggo tatiyo.

## 13. Bases of Psychic Power · AN 9.83–9.92

Source: https://scriptura.si/works/pali-anguttara-nikaya-9/13/ · cite a paragraph as https://scriptura.si/works/pali-anguttara-nikaya-9/13/#p-N

[¶0] AN 9.83 · Weaknesses in Training and the Bases of Psychic Power

> Pali: AN 9.83 · Sikkhasutta

[¶1] “Mendicants, there are these five weaknesses when you’re training. What five? Killing living creatures, stealing, sexual misconduct, lying, and intoxicants of beer, wine, and liquor. These are the five weaknesses when you’re training.

> Pali: “Pañcimāni, bhikkhave, sikkhādubbalyāni. Katamāni pañca? Pāṇātipāto …pe… surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhānaṁ— imāni kho, bhikkhave, pañca sikkhādubbalyāni.

[¶2] To give up these five weaknesses in your training you should develop the four bases of psychic power. What four? It’s when a mendicant develops the basis of psychic power that has immersion due to enthusiasm, and active effort. They develop the basis of psychic power that has immersion due to energy, and active effort. They develop the basis of psychic power that has immersion due to mental development, and active effort. They develop the basis of psychic power that has immersion due to inquiry, and active effort. To give up these five weaknesses in your training you should develop these four bases of psychic power.”

> Pali: Imesaṁ kho, bhikkhave, pañcannaṁ sikkhādubbalyānaṁ pahānāya cattāro iddhipādā bhāvetabbā. Katame cattāro? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu chandasamādhipadhānasaṅkhārasamannāgataṁ iddhipādaṁ bhāveti, vīriyasamādhi … cittasamādhi … vīmaṁsāsamādhipadhānasaṅkhārasamannāgataṁ iddhipādaṁ bhāveti. Imesaṁ kho, bhikkhave, pañcannaṁ sikkhādubbalyānaṁ pahānāya ime cattāro iddhipādā bhāvetabbā”ti.

[¶3] > Pali: Paṭhamaṁ.

[¶4] AN 9.84–91 · Hindrances, Etc.

> Pali: AN 9.84–91 · Nīvaraṇasuttādi

[¶5] (Tell in full as in the chapter on mindfulness meditation.)

> Pali: (Yathā satipaṭṭhānavagge tathā iddhipādavasena vitthāretabbā.)

[¶6] AN 9.92 · Shackles of the Heart

> Pali: AN 9.92 · Cetasovinibandhasutta

[¶7] “Mendicants, there are these five shackles of the heart. What five? Firstly, a mendicant isn’t free of greed for sensual pleasures. … These are the five shackles of the heart.

> Pali: “Pañcime, bhikkhave, cetasovinibandhā. Katame pañca? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kāmesu avītarāgo hoti …pe… ime kho, bhikkhave, pañca cetasovinibandhā.

[¶8] To give up these five shackles of the heart you should develop the four bases of psychic power. What four? It’s when a mendicant develops the basis of psychic power that has immersion due to enthusiasm, and active effort. They develop the basis of psychic power that has immersion due to energy, and active effort. They develop the basis of psychic power that has immersion due to mental development, and active effort. They develop the basis of psychic power that has immersion due to inquiry, and active effort. To give up these five shackles of the heart you should develop these four bases of psychic power.”

> Pali: Imesaṁ kho, bhikkhave, pañcannaṁ cetasovinibandhānaṁ pahānāya ime cattāro iddhipādā bhāvetabbā. Katame cattāro? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu chandasamādhipadhānasaṅkhārasamannāgataṁ iddhipādaṁ bhāveti, vīriyasamādhi … cittasamādhi … vīmaṁsāsamādhipadhānasaṅkhārasamannāgataṁ iddhipādaṁ bhāveti. Imesaṁ kho, bhikkhave, pañcannaṁ cetasovinibandhānaṁ pahānāya ime cattāro iddhipādā bhāvetabbā”ti.

[¶9] > Pali: Dasamaṁ.

[¶10] > Pali: Iddhipādavaggo catuttho.

[¶11] > Pali: Yatheva satipaṭṭhānā,
padhānā caturopi ca;
Cattāro iddhipādā ca,
tatheva sampayojayeti.

## 14. Abbreviated Texts Beginning with Greed · AN 9.93–9.113–432

Source: https://scriptura.si/works/pali-anguttara-nikaya-9/14/ · cite a paragraph as https://scriptura.si/works/pali-anguttara-nikaya-9/14/#p-N

[¶0] AN 9.93 · Untitled Discourse on Greed (1st)

> Pali: AN 9.93 · ~

[¶1] “For insight into greed, nine things should be developed. What nine? The perceptions of ugliness, death, repulsiveness of food, dissatisfaction with the whole world, impermanence, suffering in impermanence, not-self in suffering, giving up, and fading away. For insight into greed, these nine things should be developed.”

> Pali: “Rāgassa, bhikkhave, abhiññāya nava dhammā bhāvetabbā. Katame nava? Asubhasaññā, maraṇasaññā, āhāre paṭikūlasaññā, sabbaloke anabhiratasaññā, aniccasaññā, anicce dukkhasaññā, dukkhe anattasaññā, pahānasaññā, virāgasaññā— rāgassa, bhikkhave, abhiññāya ime nava dhammā bhāvetabbā”ti.

[¶2] AN 9.94 · Untitled Discourse on Greed (2nd)

> Pali: AN 9.94 · ~

[¶3] “For insight into greed, nine things should be developed. What nine? The first absorption, the second absorption, the third absorption, the fourth absorption, the dimension of infinite space, the dimension of infinite consciousness, the dimension of nothingness, the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception, and the cessation of perception and feeling. For insight into greed, these nine things should be developed.”

> Pali: “Rāgassa, bhikkhave, abhiññāya nava dhammā bhāvetabbā. Katame nava? Paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ, dutiyaṁ jhānaṁ, tatiyaṁ jhānaṁ, catutthaṁ jhānaṁ, ākāsānañcāyatanaṁ, viññāṇañcāyatanaṁ, ākiñcaññāyatanaṁ, nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṁ, saññāvedayitanirodho— rāgassa, bhikkhave, abhiññāya ime nava dhammā bhāvetabbā”ti.

[¶4] AN 9.95–112 · Untitled Discourses on Greed

> Pali: AN 9.95–112 · ~

[¶5] “For the complete understanding of greed … complete ending … giving up … ending … vanishing … fading away … cessation … giving away … letting go of greed … these nine things should be developed.”

> Pali: “Rāgassa, bhikkhave, pariññāya …pe… parikkhayāya …pe… pahānāya …pe… khayāya …pe… vayāya …pe… virāgāya …pe… nirodhāya …pe… cāgāya …pe… paṭinissaggāya …pe… ime nava dhammā bhāvetabbā”.

[¶6] AN 9.113–432 · Untitled Discourses on Hate, Etc.

> Pali: AN 9.113–432 · ~

[¶7] “For insight into hate … delusion … anger … acrimony … disdain … contempt … jealousy … stinginess … deceitfulness … deviousness … obstinacy … aggression … conceit … arrogance … vanity …

> Pali: “Dosassa …pe… mohassa … kodhassa … upanāhassa … makkhassa … paḷāsassa … issāya … macchariyassa … māyāya … sāṭheyyassa … thambhassa … sārambhassa … mānassa … atimānassa … madassa …

[¶8] For insight into negligence … complete understanding … complete ending … giving up … ending … vanishing … fading away … ceasing … giving away … For the letting go of negligence … these nine things should be developed.”

> Pali: pamādassa abhiññāya …pe… pariññāya … parikkhayāya … pahānāya … khayāya … vayāya … virāgāya … nirodhāya … cāgāya … paṭinissaggāya …pe… ime nava dhammā bhāvetabbā”ti.

[¶9] > Pali: Rāgapeyyālaṁ niṭṭhitaṁ.

[¶10] The Book of the Nines is finished.

> Pali: Navakanipātapāḷi niṭṭhitā.